Polynucleotides encoding lipoprotein lipase for the treatment of hyperlipidemia

This application is the National Stage of International Application No. PCT/US2017/033403, filed on May 18, 2017, which claims the benefit under 35 U.S.C. § 119(e) of U.S. provisional applications 62/338,420, filed May 18, 2016 and 62/473,939, filed Mar. 20, 2017, the entire contents of each of which are incorporated herein by reference.

Hyperlipidemia, the elevated level of any or all lipids or lipoproteins in the blood, can be caused by several acquired or genetic disorders. Lipids, including fats, cholesterol, and triglycerides, can penetrate arterial walls, increasing the risk of atherosclerosis, and by extension, stroke, heart attack, and death.

Lipoprotein lipase (LPL; EC 3.1.1.34) is the pivotal enzyme responsible for the hydrolysis of circulating triglycerides. It is anchored to the inner walls of blood vessels, where it breaks down circulating triglycerides into non-esterified fatty acids and glycerol. A metabolic enzyme, it requires ApoC-II as a cofactor and is also expressed on endothelial cells in the heart, muscle, and adipose tissue. Mead, J. R. et al., J Mol Med. 80(12):753-769 (2002) and Ferland, A. et al. Obesity 20(5):1006-1011 (2012). LPL has the dual function of (1) hydrolyzing triglycerides in lipoproteins, such as those found in chylomicrons and very low-density lipoproteins (VLDL), into three free fatty acids and one glycerol molecule and (2) serving as a ligand/bridging factor for receptor-mediated cellular uptake of chylomicron remnants, cholesterol-rich lipoproteins, and free fatty acids. Id. LPL's biological function is to aid in the creation of cholesterol and in the storage and metabolism of fatty acids. Lo, J. Y. et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 206: 266-271 (1995). A complete or partial loss of LPL function leads to buildup of triglycerides and chylomicrons in the plasma. For example, loss of LPL function has been reported to lead to triglyceride levels that are greater than 2,000 mg/dL as compared to 150 mg/dL or less in normal individuals.

Primary hypertriglyceridemia (HTG) occurs when there are defects in LPL or genes relating to LPL or lipoprotein clearance/uptake, such as apoCII, apoCIII, apoAV, GPIHBP1, and LMF1, among others. Secondary HTG is associated with obesity, metabolic syndrome, diabetes, alcohol abuse, renal disease, and certain medications, including anti-psychotics and anti-retrovirals. At triglyceride levels above 1,000 mg/dL, acute pancreatitis (AP) may result.

Individuals rarely exhibit any signs or symptoms of hyperlipidemia; diagnosis usually comes from a simple bood test. According to the CDC, approximately one in six adult Americans has hyperlipidemia, yet only about one in three adults has the condition under control.

The standard-of-care for hyperlipidemia includes dietary restrictions, exercise, fibrates, omega-3, and niacin. Existing hyperlipidemia treatments focus on reducing the risk of coronary heart disease, as the two have been shown to be associated with one another. Changes in triglyceride concentrations have been shown to change the risk of coronary heart disease, but a causal link has not been established. For mild to moderate hyperlipidemia, statins are usually recommended. For those with triglycerides above 1000 mg/dL, other triglyceride-lowering treatments are administered. Fibrates have shown a 20-50% reduction in triglycerides, with the greatest benefit being realized in more severely affected patients. However, in cases of non-severe hyperlipidemia, treatment elevates the risk of pancreatitis. Nicotinic acid can decrease TG by 15-25%, but may worsen glucose tolerance in diabetic patients and may be harmful when combined with statins. Omega-3 (fish oil) yields a 50% reduction in TG, but the first generation preparations may raise LDL. GLYBERA®, which was approved in Europe after multiple attempts and is not currently approved in the US, is only focused on LPLD patients, and not hyperlipidemia broadly. It has shown limited (if any) short term efficacy and no longer term efficacy when used alone.

The present invention provides mRNA therapeutics for the treatment of hyperlipidemia. The mRNA therapeutics of the invention are particularly well-suited for the treatment of hyperlipidemia, as the technology provides for the intracellular delivery of mRNA encoding lipoprotein lipase (LPL) followed by de novo synthesis of functional LPL protein within target cells. The instant invention features the incorporation of modified nucleotides within therapeutic mRNAs to (1) minimize unwanted immune activation (e.g., the innate immune response associated with the in vivo introduction of foreign nucleic acids) and (2) optimize the translation efficiency of mRNA to protein. Exemplary aspects of the invention feature a combination of nucleotide modification to reduce the innate immune response and sequence optimization, in particular, within the open reading frame (ORF) of therapeutic mRNAs encoding LPL to enhance protein expression.

The mRNA therapeutic technology of the instant invention also features delivery of mRNA encoding LPL via a lipid nanoparticle (LNP) delivery system. The instant invention features novel ionizable lipid-based LNPs which have improved properties when administered in vivo, for example, cellular uptake, intracellular transport, and/or endosomal release or endosomal escape. The LNPs of the invention also demonstrate reduced immunogenicity associated with the in vivo administration of LNPs.

In certain aspects, the invention relates to compositions and delivery formulations comprising a polynucleotide, e.g., a ribonucleic acid (RNA), e.g., a messenger RNA (mRNA), encoding lipoprotein lipase and methods for treating hyperlipidemia in a subject in need thereof by administering the same.

Aspects of the invention relate to an RNA polynucleotide comprising an open reading frame (ORF) encoding lipoprotein lipase (LPL) polypeptide formulated in a ionizable lipid nanoparticle, wherein the ionizable lipid nanoparticle has a molar ratio of about 20-60% ionizablelipid:about 5-25% non-cationic lipid:about 25-55% sterol; and about 0.5-15% PEG-modified lipid. Some aspects of the invention relate to an RNA polynucleotide comprising an open reading frame (ORF) encoding a lipoprotein lipase (LPL) variant polypeptide formulated in a ionizablelipid nanoparticle.

Other aspects of the invention relate to an RNA polynucleotide comprising an open reading frame (ORF) encoding lipoprotein lipase (LPL) polypeptide formulated in a ionizable lipid nanoparticle, wherein the RNA polynucleotide in the ionizable lipid nanoparticle has a therapeutic index of greater than 10% of the therapeutic index of the RNA polynucleotide alone.

In some embodiments, the LPL polypeptide is a LPL variant polypeptide. In some embodiments, at least 30%-50% of the mRNA is on the surface of the ionizable lipid nanoparticle. In other embodiments, the ionizable lipid nanoparticle has a mean diameter of 50-200 nm.

In some embodiments, the ionizable lipid nanoparticle has a 5:1 to 18:1 weight ratio of total lipid to RNA polynucleotide. In some embodiments, the composition is a unit dosage form having a dosage of 25-200 micrograms of the RNA polynucleotide. In some embodiments, the ionizable lipid is a lipid selected from compound 1-20. In some embodiments, the open reading frame is codon optimized.

In other embodiments, the RNA comprises at least one chemical modification. In some embodiments, the chemical modification is selected from pseudouridine, N1-methylpseudouridine, 2-thiouridine, 4′-thiouridine, 5-methylcytosine, 2-thio-1-methyl-1-deaza-pseudouridine, 2-thio-1-methyl-pseudouridine, 2-thio-5-aza-uridine, 2-thio-dihydropseudouridine, 2-thio-dihydrouridine, 2-thio-pseudouridine, 4-methoxy-2-thio-pseudouridine, 4-methoxy-pseudouridine, 4-thio-1-methyl-pseudouridine, 4-thio-pseudouridine, 5-aza-uridine, dihydropseudouridine, 5-methyluridine, 5-methoxyuridine and 2′-O-methyl uridine.

In some embodiments, the RNA polynucleotide formulated in the ionizable lipid nanoparticle has a therapeutic index of greater than 60% of the therapeutic index of the RNA polynucleotide alone. In some embodiments, the RNA polynucleotide formulated in the cationic lipid nanoparticle has a therapeutic index of greater than 10% of the therapeutic index of the RNA polynucleotide alone.

In some embodiments, the RNA polynucleotide does not have an open reading frame nucleic acid sequence selected from sequences of Table 3. In some embodiments, the LPL variant is LPL S447X variant polypeptide.

In other embodiments, the ionizable amino lipid is a lipid of Formula (I):

or a salt or isomer thereof, wherein:

R 1 is selected from the group consisting of C 5-30 alkyl, C 5-20 alkenyl, —R*YR″, —YR″, and —R″M′R′;

R 2 and R 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-14 alkyl, C 2-14 alkenyl, —R*YR″, —YR″, and —R*OR″, or R 2 and R 3 , together with the atom to which they are attached, form a heterocycle or carbocycle;

R 4 is selected from the group consisting of a C 3-6 carbocycle, —(CH 2 ) n Q, —(CH 2 ) n CHQR, —CHQR, —CQ(R) 2 , and unsubstituted C 1-6 alkyl, where Q is selected from a carbocycle, heterocycle, —OR, —O(CH 2 ) n N(R) 2 , —C(O)OR, —OC(O)R, —CX 3 , —CX 2 H, —CXH 2 , —CN, —N(R) 2 , —C(O)N(R) 2 , —N(R)C(O)R, —N(R)S(O) 2 R, —N(R)C(O)N(R) 2 , —N(R)C(S)N(R) 2 , —N(R)R 2 , —O(CH 2 ) n OR, —N(R)C(═NR 9 )N(R) 2 , —N(R)C(═CHR 9 )N(R) 2 , —OC(O)N(R) 2 , —N(R)C(O)OR, —N(OR)C(O)R, —N(OR)S(O) 2 R, —N(OR)C(O)OR, —N(OR)C(O)N(R) 2 , —N(OR)C(S)N(R) 2 , —N(OR)C(═NR 9 )N(R) 2 , —N(OR)C(═CHR 9 )N(R) 2 , —C(═NR 9 )N(R) 2 , —C(═NR 9 )R, —C(O)N(R)OR, and —C(R)N(R) 2 C(O)OR, and each n is independently selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5;

each R 5 is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-3 alkyl, C 2-3 alkenyl, and H;

each R 6 is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-3 alkyl, C 2-3 alkenyl, and H;

M and M′ are independently selected from —C(O)O—, —OC(O)—, —C(O)N(R′)—,

—N(R′)C(O)—, —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —C(S)S—, —SC(S)—, —CH(OH)—, —P(O)(OR′)O—, —S(O) 2 —, —S—S—, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group;

R 7 is selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 2-3 alkenyl, and H;

R 8 is selected from the group consisting of C 3-6 carbocycle and heterocycle;

R 9 is selected from the group consisting of H, CN, NO 2 , C 1-6 alkyl, —OR, —S(O) 2 R, —S(O) 2 N(R) 2 , C 2-6 alkenyl, C 3-6 carbocycle and heterocycle;

each R is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-3 alkyl, C 2-3 alkenyl, and H;

each R′ is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-18 alkyl, C 2-18 alkenyl, —R*YR″, —YR″, and H;

each R″ is independently selected from the group consisting of C 3-14 alkyl and C 3-14 alkenyl;

each R* is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-12 alkyl and C 2-12 alkenyl;

each Y is independently a C 3-6 carbocycle;

each X is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, and I; and

m is selected from 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13.

In some embodiments, a subset of compounds of Formula (I) includes those in which when R 4 is —(CH 2 ) n Q, —(CH 2 ) n CHQR, —CHQR, or —CQ(R) 2 , then (i) Q is not —N(R) 2 when n is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, or (ii) Q is not 5, 6, or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl when n is 1 or 2. In some embodiments, a subset of compounds of Formula (I) includes those in which

R 1 is selected from the group consisting of C 5-30 alkyl, C 5-20 alkenyl, —R*YR″, —YR″, and —R″M′R′; R 2 and R 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-14 alkyl, C 2-14 alkenyl, —R*YR″, —YR″, and —R*OR″, or R 2 and R 3 , together with the atom to which they are attached, form a heterocycle or carbocycle; R 4 is selected from the group consisting of a C 3-6 carbocycle, —(CH 2 ) n Q, —(CH 2 ) n CHQR, —CHQR, —CQ(R) 2 , and unsubstituted C 1-6 alkyl, where Q is selected from a C 3-6 carbocycle, a 5- to 14-membered heteroaryl having one or more heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, —OR, —O(CH 2 ) n N(R) 2 , —C(O)OR, —OC(O)R, —CX 3 , —CX 2 H, —CXH 2 , —CN, —C(O)N(R) 2 , —N(R)C(O)R, —N(R)S(O) 2 R, —N(R)C(O)N(R) 2 , —N(R)C(S)N(R) 2 , —CRN(R) 2 C(O)OR, —N(R)R 8 , —O(CH 2 ) n OR, —N(R)C(═NR 9 )N(R) 2 , —N(R)C(═CHR 9 )N(R) 2 , —OC(O)N(R) 2 , —N(R)C(O)OR, —N(OR)C(O)R, —N(OR)S(O) 2 R, —N(OR)C(O)OR, —N(OR)C(O)N(R) 2 , —N(OR)C(S)N(R) 2 , —N(OR)C(═NR 9 )N(R) 2 , —N(OR)C(═CHR 9 )N(R) 2 , —C(═NR 9 )N(R) 2 , —C(═NR 9 )R, —C(O)N(R)OR, and a 5- to 14-membered heterocycloalkyl having one or more heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S which is substituted with one or more substituents selected from oxo (═O), OH, amino, mono- or di-alkylamino, and C 1-3 alkyl, and each n is independently selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; each R 5 is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-3 alkyl, C 2-3 alkenyl, and H; each R 6 is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-3 alkyl, C 2-3 alkenyl, and H; M and M′ are independently selected from —C(O)O—, —OC(O)—, —C(O)N(R′)—, —N(R′)C(O)—, —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —C(S)S—, —SC(S)—, —CH(OH)—, —P(O)(OR′)O—, —S(O) 2 —, —S—S—, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group; R 7 is selected from the group consisting of C 1-3 alkyl, C 2-3 alkenyl, and H; R 8 is selected from the group consisting of C 3-6 carbocycle and heterocycle; R 9 is selected from the group consisting of H, CN, NO 2 , C 1-6 alkyl, —OR, —S(O) 2 R, —S(O) 2 N(R) 2 , C 2-6 alkenyl, C 3-6 carbocycle and heterocycle; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-3 alkyl, C 2-3 alkenyl, and H; each R′ is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-18 alkyl, C 2-18 alkenyl, —R*YR″, —YR″, and H; each R″ is independently selected from the group consisting of C 3-14 alkyl and C 3-14 alkenyl; each R* is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-12 alkyl and C 2-12 alkenyl; each Y is independently a C 3-6 carbocycle; each X is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, and I; and m is selected from 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13, or salts or isomers thereof.

In other embodiments, a subset of compounds of Formula (I) includes those in which

R 1 is selected from the group consisting of C 5-30 alkyl, C 5-20 alkenyl, —R*YR″, —YR″, and —R″M′R′; R 2 and R 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-14 alkyl, C 2-14 alkenyl, —R*YR″, —YR″, and —R*OR″, or R 2 and R 3 , together with the atom to which they are attached, form a heterocycle or carbocycle; R 4 is selected from the group consisting of a C 3-6 carbocycle, —(CH 2 ) n Q, —(CH 2 ) n CHQR, —CHQR, —CQ(R) 2 , and unsubstituted C 1-6 alkyl, where Q is selected from a C 3-6 carbocycle, a 5- to 14-membered heterocycle having one or more heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, —OR, —O(CH 2 ) n N(R) 2 , —C(O)OR, —OC(O)R, —CX 3 , —CX 2 H, —CXH 2 , —CN, —C(O)N(R) 2 , —N(R)C(O)R, —N(R)S(O) 2 R, —N(R)C(O)N(R) 2 , —N(R)C(S)N(R) 2 , —CRN(R) 2 C(O)OR, —N(R)R 8 , —O(CH 2 ) n OR, —N(R)C(═NR 9 )N(R) 2 , —N(R)C(═CHR 9 )N(R) 2 , —OC(O)N(R) 2 , —N(R)C(O)OR, —N(OR)C(O)R, —N(OR)S(O) 2 R, —N(OR)C(O)OR, —N(OR)C(O)N(R) 2 , —N(OR)C(S)N(R) 2 , —N(OR)C(═NR 9 )N(R) 2 , —N(OR)C(═CHR 9 )N(R) 2 , —C(═NR 9 )R, —C(O)N(R)OR, and —C(═NR 9 )N(R) 2 , and each n is independently selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; and when Q is a 5- to 14-membered heterocycle and (i) R 4 is —(CH 2 ) n Q in which n is 1 or 2, or (ii) R 4 is —(CH 2 ) n CHQR in which n is 1, or (iii) R 4 is —CHQR, and —CQ(R) 2 , then Q is either a 5- to 14-membered heteroaryl or 8- to 14-membered heterocycloalkyl; each R 5 is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-3 alkyl, C 2-3 alkenyl, and H; each R 6 is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-3 alkyl, C 2-3 alkenyl, and H; M and M′ are independently selected from —C(O)O—, —OC(O)—, —C(O)N(R′)—, —N(R′)C(O)—, —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —C(S)S—, —SC(S)—, —CH(OH)—, —P(O)(OR′)O—, —S(O) 2 —, —S—S—, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group; R 7 is selected from the group consisting of C 1-3 alkyl, C 2-3 alkenyl, and H; R 8 is selected from the group consisting of C 3-6 carbocycle and heterocycle; R 9 is selected from the group consisting of H, CN, NO 2 , C 1-6 alkyl, —OR, —S(O) 2 R, —S(O) 2 N(R) 2 , C 2-6 alkenyl, C 3-6 carbocycle and heterocycle; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-3 alkyl, C 2-3 alkenyl, and H; each R′ is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-18 alkyl, C 2-18 alkenyl, —R*YR″, —YR″, and H; each R″ is independently selected from the group consisting of C 3-14 alkyl and C 3-14 alkenyl; each R* is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-12 alkyl and C 2-12 alkenyl; each Y is independently a C 3-6 carbocycle; each X is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, and I; and m is selected from 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13, or salts or isomers thereof.

In some embodiments, a subset of compounds of Formula (I) includes those in which

R 1 is selected from the group consisting of C 5-30 alkyl, C 5-20 alkenyl, —R*YR″, —YR″, and —R″M′R′; R 2 and R 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-14 alkyl, C 2-14 alkenyl, —R*YR″, —YR″, and —R*OR″, or R 2 and R 3 , together with the atom to which they are attached, form a heterocycle or carbocycle; R 4 is selected from the group consisting of a C 3-6 carbocycle, —(CH 2 ) n Q, —(CH 2 ) n CHQR, —CHQR, —CQ(R) 2 , and unsubstituted C 1-6 alkyl, where Q is selected from a C 3-6 carbocycle, a 5- to 14-membered heteroaryl having one or more heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, —OR, —O(CH 2 ) n N(R) 2 , —C(O)OR, —OC(O)R, —CX 3 , —CX 2 H, —CXH 2 , —CN, —C(O)N(R) 2 , —N(R)C(O)R, —N(R)S(O) 2 R, —N(R)C(O)N(R) 2 , —N(R)C(S)N(R) 2 , —CRN(R) 2 C(O)OR, —N(R)R 8 , —O(CH 2 ) n OR, —N(R)C(═NR 9 )N(R) 2 , —N(R)C(═CHR 9 )N(R) 2 , —OC(O)N(R) 2 , —N(R)C(O)OR, —N(OR)C(O)R, —N(OR)S(O) 2 R, —N(OR)C(O)OR, —N(OR)C(O)N(R) 2 , —N(OR)C(S)N(R) 2 , —N(OR)C(═NR 9 )N(R) 2 , —N(OR)C(═CHR 9 )N(R) 2 , —C(═NR 9 )R, —C(O)N(R)OR, and —C(═NR 9 )N(R) 2 , and each n is independently selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; each R 5 is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-3 alkyl, C 2-3 alkenyl, and H; each R 6 is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-3 alkyl, C 2-3 alkenyl, and H; M and M′ are independently selected from —C(O)O—, —OC(O)—, —C(O)N(R′)—, —N(R′)C(O)—, —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —C(S)S—, —SC(S)—, —CH(OH)—, —P(O)(OR′)O—, —S(O) 2 —, —S—S—, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group; R 7 is selected from the group consisting of C 1-3 alkyl, C 2-3 alkenyl, and H; R 8 is selected from the group consisting of C 3-6 carbocycle and heterocycle; R 9 is selected from the group consisting of H, CN, NO 2 , C 1-6 alkyl, —OR, —S(O) 2 R, —S(O) 2 N(R) 2 , C 2-6 alkenyl, C 3 _ 6 carbocycle and heterocycle; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-3 alkyl, C 2-3 alkenyl, and H; each R′ is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-18 alkyl, C 2-18 alkenyl, —R*YR″, —YR″, and H; each R″ is independently selected from the group consisting of C 3-14 alkyl and C 3-14 alkenyl; each R* is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-12 alkyl and C 2-12 alkenyl; each Y is independently a C 3-6 carbocycle; each X is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, and I; and m is selected from 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13, or salts or isomers thereof.

In some embodiments, a subset of compounds of Formula (I) includes those in which

R 1 is selected from the group consisting of C 5-30 alkyl, C 5-20 alkenyl, —R*YR″, —YR″, and —R″M′R′; R 2 and R 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C 2-14 alkyl, C 2-14 alkenyl, —R*YR″, —YR″, and —R*OR″, or R 2 and R 3 , together with the atom to which they are attached, form a heterocycle or carbocycle; R 4 is —(CH 2 ) n Q or —(CH 2 ) n CHQR, where Q is —N(R) 2 , and n is selected from 3, 4, and 5; each R 5 is independently selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 2-3 alkenyl, and H; each R 6 is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-3 alkyl, C 2-3 alkenyl, and H; M and M′ are independently selected from —C(O)O—, —OC(O)—, —C(O)N(R′)—, —N(R′)C(O)—, —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —C(S)S—, —SC(S)—, —CH(OH)—, —P(O)(OR′)O—, —S(O) 2 —, —S—S—, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group; R 7 is selected from the group consisting of C 1-3 alkyl, C 2-3 alkenyl, and H; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-3 alkyl, C 2-3 alkenyl, and H; each R′ is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-18 alkyl, C 2-18 alkenyl, —R*YR″, —YR″, and H; each R″ is independently selected from the group consisting of C 3-14 alkyl and C 3-14 alkenyl; each R* is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-12 alkyl and C 1-12 alkenyl; each Y is independently a C 3-6 carbocycle; each X is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, and I; and m is selected from 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13, or salts or isomers thereof.

In other embodiments, a subset of compounds of Formula (I) includes those in which

R 1 is selected from the group consisting of C 5-30 alkyl, C 5-20 alkenyl, —R*YR″, —YR″, and —R″M′R′; R 2 and R 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-14 alkyl, C 2-14 alkenyl, —R*YR″, —YR″, and —R*OR″, or R 2 and R 3 , together with the atom to which they are attached, form a heterocycle or carbocycle; R 4 is selected from the group consisting of —(CH 2 ) n Q, —(CH 2 ) n CHQR, —CHQR, and —CQ(R) 2 , where Q is —N(R) 2 , and n is selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; each R 5 is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-3 alkyl, C 2-3 alkenyl, and H; each R 6 is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-3 alkyl, C 2-3 alkenyl, and H; M and M′ are independently selected from —C(O)O—, —OC(O)—, —C(O)N(R′)—, —N(R′)C(O)—, —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —C(S)S—, —SC(S)—, —CH(OH)—, —P(O)(OR′)O—, —S(O) 2 —, —S—S—, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group; R 7 is selected from the group consisting of C 1-3 alkyl, C 2-3 alkenyl, and H; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-3 alkyl, C 2-3 alkenyl, and H; each R′ is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-18 alkyl, C 2-18 alkenyl, —R*YR″, —YR″, and H; each R″ is independently selected from the group consisting of C 3-14 alkyl and C 3-14 alkenyl; each R* is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-12 alkyl and C 1-12 alkenyl; each Y is independently a C 3-6 carbocycle; each X is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, and I; and m is selected from 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13, or salts or isomers thereof.

In some embodiments, a subset of compounds of Formula (I) includes those of Formula (IA):

or a salt or isomer thereof, wherein 1 is selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; m is selected from 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9; M 1 is a bond or M′; R 4 is unsubstituted C 1-3 alkyl, or —(CH 2 ) n Q, in which Q is OH, —NHC(S)N(R) 2 , —NHC(O)N(R) 2 , —N(R)C(O)R, —N(R)S(O) 2 R, —N(R)R 8 , —NHC(═NR 9 )N(R) 2 , —NHC(═CHR 9 )N(R) 2 , —OC(O)N(R) 2 , —N(R)C(O)OR, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl; M and M′ are independently selected from —C(O)O—, —OC(O)—, —C(O)N(R′)—, —P(O)(OR′)O—, —S—S—, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group; and R 2 and R 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-14 alkyl, and C 2-14 alkenyl.

In some embodiments, the nanoparticle has a polydispersity value of less than 0.4. In some embodiments, the nanoparticle has a net neutral charge at a neutral pH. In some embodiments, the ORF is at least 90% identical to CO-01. In some embodiments, the ORF is at least 90% identical to CO-02. In other embodiments, the ORF is at least 90% identical to CO-03. In some embodiments, the ORF is at least 90% identical to CO-04. In further embodiments, the ORF is at least 90% identical to CO-30.

In some embodiments, 80% of the uracil in the open reading frame have a chemical modification. In some embodiments, 100% of the uracil in the open reading frame have a chemical modification. In some embodiments, the chemical modification is in the 5-position of the uracil. In some embodiments, the chemical modification is N1-methylpseudouridine. In other embodiments, the uracil and thymine content of the RNA polynucleotide is 100-150% greater than that of wild-type LPL polynucleotide.

Aspects of the invention relate to a method of increasing the therapeutic index of an RNA polynucleotide comprising an open reading frame (ORF) encoding lipoprotein lipase (LPL) polypeptide, the method comprising associating the RNA polynucleotide with a ionizable amino lipid to produce a composition, thereby increasing the therapeutic index of the RNA polynucleotide in the composition relative to the therapeutic index of the RNA polynucleotide alone.

In some embodiments, the therapeutic index of the RNA polynucleotide in the composition is greater than 10:1. In other embodiments, the therapeutic index of the RNA polynucleotide in the composition is greater than 50:1.

Further aspects of the invention relate to a method for treating a subject comprising administering to a subject in need thereof the composition produced according to any one of the above methods in an effective amount to treat the subject.

Aspects of the invention relate to a method of treating hyperlipidemia in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of an RNA polynucleotide comprising an open reading frame (ORF) encoding lipoprotein lipase (LPL) polypeptide wherein administration of the RNA polynucleotide results in a decrease in the subject's plasma lipids to a physiological level.

In some embodiments, the method of treating hyperlipidemia involves a single administration of the RNA polynucleotide. In some embodiments, the method of treating hyperlipidemia further comprises administering a weekly dose. In other embodiments, the RNA polynucleotide is formulated in a ionizable amino lipid nanoparticle.

In some embodiments, the RNA polynucleotide is in a composition as described above. In some embodiments, upon administration to the subject the dosage form exhibits a pharmacokinetic (PK) profile comprising: a) a T max at about 30 to about 240 minutes after administration; and b) a plasma drug (LPL polypeptide produced by RNA polynucleotide) concentration plateau of at least 50% C max for a duration of about 90 to about 240 minutes.

In some embodiments, upon administration to the subject at least a 25% reduction in triglyceride level relative to baseline levels is achieved. In other embodiments, upon administration to the subject at least a 50% reduction in triglyceride level relative to baseline levels is achieved.

In some embodiments, upon administration to the subject at least a 60% reduction in triglyceride level relative to baseline levels is achieved. In other embodiments, triglyceride level reduction is achieved for up to 3 days. In other embodiments, triglyceride level reduction is achieved for up to 5 days.

In some embodiments, triglyceride level reduction is achieved for up to 7 days. In some embodiments, triglyceride level reduction is achieved within 1 hour of dosing the subject. In other embodiments, triglyceride level reduction is achieved within 3 hours of dosing the subject.

In some embodiments, the RNA polynucleotide is administered 1 per week for 3 weeks to 1 year. In some embodiments, the RNA polynucleotide is administered to the subject by intravenous administration. In some embodiments, the RNA polynucleotide is administered to the subject by subcutaneous administration. In some embodiments, further comprising administering to the subject a standard of care therapy for hyperlipidemia.

In other embodiments, the standard of care therapy is selected from the group consisting of fibrates, omega-3, niacin, ANGPTL3, antibodies/antisense (Evinacumab, ALN-ANG), apoCIII inhibitors (ALN-AC3, volanesorsen), and CAT-2003 (niacin/omega-3 FA linker). In some embodiments, upon administration to the subject the dosage form exhibits a PK profile wherein at least about 90% of drug is cleared from plasma within about 5 to 7 days of the plasma drug concentration plateau.

In some embodiments, the RNA polynucleotide is present in a dosage of between 25 and 100 micrograms. In other embodiments, the method comprises administering to the subject a single dosage of between 0.001 mg/kg and 0.005 mg/kg of the RNA polynucleotide.

Aspects of the invention relate to a method of treating hyperlipidemia in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject an RNA polynucleotide comprising an open reading frame (ORF) encoding lipoprotein lipase (LPL) polypeptide and a standard of care therapy for hyperlipidemia wherein the combined administration of the RNA polynucleotide and standard of care therapy results in a decrease in the subject's plasma lipids to a physiological level.

In some embodiments, the standard of care therapy is selected from the group consisting of fibrates, omega-3, niacin, ANGPTL3, antibodies/antisense (Evinacumab, ALN-ANG), apoCIII inhibitors (ALN-AC3, volanesorsen), and CAT-2003 (niacin/omega-3 FA linker). In some embodiments, the RNA polynucleotide and the standard of care therapy provide a synergistic response. In other embodiments, the administration involves a sub therapeutic dose of the RNA polynucleotide. In some embodiments, the administration involves a sub therapeutic dose of the standard of care therapy.

The present disclosure provides a polynucleotide comprising an open reading frame (ORF) encoding a lipoprotein lipase (LPL) polypeptide, wherein the uracil or thymine content of the ORF is between 100% and about 150% of the theoretical minimum uracil or thymine content of a nucleotide sequence encoding the LPL polypeptide (% U TM or % T TM , respectively). In some embodiments, the uracil or thymine content in the ORF is between about 105% and about 145%, about 105% and about 140%, about 110% and about 145%, about 110% and about 140%, about 115% and about 145%, about 115% and about 140%, about 120% and about 145%, about 120% and about 140%, about 125% and about 145%, or about 125% and about 140% of the % U TM or % T TM . In some embodiments, the uracil or thymine content in the ORF is between (i) 115%, 116%, 117%, 118%, 119%, 120%, 121%, 122%, 123%, 124%, or 125% and (ii) 139%, 140%, 141%, 142%, 143%, 144%, or 145% of the % U TM or % T TM .

In some embodiments, the ORF further comprises at least one low-frequency codon. In some embodiments of the polynucleotides disclosed herein, (i) the ORF is at least 89%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or 100% identical to LPL-CO1, (ii) the ORF is at least 89%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or 100% identical to LPL-CO2, (iii) the ORF is at least 89%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or 100% identical to LPL-CO3, (iv) the ORF is at least 89%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or 100% identical to LPL-CO4, (vi) the ORF is at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or 100% identical to LPL-CO5, LPL-CO6, LPL-CO7, LPL-CO8, LPL-CO9, LPL-CO10, LPL-CO11, LPL-CO12, LPL-CO13, LPL-CO14, LPL-CO15, LPL-CO16, LPL-CO17, LPL-CO18, LPL-CO19, LPL-CO20, LPL-CO-21, LPL-CO22, LPL-CO23, LPL-CO24, LPL-CO25, LPL-CO26, LPL-CO27, LPL-CO28, LPL-CO29, or LPL-CO30.

In some embodiments, the ORF has at least 80%, at least 81%, at least 82%, at least 83%, at least 84%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or 100% sequence identity to a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 5 to 29, 80-83, 148. In some embodiments, the LPL polypeptide comprises an amino acid sequence at least about 95%, at least about 96%, at least about 97%, at least about 98%, at least about 99%, or about 100% identical to the polypeptide sequence of wild type LPL (SEQ ID NO: 1; FIG. 1 A ), and wherein the LPL polypeptide has triglyceride hydrolase activity. In some embodiments, the LPL polypeptide is a variant, derivative, or mutant having a triglyceride hydrolase activity. In some embodiments, the LPL polypeptide comprises an amino acid sequence at least about 95%, at least about 96%, at least about 97%, at least about 98%, at least about 99%, or about 100% identical to the polypeptide sequence of the LPL S447X variant (SEQ ID NO: 3; FIG. 3 A ), and wherein the LPL polypeptide has triglyceride hydrolase activity. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide sequence further comprises a nucleotide sequence encoding a transit peptide.

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide further comprises a miRNA binding site. In some embodiments, the miRNA binding site comprises one or more nucleotide sequences selected from TABLE 4. In some embodiments, the miRNA binding site binds to miR-142. In some embodiments, the miRNA binding site binds to miR-142-3p or miR-142-5p. In some embodiments, the miR142 comprises SEQ ID NO: 30.

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide further comprises a 5′ UTR. In some embodiments, the 5′ UTR comprises a nucleic acid sequence at least 90%, at least about 95%, at least about 96%, at least about 97%, at least about 98%, at least about 99%, or about 100% identical to a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 35-59, or any combination thereof. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide further comprises a 3′ UTR. In some embodiments, the 3′ UTR comprises a nucleic acid sequence at least about 90%, at least about 95%, at least about 96%, at least about 97%, at least about 98%, at least about 99%, or about 100% identical to a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 60-77 and 191-203, or any combination thereof. In some embodiments, the miRNA binding site is located within the 3′ UTR.

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide further comprises a 5′ terminal cap. In some embodiments, the 5′ terminal cap comprises a Cap0, Cap1, ARCA, inosine, N1-methyl-guanosine, 2′-fluoro-guanosine, 7-deaza-guanosine, 8-oxo-guanosine, 2-amino-guanosine, LNA-guanosine, 2-azidoguanosine, Cap2, Cap4, 5′ methylG cap, or an analog thereof. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide further comprises a poly-A region. In some embodiments, the poly-A region is at least about 10, at least about 20, at least about 30, at least about 40, at least about 50, at least about 60, at least about 70, at least about 80, or at least about 90 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, the poly-A region has about 10 to about 200, about 20 to about 180, about 50 to about 160, about 70 to about 140, about 80 to about 120 nucleotides in length.

In some embodiments, upon administration to a subject, the polynucleotide has: (i) a longer plasma half-life; (ii) increased expression of a LPL polypeptide encoded by the ORF; (iii) a lower frequency of arrested translation resulting in an expression fragment; (iv) greater structural stability; or (v) any combination thereof, relative to a corresponding polynucleotide comprising SEQ ID NO: 2 ( FIG. 1 , panel D) or SEQ ID NO: 4 ( FIG. 2 , panel D).

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide comprises: (i) a 5′-terminal cap; (ii) a 5′-UTR; (iii) an ORF encoding a LPL polypeptide; (iv) a 3′-UTR; and (v) a poly-A region. In some embodiments, the 3′-UTR comprises a miRNA binding site.

The present disclosure also provides a method of producing the polynucleotide described herein, the method comprising modifying an ORF encoding a LPL polypeptide by substituting at least one uracil nucleobase with an adenine, guanine, or cytosine nucleobase, or by substituting at least one adenine, guanine, or cytosine nucleobase with a uracil nucleobase, wherein all the substitutions are synonymous substitutions. In some embodiments, the method further comprises replacing at least about 90%, at least about 95%, at least about 99%, or about 100% of uracils with 5-methoxyuracils.

In certain embodiments, a subset of compounds of Formula (I) includes those of Formula (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (IIe):

or a salt or isomer thereof, wherein R 4 is as described herein.

In some embodiments, R 4 is as described herein.

In some embodiments, the compound is of the Formula (IId),

or a salt or stereoisomer thereof,

wherein R 2 and R 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of C 5-14 alkyl and C 5-14 alkenyl, n is selected from 2, 3, and 4, and R′, R″, R 5 , R 6 and m are as defined above.

In some embodiments, R 2 is C 8 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 3 is C 5 alkyl, C 6 alkyl, C 7 alkyl, C 8 alkyl, or C 9 alkyl. In some embodiments, m is 5, 7, or 9. In some embodiments, each R 5 is H. In some embodiments, each R 6 is H.

In another aspect, the disclosure features a nanoparticle composition including a lipid component comprising a compound as described herein (e.g., a compound according to Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIe), (IId) or (IIe)).

In yet another aspect, the disclosure features a pharmaceutical composition comprising a nanoparticle composition according to the preceding aspects and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. For example, the pharmaceutical composition is refrigerated or frozen for storage and/or shipment (e.g., being stored at a temperature of 4° C. or lower, such as a temperature between about −150° C. and about 0° C. or between about −80° C. and about −20° C. (e.g., about −5° C., −10° C., −15° C., −20° C., −25° C., −30° C., −40° C., −50° C., −60° C., −70° C., −80° C., −90° C., −130° C. or −150° C.). For example, the pharmaceutical composition is a solution that is refrigerated for storage and/or shipment at, for example, about −20° C., −30° C., −40° C., −50° C., −60° C., −70° C., or −80° C.

In another aspect, the disclosure provides a method of delivering a therapeutic and/or prophylactic (e.g., an mRNA) to a cell (e.g., a mammalian cell). This method includes the step of administering to a subject (e.g., a mammal, such as a human) a nanoparticle composition including (i) a lipid component including a phospholipid (such as a polyunsaturated lipid), a PEG lipid, a structural lipid, and a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId) or (IIe) and (ii) a therapeutic and/or prophylactic, in which administering involves contacting the cell with the nanoparticle composition, whereby the therapeutic and/or prophylactic is delivered to the cell.

In another aspect, the disclosure provides a method of producing a polypeptide of interest in a cell (e.g., a mammalian cell). The method includes the step of contacting the cell with a nanoparticle composition including (i) a lipid component including a phospholipid (such as a polyunsaturated lipid), a PEG lipid, a structural lipid, and a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId) or (IIe) and (ii) an mRNA encoding the polypeptide of interest, whereby the mRNA is capable of being translated in the cell to produce the polypeptide.

In another aspect, the disclosure provides a method of treating a disease or disorder in a mammal (e.g., a human) in need thereof. The method includes the step of administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a nanoparticle composition including (i) a lipid component including a phospholipid (such as a polyunsaturated lipid), a PEG lipid, a structural lipid, and a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId) or (Ile) and (ii) a therapeutic and/or prophylactic (e.g., an mRNA). In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is characterized by dysfunctional or aberrant protein or polypeptide activity. For example, the disease or disorder is selected from the group consisting of rare diseases, infectious diseases, cancer and proliferative diseases, genetic diseases (e.g., cystic fibrosis), autoimmune diseases, diabetes, neurodegenerative diseases, cardio- and reno-vascular diseases, and metabolic diseases.

In another aspect, the disclosure provides a method of delivering (e.g., specifically delivering) a therapeutic and/or prophylactic to a mammalian organ (e.g., a liver, spleen, lung, or femur). This method includes the step of administering to a subject (e.g., a mammal) a nanoparticle composition including (i) a lipid component including a phospholipid, a PEG lipid, a structural lipid, and a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId) or (IIe) and (ii) a therapeutic and/or prophylactic (e.g., an mRNA), in which administering involves contacting the cell with the nanoparticle composition, whereby the therapeutic and/or prophylactic is delivered to the target organ (e.g., a liver, spleen, lung, or femur).

In another aspect, the disclosure features a method for the enhanced delivery of a therapeutic and/or prophylactic (e.g., an mRNA) to a target tissue (e.g., a liver, spleen, lung, muscle, or femur). This method includes administering to a subject (e.g., a mammal) a nanoparticle composition, the composition including (i) a lipid component including a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId) or (IIe), a phospholipid, a structural lipid, and a PEG lipid; and (ii) a therapeutic and/or prophylactic, the administering including contacting the target tissue with the nanoparticle composition, whereby the therapeutic and/or prophylactic is delivered to the target tissue

In some embodiments, the composition disclosed herein is a nanoparticle composition. In some embodiments, the delivery agent further comprises a phospholipid. In some embodiments, the phospholipid is selected from the group consisting of 1,2-dilinoleoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (DLPC),

1,2-dimyristoyl-sn-glycero-phosphocholine (DMPC), 1,2-dioleoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (DOPC), 1,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (DPPC), 1,2-distearoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (DSPC), 1,2-diundecanoyl-sn-glycero-phosphocholine (DUPC), 1-palmitoyl-2-oleoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (POPC), 1,2-di-O-octadecenyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (18:0 Diether PC), 1-oleoyl-2-cholesterylhemisuccinoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (OChemsPC), 1-hexadecyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (C16 Lyso PC), 1,2-dilinolenoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine, 1,2-diarachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine, 1,2-didocosahexaenoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine, 1,2-dioleoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine (DOPE), 1,2-diphytanoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine (ME 16:0 PE), 1,2-distearoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine, 1,2-dilinoleoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine, 1,2-dilinolenoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine, 1,2-diarachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine, 1,2-didocosahexaenoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine, 1,2-dioleoyl-sn-glycero-3-phospho-rac-(1-glycerol) sodium salt (DOPG), sphingomyelin, and any mixtures thereof.

In some embodiments, the delivery agent further comprises a structural lipid. In some embodiments, the structural lipid is selected from the group consisting of cholesterol, fecosterol, sitosterol, ergosterol, campesterol, stigmasterol, brassicasterol, tomatidine, ursolic acid, alpha-tocopherol, and any mixtures thereof.

In some embodiments, the delivery agent further comprises a PEG lipid. In some embodiments, the PEG lipid is selected from the group consisting of a PEG-modified phosphatidylethanolamine, a PEG-modified phosphatidic acid, a PEG-modified ceramide, a PEG-modified dialkylamine, a PEG-modified diacylglycerol, a PEG-modified dialkylglycerol, and any mixtures thereof.

In some embodiments, the delivery agent further comprises an ionizable lipid selected from the group consisting of 3-(didodecylamino)-N1,N1,4-tridodecyl-1-piperazineethanamine (KL10),

N1-[2-(didodecylamino)ethyl]-N1,N4,N4-tridodecyl-1,4-piperazinediethanamine (KL22), 14,25-ditridecyl-15,18,21,24-tetraaza-octatriacontane (KL25), 1,2-dilinoleyloxy-N,N-dimethylaminopropane (DLin-DMA), 2,2-dilinoleyl-4-dimethylaminomethyl-[1,3]-dioxolane (DLin-K-DMA), heptatriaconta-6,9,28,31-tetraen-19-yl 4-(dimethylamino)butanoate (DLin-MC3-DMA), 2,2-dilinoleyl-4-(2-dimethylaminoethyl)-[1,3]-dioxolane (DLin-KC2-DMA), 1,2-dioleyloxy-N,N-dimethylaminopropane (DODMA), 2-({8-[(3β)-cholest-5-en-3-yloxy]octyl}oxy)-N,N-dimethyl-3-[(9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1-yloxy]propan-1-amine (Octyl-CLinDMA), (2R)-2-({8-[(3β)-cholest-5-en-3-yloxy]octyl}oxy)-N,N-dimethyl-3-[(9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1-yloxy]propan-1-amine (Octyl-CLinDMA (2R)), and (2S)-2-({8-[(3β)-cholest-5-en-3-yloxy]octyl}oxy)-N,N-dimethyl-3-[(9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1-yloxy]propan-1-amine (Octyl-CLinDMA (2S)).

In some embodiments the LPL protein is a LPL fusion protein. The LPL fusion protein may be an immunoglobulin (Ig) fragment. In some embodiments the Ig fragment is a variable chain fragment. In other embodiments the Ig fragment is a constant chain fragment. In some embodiments the Ig fragment is a variable light chain fragment. In some embodiments the LPL is linked to the light chain or heavy chain region through a linker.

In some embodiments, the delivery agent further comprises a phospholipid, a structural lipid, a PEG lipid, or any combination thereof.

In some embodiments, the composition is formulated for in vivo delivery. In some embodiments, the composition is formulated for intramuscular, subcutaneous, or intradermal delivery.

Each of the limitations of the invention can encompass various embodiments of the invention. It is, therefore, anticipated that each of the limitations of the invention involving any one element or combinations of elements can be included in each aspect of the invention. This invention is not limited in its application to the details of construction and the arrangement of components set forth in the following description or illustrated in the drawings. The invention is capable of other embodiments and of being practiced or of being carried out in various ways. Also, the phraseology and terminology used herein is for the purpose of description and should not be regarded as limiting. The use of “including,” “comprising,” or “having,” “containing”, “involving”, and variations thereof herein, is meant to encompass the items listed thereafter and equivalents thereof as well as additional items.

FIG. 1 shows the protein sequence (panel A), table with domain features (panel B), graphic representation of domain structure (panel C), and nucleic acid sequence (panel D) of wild type LPL.

FIG. 2 shows the protein sequence (panel A), table with domain features (panel B), graphic representation of domain structure (panel C), and nucleic acid sequence (panel D) of LPL-S447Stop.

FIG. 3 shows a multiple sequence alignment wild type LPL and 25 sequence optimized LPL polynucleotides. Asterisks below the alignment indicate the location of conserved nucleobases that are identical between the wild type polynucleotide sequence and the sequence optimized LPL polynucleotides. Non-conserved nucleobases are indicated by spaces and periods below the alignment.

FIG. 4 shows that modified RNA results in hLPL expression and a significant decrease in plasma triglycerides in Zucker fa/fa rats.

FIG. 5 shows the pharmacokinetic results of the three week administration study (two doses per week). The concentration of hLPL mRNA in liver (left) and the concentration of hLPL protein in post-heparin plasma (right) are shown.

FIG. 6 shows the pharmacodynamics results of the three week administration study (2 doses per week). The percent change in plasma triglycerides six hours after an injection of the indicated formulation is given.

FIG. 7 shows the expression of hLPL in post-heparin plasma (left) and the percent change in plasma triglycerides in the single IV dose fa/fa rat study.

FIG. 8 shows the expression of hLPL following heparin administration in the single IV dose fa/fa rat study for the indicated constructs. Data is presented as mean±standard deviation.

FIG. 9 shows data from an intralipid challenge (prior to hLPL-WT-miR-126 mRNA injection) in Sprague Dawley rats.

FIG. 10 shows the expression of hLPL in different tissues following the protocol described in Example 26.

FIG. 11 is a Western blot showing the results from the experiment described in Example 26.

FIG. 12 is a graph showing the expression of hLPL of the groups described in Example 27.

FIGS. 13 A- 13 C show the triglyceride ( FIG. 13 A ), HDL ( FIG. 13 B ), and LDL ( FIG. 13 C ) levels in each group 24 hours after the treatment described in Example 27.

FIG. 14 shows MS/MS profile of the signature peptide (left) and the LC-MS/MS detection of the signature peptide in NHP sera (right). The peptides, from top to bottom and then left to right, correspond to SEQ ID NOs: 144, 144 and 142-146.

FIG. 15 shows the plasma triglycerides (left) and plasma cholesterol (right) levels six, 12, and 24 hours after treatment, as described in Example 17.

FIG. 16 shows the percent change in plasma triglycerides (TGs) in CD-1 mice six hours after 0.5 mg/kg injections of either hLPL-WT-miR-126 or saline.

The present invention provides mRNA therapeutics for the treatment of hyperlipidemia. Hyperlipidemia, the elevated level of any or all lipids or lipoproteins in the blood, can be caused by several acquired or genetic disorders. It is generally results from non-functional or low levels of lipoprotein lipase (LPL). A complete or partial loss of LPL function leads to buildup of triglycerides and chylomicrons in the plasma and results in a host of problems. mRNA therapeutics are particularly well-suited for the treatment of hyperlipidemia, as the technology provides for the intracellular delivery of mRNA encoding LPL followed by de novo synthesis of functional LPL protein within target cells. After delivery of mRNA to the target cells, the desired LPL protein is expressed by the cells' own translational machinery, leading to the producing of fully functional LPL, which replaces the defective or missing protein.

One challenge associated with delivering nucleic acid-based therapeutics (e.g., mRNA therapeutics) in vivo stems from the innate immune response which can occur when the body's immune system encounters foreign nucleic acids. Foreign mRNAs can activate the immune system via recognition through toll-like receptors (TLRs), in particular TLR7/8, which is activated by single-stranded RNA (ssRNA). In nonimmune cells, the recognition of foreign mRNA can occur through the retinoic acid-inducible gene I (RIG-I). Immune recognition of foreign mRNAs can result in unwanted cytokine effects including interleukin-1β (IL-1β) production, tumor necrosis factor-α (TNF-α) distribution, and a strong type I interferon (type I IFN) response. The instant invention features the incorporation of different modified nucleotides within therapeutic mRNAs to minimize the immune activation and optimize the translation efficiency of mRNA to protein. Particular aspects of the invention feature a combination of nucleotide modification to reduce the innate immune response and sequence optimization, in particular, within the open reading frame (ORF) of therapeutic mRNAs encoding LPL to enhance protein expression.

The mRNA therapeutic technology of the instant invention also features delivery of mRNA encoding LPL via a lipid nanoparticle (LNP) delivery system. Lipid nanoparticles (LNPs) are an ideal platform for the safe and effective delivery of mRNAs to target cells. LNPs have the unique ability to deliver nucleic acids by a mechanism involving cellular uptake, intracellular transport and endosomal release or endosomal escape. The instant invention features novel ionizable amino lipid-based LNPs which have improved properties when administered in vivo. Without being bound in theory, it is believed that the novel ionizable amino lipid-based LNPs of the invention have improved properties, for example, cellular uptake, intracellular transport and/or endosomal release or endosomal escape. LNPs administered by systemic route (e.g., intravenous (IV) administration), for example, in a first administration, can accelerate the clearance of subsequently injected LNPs, for example, in further administrations. This phenomenon is known as accelerated blood clearance (ABC) and is a key challenge, in particular, when replacing deficient enzymes (e.g., LPL) in a therapeutic context. This is because repeat administration of mRNA therapeutics is in most instances essential to maintain necessary levels of enzyme in target tissues in subjects (e.g., subjects suffering from hyperlipidemia). Repeat dosing challenges can be addressed on multiple levels. mRNA engineering and/or efficient delivery by LNPs can result in increased levels and or enhanced duration of protein (e.g., LPL) being expressed following a first dose of administration, which in turn, can lengthen the time between first dose and subsequent dosing. It is known that the accelerated blood clearance (ABC) phenomenon is, at least in part, transient in nature, with the immune responses underlying ABC resolving after sufficient time following systemic administration. As such, increasing the duration of protein expression and/or activity following systemic delivery of an mRNA therapeutic of the invention in one aspect, combats the ABC phenomenon. Moreover, LNPs can be engineered to avoid immune sensing and/or recognition and can thus further avoid ABC upon subsequent or repeat dosing. Exemplary aspect of the invention feature novel LNPs which have been engineered to have reduced ABC.

Lipoprotein Lipase (LPL)

Lipoprotein lipase (LPL, NM_000237; NP_000228), is a metabolic enzyme (E.C. 3.1.1.34) that plays a critical role in the hydrolysis of free triglycerides into free fatty acids and catabolism of chylomicrons and very low density lipoproteins. LPL's biological function is to aid in the creation of cholesterol and storage and metabolism of fatty acids. Lo, J. Y. et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 206: 266-271 (1995). LPL is expressed in a variety of tissues, primarily adipocytes and skeletal muscle cells, and localizes to the capillary lumen and functions as a homodimer. J. R. et al., J Mol Med. 80(12):753-769 (2002) and Ferland, A. et al. Obesity 20(5):1006-1011 (2012). The precursor form of human LPL is 475 amino acids, while its mature form is 448 amino acids—a 27 amino acid leader sequence is cleaved off once LPL reaches the capillary lumen. This leader sequence is referred to as LPL's signal peptide. Mutations at amino acid 159 from a serine to either a glycine or threonine and mutations at amino acid 268 from a histidine to either a glycine or glutamine lead to dysfunctional LPL.

The LPL S447Stop protein is a polymorphic LPL variant resulting from a single nucleotide polymorphism (a C to G mutation in exon 9 at position 1595), which introduces a premature stop codon at position 447. Rip, J. et al., Arterioscler Thromb Vase Biol. 26(6):1236-1245 (2006). This mutation is associated with beneficial effects on lipid homeostasis and atheroprotection. Id. For example, the X447 allele of the LPL gene is associated with an increase in high density lipoprotein cholesterol (HDL-C) and a decrease in triglycerides in adults and a lower family history of coronary artery disease. Chen, W. et al., Atherosclerosis 159(2):367-373 (2001).

The invention in aspects is a composition of an RNA polynucleotide comprising an open reading frame (ORF) encoding lipoprotein lipase (LPL) polypeptide which may be formulated in a ionizable amino lipid nanoparticle. The LPL may be a wild type LPL or a variant polypeptide. The compositions of the invention have several advantages over prior art methods for treating hyperlipidemia, including prior art LPL formulations such as protein or nucleic acid LPL formulations.

It has been discovered according to aspects of the invention that the mRNA formulations encoding LPL described herein have dramatic therapeutic effects in vivo in animal models of hyperlipidemia. A single intravenous (IV) dose of 0.5 mg/kg 5-methoxy uridine (mo5U)-modified WT-hLPL modRNA/Compound 18 formulation in Zucker fa/fa rats showed hLPL expression as early as one hour after administration, which was sustained after LNP administration, a significant reduction in plasma triglycerides levels (over 65%).

In some embodiments the RNA polynucleotide formulated in a ionizable amino lipid nanoparticle has a therapeutic index of greater than 10% of the therapeutic index of the RNA polynucleotide alone. In other embodiments the RNA polynucleotide formulated in the ionizable amino lipid nanoparticle has a therapeutic index of greater than 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90% of the therapeutic index of the RNA polynucleotide alone. The therapeutic index (TI) (also referred to as therapeutic ratio) is a comparison of the amount of a therapeutic agent that causes the therapeutic effect to the amount that causes toxicity.

The invention involves methods for reducing lipids such as triglycerides. In some embodiments the composition is in a dosage form that exhibits a pharmacokinetic (PK) profile comprising: a) a Tmax at about 30 to about 240 minutes after administration; and b) a plasma drug (LPL polypeptide produced by RNA polynucleotide) concentration plateau of at least 50% Cmax for a duration of about 90 to about 240 minutes. In other embodiments at least a 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90, 95%, or 99% reduction in triglyceride level relative to baseline levels is achieved.

Another advantage of the methods of the invention is that the triglyceride level reduction is achieved rapidly following dosing of the subject. For instance therapeutic or maximal therapeutic levels may be achieved within 1, 2, 3, or 4 hours of dosing the subject. The term Cmax refers to the maximum (or peak) serum concentration that a drug achieves in a specified compartment or test area of the body after the drug has been administrated and before the administration of a second dose. Tmax refers to the time after administration of a drug when the maximum plasma concentration is reached; when the rate of absorption equals the rate of elimination.

It has also been discovered that certain therapeutic advantages can be achieved by combining the therapies of the invention with a standard of care therapy for hyperlipidemia. The standard-of-care for hyperlipidemia includes dietary restrictions, exercise, fibrates, omega-3, and niacin. Existing hyperlipidemia treatments focus on reducing the risk of coronary heart disease, as the two have been shown to be associated with one another. Changes in triglyceride concentrations have been shown to change the risk of coronary heart disease, but a causal link has not been established. For mild to moderate hyperlipidemia, statins are usually recommended. For those with triglycerides above 1000 mg/dL, other triglyceride-lowering treatments are administered. Fibrates have shown a 20-50% reduction in triglycerides, with the greatest benefit being realized in more severely affected patients. However, in cases of non-severe hyperlipidemia, treatment elevates the risk of pancreatitis. Nicotinic acid can decrease TG by 15-25%, but may worsen glucose tolerance in diabetic patients and may be harmful when combined with statins. Omega-3 (fish oil) yields a 50% reduction in TG, but the first generation preparations may raise LDL. GLYBERA®, which was approved in Europe after multiple attempts and is not currently approved in the US, is only focused on LPLD patients, and not hyperlipidemia broadly. It has shown limited (if any) short term efficacy and no longer term efficacy when used alone. In contrast, the compositions of the invention show a 50% improvement when combined with standard-of-care recommendations (diet, exercise, etc.) compared to omega-3/fibrate treatment.

Hyperlipidemia, the elevated level of any or all lipids or lipoproteins in the blood, can be caused by several acquired or genetic disorders. Lipids, including fats, cholesterol, and triglycerides, can penetrate arterial walls, increasing the risk of atherosclerosis, and by extension, stroke, heart attack, and death. Primary hyperlipidemias are divided into five types. Type I hyperlipoproteinemias include liprotein lipase deficiency (type Ia) is caused by a lack of LPL, which elevates the level of chylomicrons. Further complications of the disease include retinal vein occlusion, acute pancreatitis, steatosis and organomegaly, and lipaemia retinalis. Type II, the most common form, includes familial hypercholesterolemia, which can result from a mutation either in the LDL receptor gene on chromosome 19 or the ApoB gene. Subjects may experience tendon xanthoma, xanthelasma, and premature cardiovascular disease. The prevalence of the disease is about one in 500 for heterozygotes and one in 1,000,000 for homozygotes. Other Type II hyperlipidemias include familial combined hyperlipoproteinemia (FCH), lysosomal acid lipase deficiency (cholesteryl ester storage disease), and secondary combined hyperlipoproteinemia. Type III hyperlipidemias result from high chylomicrons and intermediate density lipoprotein, most commonly caused by ApoE E2/E2 genotype and is associated with hypercholesterolaemia, hypertrigyceridaemia, and a normal ApoB concentration. Type IV hyperlipidemia includes familial hypertriglyceridemia, an autosomal dominant condition that occurs in about 1% of the population. There are also secondary (acquired) forms of hyperlipidemia, which also result in an increased risk of premature atherosclerosis, pancreatitis, hypothyroidism, renal failure, nephrotic syndrome, and several rare endocrine disorders and metabolic disorders.

In some embodiments the hyperlipidemia is not familial lipoprotein lipase deficiency (FLLD).

The skilled artisan will appreciate that the therapeutic effectiveness of a drug or a treatment of the instant invention can be characterized or determined by measuring the level of expression of an encoded protein (e.g., enzyme) in a sample or in samples taken from a subject (e.g., from a preclinical test subject (rodent, primate, etc.) or from a clinical subject (human). Likewise, the therapeutic effectiveness of a drug or a treatment of the instant invention can be characterized or determined by measuring the level of activity of an encoded protein (e.g., enzyme) in a sample or in samples taken from a subject (e.g., from a preclinical test subject (rodent, primate, etc.) or from a clinical subject (human). Furthermore, the therapeutic effectiveness of a drug or a treatment of the instant invention can be characterized or determined by measuring the level of an appropriate biomarker in sample(s) taken from a subject. Levels of protein and/or biomarkers can be determined post-administration with a single dose of an mRNA therapeutic of the invention or can be determined and/or monitored at several time points following administration with a single dose or can be determined and/or monitored throughout a course of treatment, e.g., a multi-dose treatment.

LPL Protein Expression Levels

Certain aspects of the invention feature measurement, determination and/or monitoring of the expression level or levels of LPL protein in a subject, for example, in an animal (e.g., rodents, primates, and the like) or in a human subject. Animals include normal, healthy or wildtype animals, as well as animal models for use in understanding hyperlipidemia and treatments thereof. Exemplary animal models include rodent models, for example, LPL deficient mice also referred to as hyperlipidemic mice. LPL protein expression levels can be measured or determined by any art-recognized method for determining protein levels in biological samples, e.g., in a serum or plasma sample. The term “level” or “level of a protein” as used herein, preferably means the weight, mass or concentration of the protein within a sample or a subject. It will be understood by the skilled artisan that in certain embodiments the sample may be subjected, e.g., to any of the following: purification, precipitation, separation, e.g. centrifugation and/or HPLC, and subsequently subjected to determining the level of the protein, e.g., using mass and/or spectrometric analysis. In exemplary embodiments, enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) can be used to determine protein expression levels. In other exemplary embodiments, protein purification, separation and LC-MS can be used as a means for determining the level of a protein according to the invention. In some embodiments, an mRNA therapy of the invention (e.g., a single intravenous dose) results in increased LPL protein expression levels in the liver tissue of the subject (e.g., 2-fold, 3-fold, 4-fold, 5-fold, 6-fold, 7-fold, 8-fold, 9-fold, or 10-fold increase and/or increased to at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 75%, 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 100% normal levels) for at least 6 hours, at least 12 hours, at least 24 hours, at least 36 hours, at least 48 hours, at least 60 hours, at least 72 hours, at least 84 hours, at least 96 hours, at least 108 hours, at least 122 hours after administration of a single dose of the mRNA therapy.

LPL Protein Activity

In hyperlipidemia patients, LPL enzymatic activity is reduced, e.g., to about 50% of normal. Further aspects of the invention feature measurement, determination and/or monitoring of the activity level(s) (i.e., enzymatic activity level(s)) of LPL protein in a subject, for example, in an animal (e.g., rodent, primate, and the like) or in a human subject. Activity levels can be measured or determined by any art-recognized method for determining enzymatic activity levels in biological samples. The term “activity level” or “enzymatic activity level” as used herein, preferably means the activity of the enzyme per volume, mass or weight of sample or total protein within a sample. In exemplary embodiments, the “activity level” or “enzymatic activity level” is described in terms of units per milliliter of fluid (e.g., bodily fluid, e.g., serum, plasma, urine and the like) or is described in terms of units per weight of tissue or per weight of protein (e.g., total protein) within a sample. Units (“U”) of enzyme activity can be described in terms of weight or mass of substrate hydrolyzed per unit time. Exemplary embodiments of the invention feature LPL activity described in terms of U/ml plasma or U/mg protein (tissue), where units (“U”) are described in terms of nmol substrate hydrolyzed per hour (or nmol/hr). An exemplary enzymatic assay features that triglyceride hydrolysis. LPL activity in tissue (e.g., plasma or serum) can be quantitated, e.g., as level of triglycerides produced per mg of protein per hour.

In exemplary embodiments, an mRNA therapy of the invention features a pharmaceutical composition comprising a dose of mRNA effective to result in at least 5 U/mg, at least 10 U/mg, at least 20 U/mg, at least 30 U/mg, at least 40 U/mg, at least 50 U/mg, at least 60 U/mg, at least 70 U/mg, at least 80 U/mg, at least 90 U/mg, at least 100 U/mg, or at least 150 U/mg of LPL activity in tissue between 6 and 12 hours, or between 12 and 24, between 24 and 48, or between 48 and 72 hours post administration (e.g., at 48 or at 72 hours post administration). In exemplary embodiments, an mRNA therapy of the invention features a pharmaceutical composition comprising a dose of mRNA effective to result in at least 50 U/mg, at least 100 U/mg, at least 200 U/mg, at least 300 U/mg, at least 400 U/mg, at least 500 U/mg, at least 600 U/mg, at least 700 U/mg, at least 800 U/mg, at least 900 U/mg, at least 1,000 U/mg, or at least 1,500 U/mg of LPL activity between 6 and 12 hours, or between 12 and 24, between 24 and 48, or between 48 and 72 hours post administration (e.g., at 48 or at 72 hours post administration).

In exemplary embodiments, an mRNA therapy of the invention features a pharmaceutical composition comprising a single intravenous dose of mRNA that results in the above-described levels of activity. In another embodiment, an mRNA therapy of the invention features a pharmaceutical composition which can be administered in multiple single unit intravenous doses of mRNA that maintain the above-described levels of activity.

The LPL polypeptide may exhibit a V max of about 0.01-50 mmoles FA/hr/mg in for example a [ 3H ]-triolein liposome activity assay and/or a K m value of about 0.01-1 μM.

LPL Biomarkers

Further aspects of the invention feature determining the level (or levels) of a biomarker, e.g., ApoB, high-density lipoprotein cholesterol (HDLc), triglycerides, chylomicrons, and/or VLDL, determined in a sample as compared to a level (e.g., a reference level) of the same or another biomarker in another sample, e.g., from the same patient, from another patient, from a control and/or from the same or different time points, and/or a physiologic level, and/or an elevated level, and/or a supraphysiologic level, and/or a level of a control. The skilled artisan will be familiar with physiologic levels of biomarkers, for example, levels in normal or wildtype animals, normal or healthy subjects, and the like, in particular, the level or levels characteristic of subjects who are healthy and/or normal functioning. As used herein, the phrase “elevated level” means amounts greater than normally found in a normal or wildtype preclinical animal or in a normal or healthy subject, e.g. a human subject. As used herein, the term “supraphysiologic” means amounts greater than normally found in a normal or wildtype preclinical animal or in a normal or healthy subject, e.g. a human subject, optionally producing a significantly enhanced physiologic response. As used herein, the term “comparing” or “compared to” preferably means the mathematical comparison of the two or more values, e.g., of the levels of the biomarker(s). It will thus be readily apparent to the skilled artisan whether one of the values is higher, lower or identical to another value or group of values if at least two of such values are compared with each other. Comparing or comparison to can be in the context, for example, of comparing to a control value, e.g., as compared to a reference serum ApoB, high-density lipoprotein cholesterol (HDLc), triglycerides, chylomicrons, and/or VLDL level in said subject prior to administration (e.g., in a person suffering from hyperlipidemia) or in a normal or healthy subject.

As used herein, a “control” is preferably a sample from a subject wherein the hyperlipidemia status of said subject is known. In one embodiment, a control is a sample of a healthy patient. In another embodiment, the control is a sample from at least one subject having a known hyperlipidemia status, for example, a severe, mild, or healthy lipid status, e.g. a control patient. In another embodiment, the control is a sample from a subject not being treated for hyperlipidemia. In a still further embodiment, the control is a sample from a single subject or a pool of samples from different subjects and/or samples taken from the subject(s) at different time points.

The term “level” or “level of a biomarker” as used herein, preferably means the mass, weight or concentration of a biomarker of the invention within a sample or a subject. Biomarkers of the invention include, for example, ApoB, high-density lipoprotein cholesterol (HDLc), triglycerides, chylomicrons, and/or VLDL. It will be understood by the skilled artisan that in certain embodiments the sample may be subjected to, e.g., one or more of the following: substance purification, precipitation, separation, e.g. centrifugation and/or HPLC and subsequently subjected to determining the level of the biomarker, e.g. using mass spectrometric analysis. In exemplary embodiments, LC-MS can be used as a means for determining the level of a biomarker according to the invention.

The term “determining the level” of a biomarker as used herein can mean methods which include quantifying an amount of at least one substance in a sample from a subject, for example, in a bodily fluid from the subject (e.g., serum, plasma, urine, blood, lymph, fecal, etc.) or in a tissue of the subject (e.g., liver, heart, spleen kidney, etc.).

The term “reference level” as used herein can refer to levels (e.g., of a biomarker) in a subject prior to administration of an mRNA therapy of the invention (e.g., in a person suffering from hyperlipidemia) or in a normal or healthy subject.

As used herein, the term “normal subject” or “healthy subject” refers to a subject not suffering from symptoms associated with hyperlipidemia. Moreover, a subject will be considered to be normal (or healthy) if it has no mutation of the functional portions or domains of the gene and/or no mutation of the LPL gene resulting in a reduction of or deficiency of the enzyme LPL or the activity thereof, resulting in symptoms associated with hyperlipidemia. Said mutations will be detected if a sample from the subject is subjected to a genetic testing for such LPL mutations. In exemplary embodiments of the present invention, a sample from a healthy subject is used as a control sample, or the known or standardized value for the level of biomarker from samples of healthy or normal subjects is used as a control.

In some embodiments, comparing the level of the biomarker in a sample from a subject in need of treatment for hyperlipidemia or in a subject being treated for hyperlipidemia to a control level of the biomarker comprises comparing the level of the biomarker in the sample from the subject (in need of treatment or being treated for hyperlipidemia) to a baseline or reference level, wherein if a level of the biomarker in the sample from the subject (in need of treatment or being treated for hyperlipidemia) is elevated, increased or higher compared to the baseline or reference level, this is indicative that the subject is suffering from hyperlipidemia and/or is in need of treatment; and/or wherein if a level of the biomarker in the sample from the subject (in need of treatment or being treated for hyperlipidemia) is decreased or lower compared to the baseline level this is indicative that the subject is not suffering from, is successfully being treated for hyperlipidemia, or is not in need of treatment for hyperlipidemia. The stronger the reduction (e.g., at least 2-fold, at least 3-fold, at least 4-fold, at least 5-fold, at least 6-fold, at least 7-fold, at least 8-fold, at least 10-fold reduction and/or at least 10%, at least 20%, at least 30% at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or at least 100% reduction) of the level of a biomarker, e.g., ApoB, high-density lipoprotein cholesterol (HDLc), triglycerides, chylomicrons, and/or VLDL, within a certain time period, e.g., within 6 hours, within 12 hours, 24 hours, 36 hours, 48 hours, 60 hours, or 72 hours, and/or for a certain duration of time, e.g., 48 hours, 72 hours, 96 hours, 120 hours, 144 hours, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 4 weeks, 1 month, 2 months, 3 months, 4 months, 5 months, 6 months, 7 months, 8 months, 9 months, 10 months, 11 months, 12 months, 18 months, 24 months, etc. the more successful is a therapy, such as for example an mRNA therapy of the invention (e.g., a single dose or a multiple regimen).

A reduction of at least about 20%, at least about 30%, at least about 40%, at least about 50%, at least about 60%, at least about 70%, at least about 80%, at least about 90%, at least 100% or more of the level of biomarker, in particular, in bodily fluid (e.g., plasma, urine, e.g., urinary sediment) or in tissue(s) in a subject (e.g., liver, heart, spleen, kidney, brain or lung), for example an ApoB, high-density lipoprotein cholesterol (HDLc), triglycerides, chylomicrons, and/or VLDL, within 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or more days following administration is indicative of a dose suitable for successful treatment hyperlipidemia, wherein reduction as used herein, preferably means that the level of biomarker determined at the end of a specified time period (e.g., post-administration, for example, of a single intravenous dose) is compared to the level of the same biomarker determined at the beginning of said time period (e.g., pre-administration of said dose). Exemplary time periods include 12, 24, 48, 72, 96, 120 or 144 hours post administration, in particular 24, 48, 72 or 96 hours post administration.

A sustained reduction in substrate levels (e.g., biomarkers such as ApoB, high-density lipoprotein cholesterol (HDLc), triglycerides, chylomicrons, and/or VLDL) is particularly indicative of mRNA therapeutic dosing and/or administration regimens successful for treatment of hyperlipidemia. Such sustained reduction can be referred to herein as “duration” of effect. In exemplary embodiments, a reduction of at least about 40%, at least about 50%, at least about 60%, at least about 65%, at least about 70%, at least about 75%, at least about 80%, at least about 85%, at least about 90%, or at least about 95% or more of the level of biomarker, in particular, in a bodily fluid (e.g., plasma, urine, e.g., urinary sediment) or in tissue(s) in a subject (e.g., liver, heart, spleen, kidney, brain or lung), for example ApoB, high-density lipoprotein cholesterol (HDLc), triglycerides, chylomicrons, and/or VLDL, within 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 or more days following administration is indicative of a successful therapeutic approach. In exemplary embodiments, sustained reduction in substrate (e.g., biomarker) levels in one or more samples (e.g., fluids and/or tissues) is preferred. For example, mRNA therapies resulting in sustained reduction in ApoB, high-density lipoprotein cholesterol (HDLc), triglycerides, chylomicrons, and/or VLDL (as defined herein), optionally in combination with sustained reduction of said biomarker in at least one tissue, preferably two, three, four, five or more tissues, is indicative of successful treatment.

In some embodiments, a single dose of an mRNA therapy of the invention is about 0.2 to about 0.8 mpk. about 0.3 to about 0.7 mpk, about 0.4 to about 0.8 mpk, or about 0.5 mpk. In another embodiment, a single dose of an mRNA therapy of the invention is less than 1.5 mpk, less than 1.25 mpk, less than 1 mpk, or less than 0.75 mpk.

LPL is secreted from cells as a homodimer and is carried across endothelial cells for presentation on the luminal surface of vascular endothelium. Ong, J. M. et al. J Biol Chem. 264(6):3177-3182 (1989). The precursor form of wild-type human LPL is 475 amino acids, while its mature form is 448 amino acids due to the cleavage of a 27 amino acid leader sequence once LPL reaches the capillary lumen. This leader sequence is referred to as LPL's signal peptide.

The coding sequence (CDS) for wild type LPL canonical mRNA sequence is described at the NCBI Reference Sequence database (RefSeq) under accession number NM_000237.2 (“ Homo sapiens lipoprotein lipase (LPL), mRNA”). The wild type LPL canonical protein sequence is described at the RefSeq database under accession number NP_0002228.1 (“lipoprotein lipase precursor [ Homo sapiens ]”). It is noted that the specific nucleic acid sequences encoding the reference protein sequence in the Ref Seq sequences are the coding sequence (CDS) as indicated in the respective RefSeq database entry.

The LPL-S447Stop protein is a polymorphic LPL variant resulting from a single nucleotide polymorphism (a C to G mutation in exon 9 at position 1595), which introduces a premature stop codon at position 447. Rip, J. et al., Arterioscler Thromb Vase Biol. 26(6):1236-1245 (2006). This mutation is associated with beneficial effects on lipid homeostasis and atheroprotection. Id. For example, the X447 allele of the LPL gene is associated with an increase in high density lipoprotein cholesterol (HDL-C) and a decrease in triglycerides in adults and a lower family history of coronary artery disease. Chen, W. et al., Atherosclerosis 159(2):367-373 (2001).

In certain aspects, the invention provides a polynucleotide (e.g., a ribonucleic acid (RNA), e.g., a messenger RNA (mRNA)) comprising a nucleotide sequence (e.g., an open reading frame (ORF)) encoding a LPL polypeptide. In some embodiments, the LPL polypeptide of the invention is a wild type LPL or variant LPL protein such as LPL-S447Stop protein. In some embodiments, the LPL polypeptide of the invention is a variant, a peptide or a polypeptide containing a substitution, and insertion and/or an addition, a deletion and/or a covalent modification with respect to a wild-type LPL or LPL-S447Stop sequence. In some embodiments, sequence tags or amino acids, can be added to the sequences encoded by the polynucleotides of the invention (e.g., at the N-terminal or C-terminal ends), e.g., for localization. In some embodiments, amino acid residues located at the carboxy, amino terminal, or internal regions of a polypeptide of the invention can optionally be deleted providing for fragments.

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide (e.g., a RNA, e.g., an mRNA) comprising a nucleotide sequence (e.g., an ORF) of the invention encodes a substitutional variant of a wild type LPL or LPL-S447Stop sequence, which can comprise one, two, three or more than three substitutions. In some embodiments, the substitutional variant can comprise one or more conservative amino acids substitutions. In other embodiments, the variant is an insertional variant. In other embodiments, the variant is a deletional variant.

As recognized by those skilled in the art, wild type or LPL-S447Stop protein fragments, functional protein domains, variants, and homologous proteins (orthologs) are also considered to be within the scope of the LPL polypeptides of the invention. Nonlimiting examples of polypeptides encoded by the polynucleotides of the invention are shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 . For example, FIG. 1 shows the amino acid sequence of wild type human LPL.

Certain compositions and methods presented in this disclosure refer to the protein or polynucleotide sequences of wild type LPL or LPL-S447Stop. A person skilled in the art will understand that such disclosures are equally applicable to any other isoforms of LPL known in the art.

In certain aspects, the invention provides polynucleotides (e.g., a RNA, e.g., an mRNA) that comprise a nucleotide sequence (e.g., an ORF) encoding one or more LPL polypeptides. In some embodiments, the encoded LPL polypeptide of the invention can be selected from:

a full length LPL polypeptide (e.g., having the same or essentially the same length as wild type LPL or LPL-S447Stop); a variant such as a functional fragment of any of wild type LPL or LPL-S447Stop described herein (e.g., a truncated (e.g., deletion of carboxy, amino terminal, or internal regions) sequence shorter than one of wild type LPL or LPL-S447Stop; but still retaining LPL enzymatic activity); a variant such as a full length or truncated wild type LPL or LPL-S447Stop proteins in which one or more amino acids have been replaced, e.g., variants that retain all or most of the LPL activity of the polypeptide with respect to a reference isoform (e.g., any natural or artificial variant known in the art); or a fusion protein comprising (i) a full length wild type LPL, variant LPL, or LPL-S447Stop isoform protein, a functional fragment or a variant thereof, and (ii) a heterologous protein.

In certain embodiments, the encoded LPL polypeptide is a mammalian LPL polypeptide, such as a human LPL polypeptide, a functional fragment or a variant thereof.

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide (e.g., a RNA, e.g., an mRNA) of the invention increases LPL protein expression levels and/or detectable LPL enzymatic activity levels in cells when introduced in those cells, e.g., by at least 10%, at least 15%, at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 100%, compared to LPL protein expression levels and/or detectable LPL enzymatic activity levels in the cells prior to the administration of the polynucleotide of the invention. LPL protein expression levels and/or LPL enzymatic activity can be measured according to methods know in the art. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide is introduced to the cells in vitro. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide is introduced to the cells in vivo.

In some embodiments, the polynucleotides (e.g., a RNA, e.g., an mRNA) of the invention comprise a nucleotide sequence (e.g., an ORF) that encodes a wild-type human LPL or a human LPL-S447Stop, e.g., wild-type human LPL (SEQ ID NO: 1, see FIG. 1 ) or human LPL-S447Stop (SEQ ID NO: 3, see FIG. 2 ).

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide (e.g., a RNA, e.g., an mRNA) of the invention comprises a codon optimized nucleic acid sequence, wherein the open reading frame (ORF) of the codon optimized nucleic sequence is derived from a wild-type LPL or LPL-S447Stop sequence. For example, for polynucleotides of invention comprising a sequence optimized ORF encoding LPL-S447Stop, the corresponding wild type sequence is the native LPL-S447Stop. Similarly, for a sequence optimized mRNA encoding a functional fragment of wild type LPL, the corresponding wild type sequence is the corresponding fragment from wild-type LPL.

In some embodiments, the polynucleotides (e.g., a RNA, e.g., an mRNA) of the invention comprise a nucleotide sequence encoding wild type LPL having the full length sequence of wild type human LPL (i.e., including the initiator methionine). In mature wild type human LPL, the initiator methionine can be removed to yield a “mature LPL” comprising amino acid residues of 2-475 of the translated product. The teachings of the present disclosure directed to the full sequence of human LPL (amino acids 1-475) are also applicable to the mature form of human LPL lacking the initiator methionine (amino acids 2-475). Thus, in some embodiments, the polynucleotides (e.g., a RNA, e.g., an mRNA) of the invention comprise a nucleotide sequence encoding wild type LPL having the mature sequence of wild type human LPL (i.e., lacking the initiator methionine). In some embodiments, the polynucleotide (e.g., a RNA, e.g., an mRNA) of the invention comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding wild type LPL having the full length or mature sequence of human wild type LPL is sequence optimized.

In some embodiments, the polynucleotides (e.g., a RNA, e.g., an mRNA) of the invention comprise a nucleotide sequence (e.g., an ORF) encoding a mutant LPL polypeptide. In some embodiments, the polynucleotides of the invention comprise an ORF encoding a LPL polypeptide that comprises at least one point mutation in the LPL sequence and retains LPL enzymatic activity. In some embodiments, the mutant LPL polypeptide has a LPL activity which is at least 10%, at least 15%, at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 100% of the LPL activity of the corresponding wild-type LPL (i.e., the same wild type LPL but without the mutation(s)). In some embodiments, the polynucleotide (e.g., a RNA, e.g., an mRNA) of the invention comprising an ORF encoding a mutant LPL polypeptide is sequence optimized.

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide (e.g., a RNA, e.g., an mRNA) of the invention comprises a nucleotide sequence (e.g., an ORF) that encodes a LPL polypeptide with mutations that do not alter LPL enzymatic activity. Such mutant LPL polypeptides can be referred to as function-neutral. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide comprises an ORF that encodes a mutant LPL polypeptide comprising one or more function-neutral point mutations.

In some embodiments, the mutant LPL polypeptide has higher LPL enzymatic activity than the corresponding wild-type LPL. In some embodiments, the mutant LPL polypeptide has a LPL activity that is at least 10%, at least 15%, at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 100% higher than the activity of the corresponding wild-type LPL (i.e., the same wild type LPL but without the mutation(s)).

In some embodiments, the polynucleotides (e.g., a RNA, e.g., an mRNA) of the invention comprise a nucleotide sequence (e.g., an ORF) encoding a functional LPL fragment, e.g., where one or more fragments correspond to a polypeptide subsequence of a wild type LPL polypeptide and retain LPL enzymatic activity. In some embodiments, the LPL fragment has a LPL activity which is at least 10%, at least 15%, at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 100% of the LPL activity of the corresponding full length LPL. In some embodiments, the polynucleotides (e.g., a RNA, e.g., an mRNA) of the invention comprising an ORF encoding a functional LPL fragment is sequence optimized.

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide (e.g., a RNA, e.g., an mRNA) of the invention comprises a nucleotide sequence (e.g., an ORF) encoding a LPL fragment that has higher LPL enzymatic activity than the corresponding full length LPL. Thus, in some embodiments the LPL fragment has a LPL activity which is at least 10%, at least 15%, at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 100% higher than the LPL activity of the corresponding full length LPL.

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide (e.g., a RNA, e.g., an mRNA) of the invention comprises a nucleotide sequence (e.g., an ORF) encoding a LPL fragment that is at least 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 21%, 22%, 23%, 24% or 25% shorter than wild-type LPL or LPL-S447Stop.

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide (e.g., a RNA, e.g., an mRNA) of the invention comprises a nucleotide sequence (e.g., an ORF) encoding a LPL polypeptide (e.g., the wild-type sequence, functional fragment, or variant thereof), wherein the nucleotide sequence is at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or 100% identical to the sequence of SEQ ID NO:2 or 4 (see, e.g., panel D in FIGS. 1 and 2 , respectively).

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide (e.g., a RNA, e.g., an mRNA) of the invention comprises a nucleotide sequence (e.g., an ORF) encoding a LPL polypeptide (e.g., the wild-type sequence, functional fragment, or variant thereof), wherein the nucleotide sequence has at least 70%, at least 71%, at least 72%, at least 73%, at least 74%, at least 75%, at least 76%, at least 77%, at least 78%, at least 79%, at least 80%, at least 81%, at least 82%, at least 83%, at least 84%, at least 85%, at least 86%, at least 87%, at least 88%, at least 89%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or 100% sequence identity to a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 5 to 29, 80 to 83, and 148. See TABLE 2.

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide (e.g., a RNA, e.g., an mRNA) of the invention comprises a nucleotide sequence (e.g., an ORF) encoding a LPL polypeptide (e.g., the wild-type sequence, functional fragment, or variant thereof), wherein the nucleotide sequence has 70% to 100%, 75% to 100%, 80% to 100%, 85% to 100%, 70% to 95%, 80% to 95%, 70% to 85%, 75% to 90%, 80% to 95%, 70% to 75%, 75% to 80%, 80% to 85%, 85% to 90%, 90% to 95%, or 95% to 100%, sequence identity to a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 5 to 29, 80 to 83, 148. See TABLE 2.

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide (e.g., a RNA, e.g., an mRNA) of the invention comprises a nucleotide sequence (e.g., an ORF) encoding a LPL polypeptide (e.g., the wild-type sequence, functional fragment, or variant thereof), wherein the nucleotide sequence is at least 75%, at least 76%, at least 77%, at least 78%, at least 79%, least 80%, at least 81%, at least 82%, at least 83%, at least 84%, at least 85%, at least 86%, at least 87%, at least 88%, at least 89%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or 100% identical to the sequence of SEQ ID NO:2 or 4 (see, e.g, panel D in FIGS. 1 and 2 , respectively).

In some embodiments the polynucleotide (e.g., a RNA, e.g., an mRNA) of the invention comprises a nucleotide sequence (e.g., an ORF) encoding a LPL polypeptide (e.g., the wild-type sequence, functional fragment, or variant thereof), wherein the nucleotide sequence is between 70% and 92% identical; 70% and 91% identical, 70% and 90% identical; between 75% and 85% identical; between 74% and 84% identical; between 73% and 83% identical; between 74% and 82% identical, between 75% and 81% identical, or between 76% and 80% identical to the sequence of SEQ ID NO:2 or 4 (see, e.g., panel D in FIGS. 1 and 2 , respectively).

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide (e.g., a RNA, e.g., an mRNA) of the invention comprises from about 1,200 to about 100,000 nucleotides (e.g., from 1,200 to 1,500, from 1,200 to 1,600, from 1,200 to 1,700, from 1,200 to 1,800, from 1,200 to 1,900, from 1,200 to 2,000, from 1,300 to 1,500, from 1,300 to 1,600, from 1,300 to 1,700, from 1,300 to 1,800, from 1,300 to 1,900, from 1,300 to 2,000, from 1,425 to 1,500, from 1,425 to 1,600, from 1,425 to 1,700, from 1,425 to 1,800, from 1,425 to 1,900, from 1,425 to 2,000, from 1,425 to 3,000, from 1,425 to 5,000, from 1,425 to 7,000, from 1,425 to 10,000, from 1,425 to 25,000, from 1,425 to 50,000, from 1,425 to 70,000, or from 1,425 to 100,000).

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide of the invention (e.g., a RNA, e.g., an mRNA) comprises a nucleotide sequence (e.g., an ORF) encoding a LPL polypeptide (e.g., the wild-type sequence, functional fragment, or variant thereof), wherein the length of the nucleotide sequence (e.g., an ORF) is at least 500 nucleotides in length (e.g., at least or greater than about 500, 600, 700, 80, 900, 1,000, 1,100, 1,200, 1,300, 1,400, 1,425, 1450, 1,500, 1,600, 1,700, 1,800, 1,900, 2,000, 2,100, 2,200, 2,300, 2,400, 2,500, 2,600, 2,700, 2,800, 2,900, 3,000, 3,100, 3,200, 3,300, 3,400, 3,500, 3,600, 3,700, 3,800, 3,900, 4,000, 4,100, 4,200, 4,300, 4,400, 4,500, 4,600, 4,700, 4,800, 4,900, 5,000, 5,100, 5,200, 5,300, 5,400, 5,500, 5,600, 5,700, 5,800, 5,900, 6,000, 7,000, 8,000, 9,000, 10,000, 20,000, 30,000, 40,000, 50,000, 60,000, 70,000, 80,000, 90,000 or up to and including 100,000 nucleotides).

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide of the invention (e.g., a RNA, e.g., an mRNA) comprises a nucleotide sequence (e.g., an ORF) encoding a LPL polypeptide (e.g., the wild-type sequence, functional fragment, or variant thereof) further comprises at least one nucleic acid sequence that is noncoding, e.g., a miRNA binding site.

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide of the invention comprising a nucleotide sequence (e.g., an ORF) encoding a LPL polypeptide (e.g., the wild-type sequence, functional fragment, or variant thereof) is RNA. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide of the invention is, or functions as, a messenger RNA (mRNA). In some embodiments, the mRNA comprises a nucleotide sequence (e.g., an ORF) that encodes at least one LPL polypeptide, and is capable of being translated to produce the encoded LPL polypeptide in vitro, in vivo, in situ or ex vivo.

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide of the invention (e.g., a RNA, e.g., an mRNA) comprises a sequence-optimized nucleotide sequence (e.g., an ORF) encoding a LPL polypeptide (e.g., the wild-type sequence, functional fragment, or variant thereof), wherein the polynucleotide comprises at least one chemically modified nucleobase, e.g., 5-methoxyuracil. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide further comprises a miRNA binding site, e.g., a miRNA binding site that binds to miR-142. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide disclosed herein is formulated with a delivery agent, e.g., a ionizable amino lipid nanoparticle such as a compound having Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId) or (IIe), e.g., any of Compounds 1-232.

Signal Sequences

The polynucleotides (e.g., a RNA, e.g., an mRNA) of the invention can also comprise nucleotide sequences that encode additional features that facilitate trafficking of the encoded polypeptides to therapeutically relevant sites. One such feature that aids in protein trafficking is the signal sequence, or targeting sequence. The peptides encoded by these signal sequences are known by a variety of names, including targeting peptides, transit peptides, and signal peptides. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide (e.g., a RNA, e.g., an mRNA) comprises a nucleotide sequence (e.g., an ORF) that encodes a signal peptide operably linked a nucleotide sequence that encodes a LPL polypeptide described herein.

In some embodiments, the “signal sequence” or “signal peptide” is a polynucleotide or polypeptide, respectively, which is from about 9 to 200 nucleotides (3-70 amino acids) in length that, optionally, is incorporated at the 5′ (or N-terminus) of the coding region or the polypeptide, respectively. Addition of these sequences results in trafficking the encoded polypeptide to a desired site, such as the endoplasmic reticulum or the mitochondria through one or more targeting pathways. Some signal peptides are cleaved from the protein, for example by a signal peptidase after the proteins are transported to the desired site.

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide of the invention comprises a nucleotide sequence encoding a wild type LPL or LPL-S447Stop polypeptide, wherein the nucleotide sequence further comprises a 5′ nucleic acid sequence encoding a native signal peptide. In another embodiment, the polynucleotide of the invention comprises a nucleotide sequence encoding a wild type LPL or LPL-S447Stop polypeptide, wherein the nucleotide sequence lacks the nucleic acid sequence encoding a native signal peptide.

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide of the invention comprises a nucleotide sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide, wherein the nucleotide sequence further comprises a 5′ nucleic acid sequence encoding a heterologous signal peptide.

Fusion Proteins

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide of the invention (e.g., a RNA, e.g., an mRNA) can comprise more than one nucleic acid sequence (e.g., an ORF) encoding a polypeptide of interest. In some embodiments, polynucleotides of the invention comprise a single ORF encoding a LPL polypeptide, a functional fragment, or a variant thereof. However, in some embodiments, the polynucleotide of the invention can comprise more than one ORF, for example, a first ORF encoding a LPL polypeptide (a first polypeptide of interest), a functional fragment, or a variant thereof, and a second ORF expressing a second polypeptide of interest. In some embodiments, two or more polypeptides of interest can be genetically fused, i.e., two or more polypeptides can be encoded by the same ORF. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide can comprise a nucleic acid sequence encoding a linker (e.g., a G 4 S peptide linker or another linker known in the art) between two or more polypeptides of interest.

In some embodiments, a polynucleotide of the invention (e.g., a RNA, e.g., an mRNA) can comprise two, three, four, or more ORFs, each expressing a polypeptide.

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide of the invention (e.g., a RNA, e.g., an mRNA) can comprise a first nucleic acid sequence (e.g., a first ORF) encoding a LPL polypeptide and a second nucleic acid sequence (e.g., a second ORF) encoding a second polypeptide such as a stabilizing sequence.

A stabilizing sequence, as used herein, is a peptide sequence which confers stability on a fused protein. The stabilizing sequence may in some embodiments be an immunoglobulin (Ig) or fragment thereof. Immunoglobulins include four IgG subclasses (IgG1, 2, 3, and 4) in humans, named in order of their abundance in serum. The IgG isotype, is composed of two light chains and two heavy chains, where each heavy chain contains three constant heavy domains (CH1, CH2, CH3). The two heavy chains of IgG are linked to each other and to a light chain each by disulfide bonds. The antigen binding site of IgG is located in the Fragment antigen binding region (Fab region), which contains variable light (VL) and variable heavy (VH) chain domains as well as constant light (CL) and constant heavy (CH1) chain domains. The fragment crystallizable region (Fc region) of IgG is a portion of the heavy chain containing the CH2 and CH3 domains that binds to an Fc receptor found on the surface of certain cells, including the neonatal Fe receptor (FcRn). The heavy chain of IgG also has a hinge region (hinge) between the CH1 and CH2 domains that separates the Fab region from the Fc region and participates in linking the two heavy chains together via disulfide bonds.

In some embodiments the Ig fragment is a portion of a constant heavy region (C H ) or variable heavy region (V H ) derived from an Ig molecule. The Ig fragment can include any portion of the constant or variable heavy region, including one or more constant or variable heavy domains, a hinge region, an Fc region, and/or combinations thereof.

In some embodiments the Ig fragment is a portion of a constant light region (C L ) or variable light region (V L ) derived from an Ig molecule. The Ig fragment can include any portion of the constant or variable light region, including one or more constant or variable light domains, a hinge region, an Fc region, and/or combinations thereof.

In certain embodiments, the Ig fragment of the fusion protein comprises a single chain Fe (sFc or scFc), a monomer, that is incapable of forming a dimer. In some embodiments, the fusion protein includes a sequence corresponding to an immunoglobulin hinge region. In various embodiments, the hinge region contains a modification that prevents the fusion protein from forming a disulfide bond with another fusion protein or another immunoglobulin molecule. In some embodiments, the hinge region is modified by mutating and/or deleting one or more cysteine amino acids to prevent the formation of a disulfide bond.

The fusion protein may have the LPL linked to the N-terminus of the Ig fragment. Alternatively, the fusion protein may have the LPL linked to the C-terminus of the Ig fragment. In specific embodiments, the fusion protein comprises the LPL at its N-terminus that is linked to a light or heavy chain sequence. In other embodiments, the fusion protein comprises the LPL at its C-terminus that is linked to a Ig fragment.

The linkage may be a covalent bond, and preferably a peptide bond. The fusion protein may optionally comprise at least one linker. Thus, the LPL may not be directly linked to the Ig fragment. The linker may intervene between the LPL and the Ig fragment. The linker can be linked to the N-terminus of the Ig fragment or the C-terminus of the Ig fragment. In one embodiment, the linker includes amino acids. The linker may include 1-5 amino acids.

Sequence Optimization of Nucleotide Sequence Encoding a LPL Polypeptide

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide (e.g., a RNA, e.g., an mRNA) of the invention is sequence optimized. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide (e.g., a RNA, e.g., an mRNA) of the invention comprises a nucleotide sequence (e.g., an ORF) encoding a LPL polypeptide, a nucleotide sequence (e.g, an ORF) encoding another polypeptide of interest, a 5′-UTR, a 3′-UTR, a miRNA, a nucleotide sequence encoding a linker, or any combination thereof) that is sequence optimized.

A sequence-optimized nucleotide sequence, e.g., a codon-optimized mRNA sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide, is a sequence comprising at least one synonymous nucleobase substitution with respect to a reference sequence (e.g., a wild type nucleotide sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide).

A sequence-optimized nucleotide sequence can be partially or completely different in sequence from the reference sequence. For example, a reference sequence encoding polyserine uniformly encoded by TCT codons can be sequence-optimized by having 100% of its nucleobases substituted (for each codon, T in position 1 replaced by A, C in position 2 replaced by G, and T in position 3 replaced by C) to yield a sequence encoding polyserine which would be uniformly encoded by AGC codons. The percentage of sequence identity obtained from a global pairwise alignment between the reference polyserine nucleic acid sequence and the sequence-optimized polyserine nucleic acid sequence would be 0%. However, the protein products from both sequences would be 100% identical.

Some sequence optimization (also sometimes referred to codon optimization) methods are known in the art and can be useful to achieve one or more desired results. These results can include, e.g., matching codon frequencies in certain tissue targets and/or host organisms to ensure proper folding; biasing G/C content to increase mRNA stability or reduce secondary structures; minimizing tandem repeat codons or base runs that can impair gene construction or expression; customizing transcriptional and translational control regions; inserting or removing protein trafficking sequences; removing/adding post translation modification sites in an encoded protein (e.g., glycosylation sites); adding, removing or shuffling protein domains; inserting or deleting restriction sites; modifying ribosome binding sites and mRNA degradation sites; adjusting translational rates to allow the various domains of the protein to fold properly; and/or reducing or eliminating problem secondary structures within the polynucleotide. Sequence optimization tools, algorithms and services are known in the art, non-limiting examples include services from GeneArt (Life Technologies), DNA2.0 (Menlo Park CA) and/or proprietary methods.

In some embodiments, a polynucleotide (e.g., a RNA, e.g., an mRNA) of the invention comprises a sequence-optimized nucleotide sequence (e.g., an ORF) encoding a LPL polypeptide, a functional fragment, or a variant thereof, wherein the LPL polypeptide, functional fragment, or a variant thereof encoded by the sequence-optimized nucleotide sequence has improved properties (e.g., compared to a LPL polypeptide, functional fragment, or a variant thereof encoded by a reference nucleotide sequence that is not sequence optimized), e.g., improved properties related to expression efficacy after administration in vivo. Such properties include, but are not limited to, improving nucleic acid stability (e.g., mRNA stability), increasing translation efficacy in the target tissue, reducing the number of truncated proteins expressed, improving the folding or prevent misfolding of the expressed proteins, reducing toxicity of the expressed products, reducing cell death caused by the expressed products, increasing and/or decreasing protein aggregation.

In some embodiments, the sequence-optimized nucleotide sequence is codon optimized for expression in human subjects, having structural and/or chemical features that avoid one or more of the problems in the art, for example, features which are useful for optimizing formulation and delivery of nucleic acid-based therapeutics while retaining structural and functional integrity; overcoming a threshold of expression; improving expression rates; half-life and/or protein concentrations; optimizing protein localization; and avoiding deleterious bio-responses such as the immune response and/or degradation pathways.

In some embodiments, the polynucleotides of the invention comprise a nucleotide sequence (e.g., a nucleotide sequence (e.g, an ORF) encoding a LPL polypeptide, a nucleotide sequence (e.g, an ORF) encoding another polypeptide of interest, a 5′-UTR, a 3′-UTR, a microRNA, a nucleic acid sequence encoding a linker, or any combination thereof) that is sequence-optimized according to a method comprising: (i) substituting at least one codon in a reference nucleotide sequence (e.g., an ORF encoding a LPL polypeptide) with an alternative codon to increase or decrease uridine content to generate a uridine-modified sequence; (ii) substituting at least one codon in a reference nucleotide sequence (e.g., an ORF encoding a LPL polypeptide) with an alternative codon having a higher codon frequency in the synonymous codon set; (iii) substituting at least one codon in a reference nucleotide sequence (e.g., an ORF encoding a LPL polypeptide) with an alternative codon to increase G/C content; or (iv) a combination thereof.

In some embodiments, the sequence-optimized nucleotide sequence (e.g., an ORF encoding a LPL polypeptide) has at least one improved property with respect to the reference nucleotide sequence.

In some embodiments, the sequence optimization method is multiparametric and comprises one, two, three, four, or more methods disclosed herein and/or other optimization methods known in the art.

Features, which can be considered beneficial in some embodiments of the invention, can be encoded by or within regions of the polynucleotide and such regions can be upstream (5′) to, downstream (3′) to, or within the region that encodes the LPL polypeptide. These regions can be incorporated into the polynucleotide before and/or after sequence-optimization of the protein encoding region or open reading frame (ORF). Examples of such features include, but are not limited to, untranslated regions (UTRs), microRNA sequences, Kozak sequences, oligo(dT) sequences, poly-A tail, and detectable tags and can include multiple cloning sites that can have XbaI recognition.

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide of the invention comprises a 5′ UTR. a 3′ UTR and/or a miRNA. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide comprises two or more 5′ UTRs and/or 3′ UTRs, which can be the same or different sequences. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide comprises two or more miRNA, which can be the same or different sequences. Any portion of the 5′ UTR, 3′ UTR, and/or miRNA, including none, can be sequence-optimized and can independently contain one or more different structural or chemical modifications, before and/or after sequence optimization.

In some embodiments, after optimization, the polynucleotide is reconstituted and transformed into a vector such as, but not limited to, plasmids, viruses, cosmids, and artificial chromosomes. For example, the optimized polynucleotide can be reconstituted and transformed into chemically competent E. coli , yeast, neurospora , maize, drosophila , etc. where high copy plasmid-like or chromosome structures occur by methods described herein.

Sequence-Optimized Nucleotide Sequences Encoding LPL Polypeptides

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide of the invention comprises a sequence-optimized nucleotide sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide disclosed herein. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide of the invention comprises an open reading frame (ORF) encoding a LPL polypeptide, wherein the ORF has been sequence optimized.

Exemplary sequence-optimized nucleotide sequences encoding wild type human LPL are shown in TABLE 2. In some embodiments, the sequence optimized LPL sequences in TABLE 2, fragments, and variants thereof are used to practice the methods disclosed herein. In some embodiments, the sequence optimized LPL sequences in TABLE 2, fragments and variants thereof are combined with or alternatives to the wild-type LPL and LPL-S447Stop sequences disclosed in FIGS. 1 and 2 .

The sequence-optimized nucleotide sequences disclosed herein are distinct from the corresponding wild type nucleotide acid sequences and from other known sequence-optimized nucleotide sequences, e.g., these sequence-optimized nucleic acids have unique compositional characteristics.

In some embodiments, the percentage of uracil or thymine nucleobases in a sequence-optimized nucleotide sequence (e.g., encoding a LPL polypeptide, a functional fragment, or a variant thereof) is modified (e.g., reduced) with respect to the percentage of uracil or thymine nucleobases in the reference wild-type nucleotide sequence. Such a sequence is referred to as a uracil-modified or thymine-modified sequence. The percentage of uracil or thymine content in a nucleotide sequence can be determined by dividing the number of uracils or thymines in a sequence by the total number of nucleotides and multiplying by 100. In some embodiments, the sequence-optimized nucleotide sequence has a lower uracil or thymine content than the uracil or thymine content in the reference wild-type sequence. In some embodiments, the uracil or thymine content in a sequence-optimized nucleotide sequence of the invention is greater than the uracil or thymine content in the reference wild-type sequence and still maintain beneficial effects, e.g., increased expression and/or reduced Toll-Like Receptor (TLR) response when compared to the reference wild-type sequence.

The uracil or thymine content of wild-type LPL is about 23.23%. The uracil or thymine content of a sequence disclosed herein, i.e., its total uracil or thymine content is abbreviated herein as % U TL or % T TL .

A uracil- or thymine-modified sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide of the invention can also be described according to its uracil or thymine content relative to the uracil or thymine content in the corresponding wild-type nucleic acid sequence (% U WT or % T WT ), or according to its uracil or thymine content relative to the theoretical minimum uracil or thymine content of a nucleic acid encoding the wild-type protein sequence (% U TM or (% T TM ).

The phrases “uracil or thymine content relative to the uracil or thymine content in the wild type nucleic acid sequence,” refers to a parameter determined by dividing the number of uracils or thymines in a sequence-optimized nucleic acid by the total number of uracils or thymines in the corresponding wild-type nucleic acid sequence and multiplying by 100. This parameter is abbreviated herein as % U WT or % T WT .

Uracil- or thymine-content relative to the uracil or thymine theoretical minimum, refers to a parameter determined by dividing the number of uracils or thymines in a sequence-optimized nucleotide sequence by the total number of uracils or thymines in a hypothetical nucleotide sequence in which all the codons in the hypothetical sequence are replaced with synonymous codons having the lowest possible uracil or thymine content and multiplying by 100. This parameter is abbreviated herein as % U TM or % T TM .

In some embodiments, the % U TM of a uracil-modified sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide of the invention is below 300%, below 295%, below 290%, below 285%, below 280%, below 275%, below 270%, below 265%, below 260%, below 255%, below 250%, below 245%, below 240%, below 235%, below 230%, below 225%, below 220%, below 215%, below 200%, below 195%, below 190%, below 185%, below 180%, below 175%, below 170%, below 165%, below 160%, below 155%, below 150%, below 145%, below 140%, below 139%, below 138%, below 137%, below 136%, below 135%, below 134%, below 133%, below 132%, below 131%, below 130%, below 129%, below 128%, below 127%, below 126%, below 125%, below 124%, below 123%, below 122%, below 121%, below 120%, below 119%, below 118%, below 117%, below 116%, or below 115%.

In some embodiments, the % U TM of a uracil-modified sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide of the invention is above 100%, above 101%, above 102%, above 103%, above 104%, above 105%, above 106%, above 107%, above 108%, above 109%, above 110%, above 111%, above 112%, above 113%, above 114%, above 115%, above 116%, above 117%, above 118%, above 119%, above 120%, above 121%, above 122%, above 123%, above 124%, above 125%, or above 126%, above 127%, above 128%, above 129%, or above 130%, above 131%, above 132%, above 133%, above 134%, above 135%, above 136%, above 137%, or above 138%.

In some embodiments, the % U TM of a uracil-modified sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide of the invention is between 131% and 133%, between 130% and 134%, between 129% and 135%, between 128% and 136%, between 127% and 137%, between 126% and 138%, between 125% and 139%, between 124% and 140%, between 123% and 141%, between 122% and 142%, between 121% and 143%, between 120% and 144%, or between 119% and 145%.

In some embodiments, the % U TM of a uracil-modified sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide of the invention is between about 125% and about 139%, e.g., between 125% and 138%.

In some embodiments, a uracil-modified sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide of the invention has a reduced number of consecutive uracils with respect to the corresponding wild-type nucleic acid sequence. For example, two consecutive leucines can be encoded by the sequence CUUUUG, which includes a four uracil cluster. Such a subsequence can be substituted, e.g., with CUGCUC, which removes the uracil cluster.

Phenylalanine can be encoded by UUC or UUU. Thus, even if phenylalanines encoded by UUU are replaced by UUC, the synonymous codon still contains a uracil pair (UU). Accordingly, the number of phenylalanines in a sequence establishes a minimum number of uracil pairs (UU) that cannot be eliminated without altering the number of phenylalanines in the encoded polypeptide. For example, if the polypeptide, e.g., wild type LPL, has, e.g., 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, or 23 phenylalanines, the absolute minimum number of uracil pairs (UU) that a uracil-modified sequence encoding the polypeptide, e.g., wild type LPL, can contain is 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, or 23, respectively.

Wild type LPL contains 38 uracil pairs (UU), 15 uracil triplets (UUU), three uracil quadruplets (UUUU), and one uracile quintuplet (UUUUU). In some embodiments, a uracil-modified sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide of the invention has a reduced number of uracil triplets (UUU) with respect to the wild-type nucleic acid sequence. In some embodiments, a uracil-modified sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide of the invention contains 14, 13, 12, 11, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, or no uracil triplets (UUU). In some embodiments, a uracil-modified sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide of the invention has a reduced number of uracil quadruplets (UUUU) with respect to the wild-type nucleic acid sequence. In some embodiments, a uracil-modified sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide of the invention contains 2, 1, or no uracil quadruplets (UUUU). In some embodiments, a uracil-modified sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide of the invention has a reduced number of uracil quintuplets (UUUUU) with respect to the wild-type nucleic acid sequence. In some embodiments, a uracil-modified sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide of the invention contains no uracil quintuplets (UUUUU).

In some embodiments, a uracil-modified sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide has a reduced number of uracil pairs (UU) with respect to the number of uracil pairs (UU) in the wild-type nucleic acid sequence. In some embodiments, a uracil-modified sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide of the invention has a number of uracil pairs (UU) corresponding to the minimum possible number of uracil pairs (UU) in the wild-type nucleic acid sequence, e.g., 17 uracil pairs in the case of wild type LPL.

In some embodiments, a uracil-modified sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide of the invention has at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, or 17 uracil pairs (UU) less than the number of uracil pairs (UU) in the wild-type nucleic acid sequence. In some embodiments, a uracil-modified sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide of the invention has between 13 and 29 uracil pairs (UU).

The phrase “uracil pairs (UU) relative to the uracil pairs (UU) in the wild type nucleic acid sequence,” refers to a parameter determined by dividing the number of uracil pairs (UU) in a sequence-optimized nucleotide sequence by the total number of uracil pairs (UU) in the corresponding wild-type nucleotide sequence and multiplying by 100. This parameter is abbreviated herein as % UU wt .

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide of the invention comprises a uracil-modified sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide disclosed herein. In some embodiments, the uracil-modified sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide comprises at least one chemically modified nucleobase, e.g., 5-methoxyuracil. In some embodiments, at least 95% of a nucleobase (e.g., uracil) in a uracil-modified sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide of the invention are modified nucleobases. In some embodiments, at least 95% of uracil in a uracil-modified sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide is 5-methoxyuracil. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide comprising a uracil-modified sequence further comprises a miRNA binding site, e.g., a miRNA binding site that binds to miR-142. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide comprising a uracil-modified sequence is formulated with a delivery agent, e.g., a lipid having Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIe), (IId) or (IIe), e.g., any of Compounds 1-232.

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide of the invention comprises an open reading frame (ORF) encoding a LPL polypeptide, wherein the ORF has been sequence optimized, and wherein each of % U TL , % U WT , % U TM , % G TL , % G WT , % G TMX , % C TL , % C WT , % C TMX , % G/C TL , % G/C WT , or % G/C TMX , alone or in a combination thereof is in a range between (i) a maximum corresponding to the parameter's maximum value (MAX) plus about 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 5.5, 6, 6.5, 7, 7.5, 8, 8.5, 9, 9.5, or 10 standard deviations (STD DEV), and (ii) a minimum corresponding to the parameter's minimum value (MIN) less 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 5.5, 6, 6.5, 7, 7.5, 8, 8.5, 9, 9.5, or 10 standard deviations (STD DEV).

In some embodiments, at least about 5%, at least about 10%, at least about 15%, at least about 20%, at least about 25%, at least about 30%, at least about 35%, at least about 40%, at least about 45%, at least about 50%, at least about 55%, at least about 60%, at least about 65%, at least about 70%, or at least about 75% of the codons in the reference nucleic acid sequence encoding LPL are substituted with alternative codons, each alternative codon having a codon frequency higher than the codon frequency of the substituted codon in the synonymous codon set.

In some embodiments, at least one alternative codon having a higher codon frequency has the highest codon frequency in the synonymous codon set. In other embodiments, all alternative codons having a higher codon frequency have the highest codon frequency in the synonymous codon set.

In some embodiments, at least one alternative codon having a lower codon frequency has the lowest codon frequency in the synonymous codon set. In some embodiments, all alternative codons having a higher codon frequency have the highest codon frequency in the synonymous codon set.

In some specific embodiments, at least one alternative codon has the second highest, the third highest, the fourth highest, the fifth highest or the sixth highest frequency in the synonymous codon set. In some specific embodiments, at least one alternative codon has the second lowest, the third lowest, the fourth lowest, the fifth lowest, or the sixth lowest frequency in the synonymous codon set.

Optimization based on codon frequency can be applied globally, as described above, or locally to the reference nucleic acid sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide. In some embodiments, when applied locally, regions of the reference nucleic acid sequence can be modified based on codon frequency, substituting all or a certain percentage of codons in a certain subsequence with codons that have higher or lower frequencies in their respective synonymous codon sets. Thus, in some embodiments, at least about 5%, at least about 10%, at least about 15%, at least about 20%, at least about 25%, at least about 30%, at least about 35%, at least about 40%, at least about 45%, at least about 50%, at least about 55%, at least about 60%, at least about 65%, at least about 70%, at least about 75%, at least about 80%, at least about 85%, at least about 90%, at least about 95%, at least about 99%, or 100% of the codons in a subsequence of the reference nucleic acid sequence are substituted with alternative codons, each alternative codon having a codon frequency higher than the codon frequency of the substituted codon in the synonymous codon set.

In some embodiments, at least one codon in a subsequence of the reference nucleic acid sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide is substituted with an alternative codon having a codon frequency higher than the codon frequency of the substituted codon in the synonymous codon set, and at least one codon in a subsequence of the reference nucleic acid sequence is substituted with an alternative codon having a codon frequency lower than the codon frequency of the substituted codon in the synonymous codon set.

In some embodiments, at least about 5%, at least about 10%, at least about 15%, at least about 20%, at least about 25%, at least about 30%, at least about 35%, at least about 40%, at least about 45%, at least about 50%, at least about 55%, at least about 60%, at least about 65%, at least about 70%, or at least about 75% of the codons in a subsequence of the reference nucleic acid sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide are substituted with alternative codons, each alternative codon having a codon frequency higher than the codon frequency of the substituted codon in the synonymous codon set.

In some embodiments, at least one alternative codon substituted in a subsequence of the reference nucleic acid sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide and having a higher codon frequency has the highest codon frequency in the synonymous codon set. In other embodiments, all alternative codons substituted in a subsequence of the reference nucleic acid sequence and having a lower codon frequency have the lowest codon frequency in the synonymous codon set.

In some embodiments, at least one alternative codon substituted in a subsequence of the reference nucleic acid sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide and having a lower codon frequency has the lowest codon frequency in the synonymous codon set. In some embodiments, all alternative codons substituted in a subsequence of the reference nucleic acid sequence and having a higher codon frequency have the highest codon frequency in the synonymous codon set.

In specific embodiments, a sequence optimized nucleic acid encoding a LPL polypeptide can comprise a subsequence having an overall codon frequency higher or lower than the overall codon frequency in the corresponding subsequence of the reference nucleic acid sequence at a specific location, for example, at the 5′ end or 3′ end of the sequence optimized nucleic acid, or within a predetermined distance from those region (e.g., at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95 or 100 codons from the 5′ end or 3′ end of the sequence optimized nucleic acid).

In some embodiments, a sequence optimized nucleic acid encoding a LPL polypeptide can comprise more than one subsequence having an overall codon frequency higher or lower than the overall codon frequency in the corresponding subsequence of the reference nucleic acid sequence. A skilled artisan would understand that subsequences with overall higher or lower overall codon frequencies can be organized in innumerable patterns, depending on whether the overall codon frequency is higher or lower, the length of the subsequence, the distance between subsequences, the location of the subsequences, etc.

Modified Nucleotide Sequences Encoding LPL Polypeptides

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide (e.g., a RNA, e.g., an mRNA) of the invention comprises a chemically modified nucleobase. The invention includes modified polynucleotides comprising a polynucleotide described herein (e.g., a polynucleotide comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide). The modified polynucleotides can be chemically modified and/or structurally modified. When the polynucleotides of the present invention are chemically and/or structurally modified the polynucleotides can be referred to as “modified polynucleotides.”

The present disclosure provides for modified nucleosides and nucleotides of a polynucleotide (e.g., RNA polynucleotides, such as mRNA polynucleotides) encoding a LPL polypeptide. A “nucleoside” refers to a compound containing a sugar molecule (e.g., a pentose or ribose) or a derivative thereof in combination with an organic base (e.g., a purine or pyrimidine) or a derivative thereof (also referred to herein as “nucleobase”). A “nucleotide” refers to a nucleoside including a phosphate group. Modified nucleotides can by synthesized by any useful method, such as, for example, chemically, enzymatically, or recombinantly, to include one or more modified or non-natural nucleosides. Polynucleotides can comprise a region or regions of linked nucleosides. Such regions can have variable backbone linkages. The linkages can be standard phosphodiester linkages, in which case the polynucleotides would comprise regions of nucleotides.

The modified polynucleotides disclosed herein can comprise various distinct modifications. In some embodiments, the modified polynucleotides contain one, two, or more (optionally different) nucleoside or nucleotide modifications. In some embodiments, a modified polynucleotide, introduced to a cell can exhibit one or more desirable properties, e.g., improved protein expression, reduced immunogenicity, or reduced degradation in the cell, as compared to an unmodified polynucleotide.

In some embodiments, a polynucleotide of the present invention (e.g., a polynucleotide comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide) is structurally modified. As used herein, a “structural” modification is one in which two or more linked nucleosides are inserted, deleted, duplicated, inverted or randomized in a polynucleotide without significant chemical modification to the nucleotides themselves. Because chemical bonds will necessarily be broken and reformed to effect a structural modification, structural modifications are of a chemical nature and hence are chemical modifications. However, structural modifications will result in a different sequence of nucleotides. For example, the polynucleotide “ATCG” can be chemically modified to “AT-5meC-G”. The same polynucleotide can be structurally modified from “ATCG” to “ATCCCG”. Here, the dinucleotide “CC” has been inserted, resulting in a structural modification to the polynucleotide.

In some embodiments, the polynucleotides of the present invention are chemically modified. As used herein in reference to a polynucleotide, the terms “chemical modification” or, as appropriate, “chemically modified” refer to modification with respect to adenosine (A), guanosine (G), uridine (U), or cytidine (C) ribo- or deoxyribonucleosides in one or more of their position, pattern, percent or population. Generally, herein, these terms are not intended to refer to the ribonucleotide modifications in naturally occurring 5′-terminal mRNA cap moieties.

In some embodiments, the polynucleotides of the present invention can have a uniform chemical modification of all or any of the same nucleoside type or a population of modifications produced by mere downward titration of the same starting modification in all or any of the same nucleoside type, or a measured percent of a chemical modification of all any of the same nucleoside type but with random incorporation, such as where all uridines are replaced by a uridine analog, e.g., pseudouridine or 5-methoxyuridine. In another embodiment, the polynucleotides can have a uniform chemical modification of two, three, or four of the same nucleoside type throughout the entire polynucleotide (such as all uridines and all cytosines, etc. are modified in the same way).

Modified nucleotide base pairing encompasses not only the standard adenosine-thymine, adenosine-uracil, or guanosine-cytosine base pairs, but also base pairs formed between nucleotides and/or modified nucleotides comprising non-standard or modified bases, wherein the arrangement of hydrogen bond donors and hydrogen bond acceptors permits hydrogen bonding between a non-standard base and a standard base or between two complementary non-standard base structures. One example of such non-standard base pairing is the base pairing between the modified nucleotide inosine and adenine, cytosine or uracil. Any combination of base/sugar or linker can be incorporated into polynucleotides of the present disclosure.

The skilled artisan will appreciate that, except where otherwise noted, polynucleotide sequences set forth in the instant application will recite “T”s in a representative DNA sequence but where the sequence represents RNA, the “T”s would be substituted for “U”s.

Modifications of polynucleotides (e.g., RNA polynucleotides, such as mRNA polynucleotides) that are useful in the compositions, methods and synthetic processes of the present disclosure include, but are not limited to the following nucleotides, nucleosides, and nucleobases: 2-methylthio-N6-(cis-hydroxyisopentenyl)adenosine; 2-methylthio-N6-methyladenosine; 2-methylthio-N6-threonyl carbamoyladenosine; N6-glycinylcarbamoyladenosine; N6-isopentenyladenosine; N6-methyladenosine; N6-threonylcarbamoyladenosine; 1,2′-O-dimethyladenosine; 1-methyladenosine; 2′-O-methyladenosine; 2′-O-ribosyladenosine (phosphate); 2-methyladenosine; 2-methylthio-N6 isopentenyladenosine; 2-methylthio-N6-hydroxynorvalyl carbamoyladenosine; 2′-O-methyladenosine; 2′-O-ribosyladenosine (phosphate); Isopentenyladenosine; N6-(cis-hydroxyisopentenyl)adenosine; N6,2′-O-dimethyladenosine; N6,2′-O-dimethyladenosine; N6,N6,2′-O-trimethyladenosine; N6,N6-dimethyladenosine; N6-acetyladenosine; N6-hydroxynorvalylcarbamoyladenosine; N6-methyl-N6-threonylcarbamoyladenosine; 2-methyladenosine; 2-methylthio-N6-isopentenyladenosine; 7-deaza-adenosine; N1-methyl-adenosine; N6, N6 (dimethyl)adenine; N6-cis-hydroxy-isopentenyl-adenosine; α-thio-adenosine; 2 (amino)adenine; 2 (aminopropyl)adenine; 2 (methylthio) N6 (isopentenyl)adenine; 2-(alkyl)adenine; 2-(aminoalkyl)adenine; 2-(aminopropyl)adenine; 2-(halo)adenine; 2-(halo)adenine; 2-(propyl)adenine; 2′-Amino-2′-deoxy-ATP; 2′-Azido-2′-deoxy-ATP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-a-aminoadenosine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-a-azidoadenosine TP; 6 (alkyl)adenine; 6 (methyl)adenine; 6-(alkyl)adenine; 6-(methyl)adenine; 7 (deaza)adenine; 8 (alkenyl)adenine; 8 (alkynyl)adenine; 8 (amino)adenine; 8 (thioalkyl)adenine; 8-(alkenyl)adenine; 8-(alkyl)adenine; 8-(alkynyl)adenine; 8-(amino)adenine; 8-(halo)adenine; 8-(hydroxyl)adenine; 8-(thioalkyl)adenine; 8-(thiol)adenine; 8-azido-adenosine; aza adenine; deaza adenine; N6 (methyl)adenine; N6-(isopentyl)adenine; 7-deaza-8-aza-adenosine; 7-methyladenine; 1-Deazaadenosine TP; 2′Fluoro-N6-Bz-deoxyadenosine TP; 2′-OMe-2-Amino-ATP; 2′O-methyl-N6-Bz-deoxyadenosine TP; 2′-a-Ethynyladenosine TP; 2-aminoadenine; 2-Aminoadenosine TP; 2-Amino-ATP; 2′-a-Trifluoromethyladenosine TP; 2-Azidoadenosine TP; 2′-b-Ethynyladenosine TP; 2-Bromoadenosine TP; 2′-b-Trifluoromethyladenosine TP; 2-Chloroadenosine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′,2′-difluoroadenosine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-a-mercaptoadenosine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-a-thiomethoxyadenosine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-aminoadenosine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-azidoadenosine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-bromoadenosine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-chloroadenosine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-fluoroadenosine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-iodoadenosine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-mercaptoadenosine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-thiomethoxyadenosine TP; 2-Fluoroadenosine TP; 2-Iodoadenosine TP; 2-Mercaptoadenosine TP; 2-methoxy-adenine; 2-methylthio-adenine; 2-Trifluoromethyladenosine TP; 3-Deaza-3-bromoadenosine TP; 3-Deaza-3-chloroadenosine TP; 3-Deaza-3-fluoroadenosine TP; 3-Deaza-3-iodoadenosine TP; 3-Deazaadenosine TP; 4′-Azidoadenosine TP; 4′-Carbocyclic adenosine TP; 4′-Ethynyladenosine TP; 5′-Homo-adenosine TP; 8-Aza-ATP; 8-bromo-adenosine TP; 8-Trifluoromethyladenosine TP; 9-Deazaadenosine TP; 2-aminopurine; 7-deaza-2,6-diaminopurine; 7-deaza-8-aza-2,6-diaminopurine; 7-deaza-8-aza-2-aminopurine; 2,6-diaminopurine; 7-deaza-8-aza-adenine, 7-deaza-2-aminopurine; 2-thiocytidine; 3-methylcytidine; 5-formylcytidine; 5-hydroxymethylcytidine; 5-methylcytidine; N4-acetylcytidine; 2′-O-methylcytidine; 2′-O-methylcytidine; 5,2′-O-dimethylcytidine; 5-formyl-2′-O-methylcytidine; Lysidine; N4,2′-O-dimethylcytidine; N4-acetyl-2′-O-methylcytidine; N4-methylcytidine; N4,N4-Dimethyl-2′-OMe-Cytidine TP; 4-methylcytidine; 5-aza-cytidine; Pseudo-iso-cytidine; pyrrolo-cytidine; α-thio-cytidine; 2-(thio)cytosine; 2′-Amino-2′-deoxy-CTP; 2′-Azido-2′-deoxy-CTP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-a-aminocytidine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-a-azidocytidine TP; 3 (deaza) 5 (aza)cytosine; 3 (methyl)cytosine; 3-(alkyl)cytosine; 3-(deaza) 5 (aza)cytosine; 3-(methyl)cytidine; 4,2′-O-dimethylcytidine; 5 (halo)cytosine; 5 (methyl)cytosine; 5 (propynyl)cytosine; 5 (trifluoromethyl)cytosine; 5-(alkyl)cytosine; 5-(alkynyl)cytosine; 5-(halo)cytosine; 5-(propynyl)cytosine; 5-(trifluoromethyl)cytosine; 5-bromo-cytidine; 5-iodo-cytidine; 5-propynyl cytosine; 6-(azo)cytosine; 6-aza-cytidine; aza cytosine; deaza cytosine; N4 (acetyl)cytosine; 1-methyl-1-deaza-pseudoisocytidine; 1-methyl-pseudoisocytidine; 2-methoxy-5-methyl-cytidine; 2-methoxy-cytidine; 2-thio-5-methyl-cytidine; 4-methoxy-1-methyl-pseudoisocytidine; 4-methoxy-pseudoisocytidine; 4-thio-1-methyl-1-deaza-pseudoisocytidine; 4-thio-1-methyl-pseudoisocytidine; 4-thio-pseudoisocytidine; 5-aza-zebularine; 5-methyl-zebularine; pyrrolo-pseudoisocytidine; Zebularine; (E)-5-(2-Bromo-vinyl)cytidine TP; 2,2′-anhydro-cytidine TP hydrochloride; 2′Fluor-N4-Bz-cytidine TP; 2′Fluoro-N4-Acetyl-cytidine TP; 2′-O-Methyl-N4-Acetyl-cytidine TP; 2′O-methyl-N4-Bz-cytidine TP; 2′-a-Ethynylcytidine TP; 2′-a-Tri fluoromethylcytidine TP; 2′-b-Ethynylcytidine TP; 2′-b-Trifluoromethylcytidine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′,2′-difluorocytidine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-a-mercaptocytidine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-a-thiomethoxycytidine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-aminocytidine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-azidocytidine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-bromocytidine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-chlorocytidine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-fluorocytidine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-iodocytidine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-mercaptocytidine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-thiomethoxycytidine TP; 2′-O-Methyl-5-(1-propynyl)cytidine TP; 3′-Ethynylcytidine TP; 4′-Azidocytidine TP; 4′-Carbocyclic cytidine TP; 4′-Ethynylcytidine TP; 5-(1-Propynyl)ara-cytidine TP; 5-(2-Chloro-phenyl)-2-thiocytidine TP; 5-(4-Amino-phenyl)-2-thiocytidine TP; 5-Aminoallyl-CTP; 5-Cyanocytidine TP; 5-Ethynylara-cytidine TP; 5-Ethynylcytidine TP; 5′-Homo-cytidine TP; 5-Methoxycytidine TP; 5-Trifluoromethyl-Cytidine TP; N4-Amino-cytidine TP; N4-Benzoyl-cytidine TP; Pseudoisocytidine; 7-methylguanosine; N2,2′-O-dimethylguanosine; N2-methylguanosine; Wyosine; 1,2′-O-dimethylguanosine; 1-methylguanosine; 2′-O-methylguanosine; 2′-O-ribosylguanosine (phosphate); 2′-O-methylguanosine; 2′-O-ribosylguanosine (phosphate); 7-aminomethyl-7-deazaguanosine; 7-cyano-7-deazaguanosine; Archaeosine; Methylwyosine; N2,7-dimethylguanosine; N2,N2,2′-O-trimethylguanosine; N2,N2,7-trimethylguanosine; N2,N2-dimethylguanosine; N2,7,2′-O-trimethylguanosine; 6-thio-guanosine; 7-deaza-guanosine; 8-oxo-guanosine; N1-methyl-guanosine; α-thio-guanosine; 2 (propyl)guanine; 2-(alkyl)guanine; 2′-Amino-2′-deoxy-GTP; 2′-Azido-2′-deoxy-GTP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-a-aminoguanosine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-a-azidoguanosine TP; 6 (methyl)guanine; 6-(alkyl)guanine; 6-(methyl)guanine; 6-methyl-guanosine; 7 (alkyl)guanine; 7 (deaza)guanine; 7 (methyl)guanine; 7-(alkyl)guanine; 7-(deaza)guanine; 7-(methyl)guanine; 8 (alkyl)guanine; 8 (alkynyl)guanine; 8 (halo)guanine; 8 (thioalkyl)guanine; 8-(alkenyl)guanine; 8-(alkyl)guanine; 8-(alkynyl)guanine; 8-(amino)guanine; 8-(halo)guanine; 8-(hydroxyl)guanine; 8-(thioalkyl)guanine; 8-(thiol)guanine; aza guanine; deaza guanine; N (methyl)guanine; N-(methyl)guanine; 1-methyl-6-thio-guanosine; 6-methoxy-guanosine; 6-thio-7-deaza-8-aza-guanosine; 6-thio-7-deaza-guanosine; 6-thio-7-methyl-guanosine; 7-deaza-8-aza-guanosine; 7-methyl-8-oxo-guanosine; N2,N2-dimethyl-6-thio-guanosine; N2-methyl-6-thio-guanosine; 1-Me-GTP; 2′Fluoro-N2-isobutyl-guanosine TP; 2′O-methyl-N2-isobutyl-guanosine TP; 2′-a-Ethynylguanosine TP; 2′-a-Trifluoromethylguanosine TP; 2′-b-Ethynylguanosine TP; 2′-b-Trifluoromethylguanosine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′,2′-difluoroguanosine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-a-mercaptoguanosine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-a-thiomethoxyguanosine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-aminoguanosine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-azidoguanosine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-bromoguanosine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-chloroguanosine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-fluoroguanosine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-iodoguanosine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-mercaptoguanosine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-thiomethoxyguanosine TP; 4′-Azidoguanosine TP; 4′-Carbocyclic guanosine TP; 4′-Ethynylguanosine TP; 5′-Homo-guanosine TP; 8-bromo-guanosine TP; 9-Deazaguanosine TP; N2-isobutyl-guanosine TP; 1-methylinosine; Inosine; 1,2′-O-dimethylinosine; 2′-O-methylinosine; 7-methylinosine; 2′-O-methylinosine; Epoxyqueuosine; galactosyl-queuosine; Mannosylqueuosine; Queuosine; allyamino-thymidine; aza thymidine; deaza thymidine; deoxy-thymidine; 2′-O-methyluridine; 2-thiouridine; 3-methyluridine; 5-carboxymethyluridine; 5-hydroxyuridine; 5-methyluridine; 5-taurinomethyl-2-thiouridine; 5-taurinomethyluridine; Dihydrouridine; Pseudouridine; (3-(3-amino-3-carboxypropyl)uridine; 1-methyl-3-(3-amino-5-carboxypropyl)pseudouridine; 1-methyl pseduouridine; 1-ethyl-pseudouridine; 2′-O-methyluridine; 2′-O-methylpseudouridine; 2′-O-methyluridine; 2-thio-2′-O-methyluridine; 3-(3-amino-3-carboxypropyl)uridine; 3,2′-O-dimethyluridine; 3-Methyl-pseudo-Uridine TP; 4-thiouridine; 5-(carboxyhydroxymethyl)uridine; 5-(carboxyhydroxymethyl)uridine methyl ester; 5,2′-0-dimethyluridine; 5,6-dihydro-uridine; 5-aminomethyl-2-thiouridine; 5-carbamoylmethyl-2′-O-methyluridine; 5-carbamoylmethyluridine; 5-carboxyhydroxymethyluridine; 5-carboxyhydroxymethyluridine methyl ester; 5-carboxymethylaminomethyl-2′-O-methyluridine; 5-carboxymethylaminomethyl-2-thiouridine; 5-carboxymethylaminomethyl-2-thiouridine; 5-carboxymethylaminomethyluridine; 5-carboxymethylaminomethyluridine; 5-Carbamoylmethyluridine TP; 5-methoxycarbonylmethyl-2′-O-methyluridine; 5-methoxycarbonylmethyl-2-thiouridine; 5-methoxycarbonylmethyluridine; 5-methyluridine,), 5-methoxyuridine; 5-methyl-2-thiouridine; 5-methylaminomethyl-2-selenouridine; 5-methylaminomethyl-2-thiouridine; 5-methylaminomethyluridine; 5-Methyldihydrouridine; 5-Oxyacetic acid-Uridine TP; 5-Oxyacetic acid-methyl ester-Uridine TP; N1-methyl-pseudo-uracil; N1-ethyl-pseudo-uracil; uridine 5-oxyacetic acid; uridine 5-oxyacetic acid methyl ester; 3-(3-Amino-3-carboxypropyl)-Uridine TP; 5-(iso-Pentenylaminomethyl)-2-thiouridine TP; 5-(iso-Pentenylaminomethyl)-2′-O-methyluridine TP; 5-(iso-Pentenylaminomethyl)uridine TP; 5-propynyl uracil; α-thio-uridine; 1 (aminoalkylamino-carbonylethylenyl)-2(thio)-pseudouracil; 1 (aminoalkylaminocarbonylethylenyl)-2,4-(dithio)pseudouracil; 1 (aminoalkylaminocarbonylethylenyl)-4 (thio)pseudouracil; 1 (aminoalkylaminocarbonylethylenyl)-pseudouracil; 1 (aminocarbonylethylenyl)-2(thio)-pseudouracil; 1 (aminocarbonylethylenyl)-2,4-(dithio)pseudouracil; 1 (aminocarbonylethylenyl)-4 (thio)pseudouracil; 1 (aminocarbonylethylenyl)-pseudouracil; 1 substituted 2(thio)-pseudouracil; 1 substituted 2,4-(dithio)pseudouracil; 1 substituted 4 (thio)pseudouracil; 1 substituted pseudouracil; 1-(aminoalkylamino-carbonylethylenyl)-2-(thio)-pseudouracil; 1-Methyl-3-(3-amino-3-carboxypropyl) pseudouridine TP; 1-Methyl-3-(3-amino-3-carboxypropyl)pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Ethyl-pseudo-UTP; 2 (thio)pseudouracil; 2′ deoxy uridine; 2′ fluorouridine; 2-(thio)uracil; 2,4-(dithio)psuedouracil; 2′ methyl, 2′amino, 2′azido, 2′fluro-guanosine; 2′-Amino-2′-deoxy-UTP; 2′-Azido-2′-deoxy-UTP; 2′-Azido-deoxyuridine TP; 2′-O-methylpseudouridine; 2′ deoxy uridine; 2′ fluorouridine; 2′-Deoxy-2′-a-aminouridine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-a-azidouridine TP; 2-methylpseudouridine; 3 (3 amino-3 carboxypropyl)uracil; 4 (thio)pseudouracil; 4-(thio)pseudouracil; 4-(thio)uracil; 4-thiouracil; 5 (1,3-diazole-1-alkyl)uracil; 5 (2-aminopropyl)uracil; 5 (aminoalkyl)uracil; 5 (dimethylaminoalkyl)uracil; 5 (guanidiniumalkyl)uracil; 5 (methoxycarbonylmethyl)-2-(thio)uracil; 5 (methoxycarbonyl-methyl)uracil; 5 (methyl) 2 (thio)uracil; 5 (methyl) 2,4 (dithio)uracil; 5 (methyl) 4 (thio)uracil; 5 (methylaminomethyl)-2 (thio)uracil; 5 (methylaminomethyl)-2,4 (dithio)uracil; 5 (methylaminomethyl)-4 (thio)uracil; 5 (propynyl)uracil; 5 (trifluoromethyl)uracil; 5-(2-aminopropyl)uracil; 5-(alkyl)-2-(thio)pseudouracil; 5-(alkyl)-2,4 (dithio)pseudouracil; 5-(alkyl)-4 (thio)pseudouracil; 5-(alkyl)pseudouracil; 5-(alkyl)uracil; 5-(alkynyl)uracil; 5-(allylamino)uracil; 5-(cyanoalkyl)uracil; 5-(dialkylaminoalkyl)uracil; 5-(dimethylaminoalkyl)uracil; 5-(guanidiniumalkyl)uracil; 5-(halo)uracil; 5-(1,3-diazole-1-alkyl)uracil; 5-(methoxy)uracil; 5-(methoxycarbonylmethyl)-2-(thio)uracil; 5-(methoxycarbonyl-methyl)uracil; 5-(methyl) 2(thio)uracil; 5-(methyl) 2,4 (dithio)uracil; 5-(methyl) 4 (thio)uracil; 5-(methyl)-2-(thio)pseudouracil; 5-(methyl)-2,4 (dithio)pseudouracil; 5-(methyl)-4 (thio)pseudouracil; 5-(methyl)pseudouracil; 5-(methylaminomethyl)-2 (thio)uracil; 5-(methylaminomethyl)-2,4(dithio)uracil; 5-(methylaminomethyl)-4-(thio)uracil; 5-(propynyl)uracil; 5-(trifluoromethyl)uracil; 5-aminoallyl-uridine; 5-bromo-uridine; 5-iodo-uridine; 5-uracil; 6 (azo)uracil; 6-(azo)uracil; 6-aza-uridine; allyamino-uracil; aza uracil; deaza uracil; N3 (methyl)uracil; Pseudo-UTP-1-2-ethanoic acid; Pseudouracil; 4-Thio-pseudo-UTP; 1-carboxymethyl-pseudouridine; 1-methyl-1-deaza-pseudouridine; 1-propynyl-uridine; 1-taurinomethyl-1-methyl-uridine; 1-taurinomethyl-4-thio-uridine; 1-taurinomethyl-pseudouridine; 2-methoxy-4-thio-pseudouridine; 2-thio-1-methyl-1-deaza-pseudouridine; 2-thio-1-methyl-pseudouridine; 2-thio-5-aza-uridine; 2-thio-dihydropseudouridine; 2-thio-dihydrouridine; 2-thio-pseudouridine; 4-methoxy-2-thio-pseudouridine; 4-methoxy-pseudouridine; 4-thio-1-methyl-pseudouridine; 4-thio-pseudouridine; 5-aza-uridine; Dihydropseudouridine; (±)1-(2-Hydroxypropyl)pseudouridine TP; (2R)-1-(2-Hydroxypropyl)pseudouridine TP; (2S)-1-(2-Hydroxypropyl)pseudouridine TP; (E)-5-(2-Bromo-vinyl)ara-uridine TP; (E)-5-(2-Bromo-vinyl)uridine TP; (Z)-5-(2-Bromo-vinyl)ara-uridine TP; (Z)-5-(2-Bromo-vinyl)uridine TP; 1-(2,2,2-Trifluoroethyl)-pseudo-UTP; 1-(2,2,3,3,3-Pentafluoropropyl)pseudouridine TP; 1-(2,2-Diethoxyethyl)pseudouridine TP; 1-(2,4,6-Trimethylbenzyl)pseudouridine TP; 1-(2,4,6-Trimethyl-benzyl)pseudo-UTP; 1-(2,4,6-Trimethyl-phenyl)pseudo-UTP; 1-(2-Amino-2-carboxyethyl)pseudo-UTP; 1-(2-Amino-ethyl)pseudo-UTP; 1-(2-Hydroxyethyl)pseudouridine TP; 1-(2-Methoxyethyl)pseudouridine TP; 1-(3,4-Bis-trifluoromethoxybenzyl)pseudouridine TP; 1-(3,4-Dimethoxybenzyl)pseudouridine TP; 1-(3-Amino-3-carboxypropyl)pseudo-UTP; 1-(3-Amino-propyl)pseudo-UTP; 1-(3-Cyclopropyl-prop-2-ynyl)pseudouridine TP; 1-(4-Amino-4-carboxybutyl)pseudo-UTP; 1-(4-Amino-benzyl)pseudo-UTP; 1-(4-Amino-butyl)pseudo-UTP; 1-(4-Amino-phenyl)pseudo-UTP; 1-(4-Azidobenzyl)pseudouridine TP; 1-(4-Bromobenzyl)pseudouridine TP; 1-(4-Chlorobenzyl)pseudouridine TP; 1-(4-Fluorobenzyl)pseudouridine TP; 1-(4-Iodobenzyl)pseudouridine TP; 1-(4-Methanesulfonylbenzyl)pseudouridine TP; 1-(4-Methoxybenzyl)pseudouridine TP; 1-(4-Methoxy-benzyl)pseudo-UTP; 1-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)pseudo-UTP; 1-(4-Methylbenzyl)pseudouridine TP; 1-(4-Methyl-benzyl)pseudo-UTP; 1-(4-Nitrobenzyl)pseudouridine TP; 1-(4-Nitro-benzyl)pseudo-UTP; 1(4-Nitro-phenyl)pseudo-UTP; 1-(4-Thiomethoxybenzyl)pseudouridine TP; 1-(4-Trifluoromethoxybenzyl)pseudouridine TP; 1-(4-Trifluoromethylbenzyl)pseudouridine TP; 1-(5-Amino-pentyl)pseudo-UTP; 1-(6-Amino-hexyl)pseudo-UTP; 1,6-Dimethyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-[3-(2-{2-[2-(2-Aminoethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionyl]pseudouridine TP; 1-{3-[2-(2-Aminoethoxy)-ethoxy]-propionyl} pseudouridine TP; 1-Acetylpseudouridine TP; 1-Alkyl-6-(1-propynyl)-pseudo-UTP; 1-Alkyl-6-(2-propynyl)-pseudo-UTP; 1-Alkyl-6-allyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Alkyl-6-ethynyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Alkyl-6-homoallyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Alkyl-6-vinyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Allylpseudouridine TP; 1-Aminomethyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Benzoylpseudouridine TP; 1-Benzyloxymethylpseudouridine TP; 1-Benzyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Biotinyl-PEG2-pseudouridine TP; 1-Biotinylpseudouridine TP; 1-Butyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Cyanomethylpseudouridine TP; 1-Cyclobutylmethyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Cyclobutyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Cycloheptylmethyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Cycloheptyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Cyclohexylmethyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Cyclohexyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Cyclooctylmethyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Cyclooctyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Cyclopentylmethyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Cyclopentyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Cyclopropylmethyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Cyclopropyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Ethyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Hexyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Homoallylpseudouridine TP; 1-Hydroxymethylpseudouridine TP; 1-iso-propyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Me-2-thio-pseudo-UTP; 1-Me-4-thio-pseudo-UTP; 1-Me-alpha-thio-pseudo-UTP; 1-Methanesulfonylmethylpseudouridine TP; 1-Methoxymethylpseudouridine TP; 1-Methyl-6-(2,2,2-Trifluoroethyl)pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6-(4-morpholino)-pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6-(4-thiomorpholino)-pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6-(substituted phenyl)pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6-amino-pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6-azido-pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6-bromo-pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6-butyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6-chloro-pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6-cyano-pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6-dimethylamino-pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6-ethoxy-pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6-ethylcarboxylate-pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6-ethyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6-fluoro-pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6-formyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6-hydroxyamino-pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6-hydroxy-pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6-iodo-pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6-iso-propyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6-methoxy-pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6-methylamino-pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6-phenyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6-propyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6-tert-butyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6-trifluoromethoxy-pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6-trifluoromethyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Morpholinomethylpseudouridine TP; 1-Pentyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Phenyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Pivaloylpseudouridine TP; 1-Propargylpseudouridine TP; 1-Propyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-propynyl-pseudouridine; 1-p-tolyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-tert-Butyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Thiomethoxymethylpseudouridine TP; 1-Thiomorpholinomethylpseudouridine TP; 1-Trifluoroacetylpseudouridine TP; 1-Trifluoromethyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Vinylpseudouridine TP; 2,2′-anhydro-uridine TP; 2′-bromo-deoxyuridine TP; 2′-F-5-Methyl-2′-deoxy-UTP; 2′-OMe-5-Me-UTP; 2′-OMe-pseudo-UTP; 2′-a-Ethynyluridine TP; 2′-a-Trifluoromethyluridine TP; 2′-b-Ethynyluridine TP; 2′-b-Trifluoromethyluridine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′,2′-difluorouridine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-a-mercaptouridine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-a-thiomethoxyuridine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-aminouridine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-azidouridine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-bromouridine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-chlorouridine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-fluorouridine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-iodouridine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-mercaptouridine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-thiomethoxyuridine TP; 2-methoxy-4-thio-uridine; 2-methoxyuridine; 2′-O-Methyl-5-(1-propynyl)uridine TP; 3-Alkyl-pseudo-UTP; 4′-Azidouridine TP; 4′-Carbocyclic uridine TP; 4′-Ethynyluridine TP; 5-(1-Propynyl)ara-uridine TP; 5-(2-Furanyl)uridine TP; 5-Cyanouridine TP; 5-Dimethylaminouridine TP; 5′-Homo-uridine TP; 5-iodo-2′-fluoro-deoxyuridine TP; 5-Phenylethynyluridine TP; 5-Trideuteromethyl-6-deuterouridine TP; 5-Trifluoromethyl-Uridine TP; 5-Vinylarauridine TP; 6-(2,2,2-Trifluoroethyl)-pseudo-UTP; 6-(4-Morpholino)-pseudo-UTP; 6-(4-Thiomorpholino)-pseudo-UTP; 6-(Substituted-Phenyl)-pseudo-UTP; 6-Amino-pseudo-UTP; 6-Azido-pseudo-UTP; 6-Bromo-pseudo-UTP; 6-Butyl-pseudo-UTP; 6-Chloro-pseudo-UTP; 6-Cyano-pseudo-UTP; 6-Dimethylamino-pseudo-UTP; 6-Ethoxy-pseudo-UTP; 6-Ethylcarboxylate-pseudo-UTP; 6-Ethyl-pseudo-UTP; 6-Fluoro-pseudo-UTP; 6-Formyl-pseudo-UTP; 6-Hydroxyamino-pseudo-UTP; 6-Hydroxy-pseudo-UTP; 6-Iodo-pseudo-UTP; 6-iso-Propyl-pseudo-UTP; 6-Methoxy-pseudo-UTP; 6-Methylamino-pseudo-UTP; 6-Methyl-pseudo-UTP; 6-Phenyl-pseudo-UTP; 6-Phenyl-pseudo-UTP; 6-Propyl-pseudo-UTP; 6-tert-Butyl-pseudo-UTP; 6-Trifluoromethoxy-pseudo-UTP; 6-Trifluoromethyl-pseudo-UTP; Alpha-thio-pseudo-UTP; Pseudouridine 1-(4-methylbenzenesulfonic acid) TP; Pseudouridine 1-(4-methylbenzoic acid) TP; Pseudouridine TP 1-[3-(2-ethoxy)]propionic acid; Pseudouridine TP 1-[3-{2-(2-[2-(2-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy)-ethoxy}]propionic acid; Pseudouridine TP 1-[3-{2-(2-[2-{2(2-ethoxy)-ethoxy}-ethoxy]-ethoxy)-ethoxy}]propionic acid; Pseudouridine TP 1-[3-{2-(2-[2-ethoxy]-ethoxy)-ethoxy}]propionic acid; Pseudouridine TP 1-[3-{2-(2-ethoxy)-ethoxy}] propionic acid; Pseudouridine TP 1-methylphosphonic acid; Pseudouridine TP 1-methylphosphonic acid diethyl ester; Pseudo-UTP-N1-3-propionic acid; Pseudo-UTP-N1-4-butanoic acid; Pseudo-UTP-N1-5-pentanoic acid; Pseudo-UTP-N1-6-hexanoic acid; Pseudo-UTP-N1-7-heptanoic acid; Pseudo-UTP-N1-methyl-p-benzoic acid; Pseudo-UTP-N1-p-benzoic acid; Wybutosine; Hydroxywybutosine; Isowyosine; Peroxywybutosine; undermodified hydroxywybutosine; 4-demethylwyosine; 2,6-(diamino)purine; 1-(aza)-2-(thio)-3-(aza)-phenoxazin-1-yl: 1,3-(diaza)-2-(oxo)-phenthiazin-1-yl; 1,3-(diaza)-2-(oxo)-phenoxazin-1-yl; 1,3,5-(triaza)-2,6-(dioxa)-naphthalene; 2 (amino)purine; 2,4,5-(trimethyl)phenyl; 2′ methyl, 2′amino, 2′azido, 2′fluro-cytidine; 2′ methyl, 2′amino, 2′azido, 2′fluro-adenine; 2′methyl, 2′amino, 2′azido, 2′fluro-uridine; 2′-amino-2′-deoxyribose; 2-amino-6-Chloro-purine; 2-aza-inosinyl; 2′-azido-2′-deoxyribose; 2′fluoro-2′-deoxyribose; 2′-fluoro-modified bases; 2′-O-methyl-ribose; 2-oxo-7-aminopyridopyrimidin-3-yl; 2-oxo-pyridopyrimidine-3-yl; 2-pyridinone; 3 nitropyrrole; 3-(methyl)-7-(propynyl)isocarbostyrilyl; 3-(methyl)isocarbostyrilyl; 4-(fluoro)-6-(methyl)benzimidazole; 4-(methyl)benzimidazole; 4-(methyl)indolyl; 4,6-(dimethyl)indolyl; 5 nitroindole; 5 substituted pyrimidines; 5-(methyl)isocarbostyrilyl; 5-nitroindole; 6-(aza)pyrimidine; 6-(azo)thymine; 6-(methyl)-7-(aza)indolyl; 6-chloro-purine; 6-phenyl-pyrrolo-pyrimidin-2-on-3-yl; 7-(aminoalkylhydroxy)-1-(aza)-2-(thio)-3-(aza)-phenthiazin-1-yl; 7-(aminoalkylhydroxy)-1-(aza)-2-(thio)-3-(aza)-phenoxazin-1-yl; 7-(aminoalkylhydroxy)-1,3-(diaza)-2-(oxo)-phenoxazin-1-yl; 7-(aminoalkylhydroxy)-1,3-(diaza)-2-(oxo)-phenthiazin-1-yl; 7-(aminoalkylhydroxy)-1,3-(diaza)-2-(oxo)-phenoxazin-1-yl; 7-(aza)indolyl; 7-(guanidiniumalkylhydroxy)-1-(aza)-2-(thio)-3-(aza)-phenoxazinl-yl; 7-(guanidiniumalkylhydroxy)-1-(aza)-2-(thio)-3-(aza)-phenthiazin-1-yl; 7-(guanidiniumalkylhydroxy)-1-(aza)-2-(thio)-3-(aza)-phenoxazin-1-yl; 7-(guanidiniumalkylhydroxy)-1,3-(diaza)-2-(oxo)-phenoxazin-1-yl; 7-(guanidiniumalkyl-hydroxy)-1,3-(diaza)-2-(oxo)-phenthiazin-1-yl; 7-(guanidiniumalkylhydroxy)-1,3-(diaza)-2-(oxo)-phenoxazin-1-yl; 7-(propynyl)isocarbostyrilyl; 7-(propynyl)isocarbostyrilyl, propynyl-7-(aza)indolyl; 7-deaza-inosinyl; 7-substituted 1-(aza)-2-(thio)-3-(aza)-phenoxazin-1-yl; 7-substituted 1,3-(diaza)-2-(oxo)-phenoxazin-1-yl; 9-(methyl)-imidizopyridinyl; Aminoindolyl; Anthracenyl; bis-ortho-(aminoalkylhydroxy)-6-phenyl-pyrrolo-pyrimidin-2-on-3-yl; bis-ortho-substituted-6-phenyl-pyrrolo-pyrimidin-2-on-3-yl; Difluorotolyl; Hypoxanthine; Imidizopyridinyl; Inosinyl; Isocarbostyrilyl; Isoguanisine; N2-substituted purines; N6-methyl-2-amino-purine; N6-substituted purines; N-alkylated derivative; Napthalenyl; Nitrobenzimidazolyl; Nitroimidazolyl; Nitroindazolyl; Nitropyrazolyl; Nubularine; 06-substituted purines; O-alkylated derivative; ortho-(aminoalkylhydroxy)-6-phenyl-pyrrolo-pyrimidin-2-on-3-yl; ortho-substituted-6-phenyl-pyrrolo-pyrimidin-2-on-3-yl; Oxoformycin TP; para-(aminoalkylhydroxy)-6-phenyl-pyrrolo-pyrimidin-2-on-3-yl; para-substituted-6-phenyl-pyrrolo-pyrimidin-2-on-3-yl; Pentacenyl; Phenanthracenyl; Phenyl; propynyl-7-(aza)indolyl; Pyrenyl; pyridopyrimidin-3-yl; pyridopyrimidin-3-yl, 2-oxo-7-amino-pyridopyrimidin-3-yl; pyrrolo-pyrimidin-2-on-3-yl; Pyrrolopyrimidinyl; Pyrrolopyrizinyl; Stilbenzyl; substituted 1,2,4-triazoles; Tetracenyl; Tubercidine; Xanthine; Xanthosine-5′-TP; 2-thio-zebularine; 5-aza-2-thio-zebularine; 7-deaza-2-amino-purine; pyridin-4-one ribonucleoside; 2-Amino-riboside-TP; Formycin A TP; Formycin B TP; Pyrrolosine TP; 2′-OH-ara-adenosine TP; 2′-OH-ara-cytidine TP; 2′-OH-ara-uridine TP; 2′-OH-ara-guanosine TP; 5-(2-carbomethoxyvinyl)uridine TP; and N6-(19-Amino-pentaoxanonadecyl)adenosine TP.

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide (e.g., RNA polynucleotide, such as mRNA polynucleotide) includes a combination of at least two (e.g., 2, 3, 4 or more) of the aforementioned modified nucleobases.

In some embodiments, the mRNA comprises at least one chemically modified nucleoside. In some embodiments, the at least one chemically modified nucleoside is selected from the group consisting of pseudouridine (ψ), 2-thiouridine (s2U), 4′-thiouridine, 5-methylcytosine, 2-thio-1-methyl-1-deaza-pseudouridine, 2-thio-1-methyl-pseudouridine, 2-thio-5-aza-uridine, 2-thio-dihydropseudouridine, 2-thio-dihydrouridine, 2-thio-pseudouridine, 4-methoxy-2-thio-pseudouridine, 4-methoxy-pseudouridine, 4-thio-1-methyl-pseudouridine, 4-thio-pseudouridine, 5-aza-uridine, dihydropseudouridine, 5-methyluridine, 5-methoxyuridine, 2′-O-methyl uridine, 1-methyl-pseudouridine (m1ψ), 1-ethyl-pseudouridine (e1ψ), 5-methoxy-uridine (mo5U), 5-methyl-cytidine (m5C), α-thio-guanosine, α-thio-adenosine, 5-cyano uridine, 4′-thio uridine 7-deaza-adenine, 1-methyl-adenosine (m1A), 2-methyl-adenine (m2A), N6-methyl-adenosine (m6A), and 2,6-Diaminopurine, (I), 1-methyl-inosine (m1I), wyosine (imG), methylwyosine (mimG), 7-deaza-guanosine, 7-cyano-7-deaza-guanosine (preQ0), 7-aminomethyl-7-deaza-guanosine (preQ1), 7-methyl-guanosine (m7G), 1-methyl-guanosine (m1G), 8-oxo-guanosine, 7-methyl-8-oxo-guanosine, 2,8-dimethyladenosine, 2-geranylthiouridine, 2-lysidine, 2-selenouridine, 3-(3-amino-3-carboxypropyl)-5,6-dihydrouridine, 3-(3-amino-3-carboxypropyl)pseudouridine, 3-methylpseudouridine, 5-(carboxyhydroxymethyl)-2′-O-methyluridine methyl ester, 5-aminomethyl-2-geranylthiouridine, 5-aminomethyl-2-selenouridine, 5-aminomethyluridine, 5-carbamoylhydroxymethyluridine, 5-carbamoylmethyl-2-thiouridine, 5-carboxymethyl-2-thiouridine, 5-carboxymethylaminomethyl-2-geranylthiouridine, 5-carboxymethylaminomethyl-2-selenouridine, 5-cyanomethyluridine, 5-hydroxycytidine, 5-methylaminomethyl-2-geranylthiouridine, 7-aminocarboxypropyl-demethylwyosine, 7-aminocarboxypropylwyosine, 7-aminocarboxypropylwyosine methyl ester, 8-methyladenosine, N4,N4-dimethylcytidine, N6-formyladenosine, N6-hydroxymethyladenosine, agmatidine, cyclic N6-threonylcarbamoyladenosine, glutamyl-queuosine, methylated undermodified hydroxywybutosine, N4,N4,2′-O-trimethylcytidine, geranylated 5-methylaminomethyl-2-thiouridine, geranylated 5-carboxymethylaminomethyl-2-thiouridine, Qbase, preQ0base, preQ1base, and two or more combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the at least one chemically modified nucleoside is selected from the group consisting of pseudouridine, 1-methyl-pseudouridine, 1-ethyl-pseudouridine, 5-methylcytosine, 5-methoxyuridine, and a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide (e.g., RNA polynucleotide, such as mRNA polynucleotide) includes a combination of at least two (e.g., 2, 3, 4 or more) of the aforementioned modified nucleobases.

In some embodiments, the mRNA is a uracil-modified sequence comprising an ORF encoding a LPL polypeptide, wherein the mRNA comprises a chemically modified nucleobase, e.g., 5-methoxyuracil. In certain aspects of the invention, when the 5-methoxyuracil base is connected to a ribose sugar, as it is in polynucleotides, the resulting modified nucleoside or nucleotide is referred to as 5-methoxyuridine. In some embodiments, uracil in the polynucleotide is at least about 25%, at least about 30%, at least about 40%, at least about 50%, at least about 60%, at least about 70%, at least about 80%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 99%, or about 100% 5-methoxyuracil. In one embodiment, uracil in the polynucleotide is at least 95% 5-methoxyuracil. In another embodiment, uracil in the polynucleotide is 100% 5-methoxyuracil.

In embodiments where uracil in the polynucleotide is at least 95% 5-methoxyuracil, overall uracil content can be adjusted such that an mRNA provides suitable protein expression levels while inducing little to no immune response. In some embodiments, the uracil content of the ORF is between about 105% and about 145%, about 105% and about 140%, about 110% and about 140%, about 110% and about 145%, about 115% and about 135%, about 105% and about 135%, about 110% and about 135%, about 115% and about 145%, or about 115% and about 140% of the theoretical minimum uracil content in the corresponding wild-type ORF (% Utm). In other embodiments, the uracil content of the ORF is between about 117% and about 134% or between 118% and 132% of the % UTM. In some embodiments, the uracil content of the ORF encoding a LPL polypeptide is about 115%, about 120%, about 125%, about 130%, about 135%, about 140%, about 145%, or about 150% of the % Utm. In this context, the term “uracil” can refer to 5-methoxyuracil and/or naturally occurring uracil.

In some embodiments, the uracil content in the ORF of the mRNA encoding a LPL polypeptide of the invention is less than about 50%, about 40%, about 30%, about 20%, about 15%, or about 12% of the total nucleobase content in the ORF. In some embodiments, the uracil content in the ORF is between about 12% and about 25% of the total nucleobase content in the ORF. In other embodiments, the uracil content in the ORF is between about 15% and about 17% of the total nuclebase content in the ORF. In one embodiment, the uracil content in the ORF of the mRNA encoding a LPL polypeptide is less than about 20% of the total nucleobase content in the open reading frame. In this context, the term “uracil” can refer to 5-methoxyuracil and/or naturally occurring uracil.

In further embodiments, the ORF of the mRNA encoding a LPL polypeptide of the invention comprises 5-methoxyuracil and has an adjusted uracil content containing less uracil pairs (UU) and/or uracil triplets (UUU) and/or uracil quadruplets (UUUU) than the corresponding wild-type nucleotide sequence encoding the LPL polypeptide. In some embodiments, the ORF of the mRNA encoding a LPL polypeptide of the invention contains no uracil pairs and/or uracil triplets and/or uracil quadruplets. In some embodiments, uracil pairs and/or uracil triplets and/or uracil quadruplets are reduced below a certain threshold, e.g., no more than 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20 occurrences in the ORF of the mRNA encoding the LPL polypeptide. In a particular embodiment, the ORF of the mRNA encoding the LPL polypeptide of the invention contains less than 20, 19, 18, 17, 16, 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, or 1 non-phenylalanine uracil pairs and/or triplets. In another embodiment, the ORF of the mRNA encoding the LPL polypeptide contains no non-phenylalanine uracil pairs and/or triplets.

In further embodiments, the ORF of the mRNA encoding a LPL polypeptide of the invention comprises 5-methoxyuracil and has an adjusted uracil content containing less uracil-rich clusters than the corresponding wild-type nucleotide sequence encoding the LPL polypeptide. In some embodiments, the ORF of the mRNA encoding the LPL polypeptide of the invention contains uracil-rich clusters that are shorter in length than corresponding uracil-rich clusters in the corresponding wild-type nucleotide sequence encoding the LPL polypeptide.

In further embodiments, alternative lower frequency codons are employed. At least about 5%, at least about 10%, at least about 15%, at least about 20%, at least about 25%, at least about 30%, at least about 35%, at least about 40%, at least about 45%, at least about 50%, at least about 55%, at least about 60%, at least about 65%, at least about 70%, at least about 75%, at least about 80%, at least about 85%, at least about 90%, at least about 95%, at least about 99%, or 100% of the codons in the LPL polypeptide-encoding ORF of the 5-methoxyuracil-comprising mRNA are substituted with alternative codons, each alternative codon having a codon frequency lower than the codon frequency of the substituted codon in the synonymous codon set. The ORF also has adjusted uracil content, as described above. In some embodiments, at least one codon in the ORF of the mRNA encoding the LPL polypeptide is substituted with an alternative codon having a codon frequency lower than the codon frequency of the substituted codon in the synonymous codon set.

In some embodiments, the adjusted uracil content, LPL polypeptide-encoding ORF of the 5-methoxyuracil-comprising mRNA exhibits expression levels of LPL when administered to a mammalian cell that are higher than expression levels of LPL from the corresponding wild-type mRNA. In other embodiments, the expression levels of LPL when administered to a mammalian cell are increased relative to a corresponding mRNA containing at least 95% 5-methoxyuracil and having a uracil content of about 160%, about 170%, about 180%, about 190%, or about 200% of the theoretical minimum. In yet other embodiments, the expression levels of LPL when administered to a mammalian cell are increased relative to a corresponding mRNA, wherein at least about 50%, at least about 60%, at least about 70%, at least about 80%, at least about 90%, or about 100% of uracils are 1-methylpseudouracil or pseudouracils. In some embodiments, the mammalian cell is a mouse cell, a rat cell, or a rabbit cell. In other embodiments, the mammalian cell is a monkey cell or a human cell. In some embodiments, the human cell is a HeLa cell, a BJ fibroblast cell, or a peripheral blood mononuclear cell (PBMC). In some embodiments, LPL is expressed when the mRNA is administered to a mammalian cell in vivo. In some embodiments, the mRNA is administered to mice, rabbits, rats, monkeys, or humans. In one embodiment, mice are null mice. In some embodiments, the mRNA is administered to mice in an amount of about 0.01 mg/kg, about 0.05 mg/kg, about 0.1 mg/kg, or about 0.15 mg/kg. In some embodiments, the mRNA is administered intravenously or intramuscularly. In other embodiments, the LPL polypeptide is expressed when the mRNA is administered to a mammalian cell in vitro. In some embodiments, the expression is increased by at least about 2-fold, at least about 5-fold, at least about 10-fold, at least about 50-fold, at least about 500-fold, at least about 1500-fold, or at least about 3000-fold. In other embodiments, the expression is increased by at least about 10%, about 20%, about 30%, about 40%, about 50%, 60%, about 70%, about 80%, about 90%, or about 100%.

In some embodiments, adjusted uracil content, LPL polypeptide-encoding ORF of the 5-methoxyuracil-comprising mRNA exhibits increased stability. In some embodiments, the mRNA exhibits increased stability in a cell relative to the stability of a corresponding wild-type mRNA under the same conditions. In some embodiments, the mRNA exhibits increased stability including resistance to nucleases, thermal stability, and/or increased stabilization of secondary structure. In some embodiments, increased stability exhibited by the mRNA is measured by determining the half-life of the mRNA (e.g., in a plasma, cell, or tissue sample) and/or determining the area under the curve (AUC) of the protein expression by the mRNA over time (e.g., in vitro or in vivo). An mRNA is identified as having increased stability if the half-life and/or the AUC is greater than the half-life and/or the AUC of a corresponding wild-type mRNA under the same conditions.

In some embodiments, the mRNA of the present invention induces a detectably lower immune response (e.g., innate or acquired) relative to the immune response induced by a corresponding wild-type mRNA under the same conditions. In other embodiments, the mRNA of the present disclosure induces a detectably lower immune response (e.g., innate or acquired) relative to the immune response induced by an mRNA that encodes for a LPL polypeptide but does not comprise 5-methoxyuracil under the same conditions, or relative to the immune response induced by an mRNA that encodes for a LPL polypeptide and that comprises 5-methoxyuracil but that does not have adjusted uracil content under the same conditions. The innate immune response can be manifested by increased expression of pro-inflammatory cytokines, activation of intracellular PRRs (RIG-1, MDA5, etc), cell death, and/or termination or reduction in protein translation. In some embodiments, a reduction in the innate immune response can be measured by expression or activity level of Type 1 interferons (e.g., IFN-α, IFN-β, IFN-κ, IFN-δ, IFN-ε, IFN-τ, IFN-ω, and IFN-ζ) or the expression of interferon-regulated genes such as the toll-like receptors (e.g., TLR7 and TLR8), and/or by decreased cell death following one or more administrations of the mRNA of the invention into a cell.

In some embodiments, the expression of Type-1 interferons by a mammalian cell in response to the mRNA of the present disclosure is reduced by at least 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 99%, 99.9%, or greater than 99.9% relative to a corresponding wild-type mRNA, to an mRNA that encodes a LPL polypeptide but does not comprise 5-methoxyuracil, or to an mRNA that encodes a LPL polypeptide and that comprises 5-methoxyuracil but that does not have adjusted uracil content. In some embodiments, the interferon is IFN-3. In some embodiments, cell death frequency cased by administration of mRNA of the present disclosure to a mammalian cell is 10%, 25%, 50%, 75%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or over 95% less than the cell death frequency observed with a corresponding wild-type mRNA, an mRNA that encodes for a LPL polypeptide but does not comprise 5-methoxyuracil, or an mRNA that encodes for a LPL polypeptide and that comprises 5-methoxyuracil but that does not have adjusted uracil content. In some embodiments, the mammalian cell is a BJ fibroblast cell. In other embodiments, the mammalian cell is a splenocyte. In some embodiments, the mammalian cell is that of a mouse or a rat. In other embodiments, the mammalian cell is that of a human. In one embodiment, the mRNA of the present disclosure does not substantially induce an innate immune response of a mammalian cell into which the mRNA is introduced.

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide is an mRNA that comprises an ORF that encodes a LPL polypeptide, wherein uracil in the mRNA is at least about 95% 5-methoxyuracil, wherein the uracil content of the ORF is between about 115% and about 135% of the theoretical minimum uracil content in the corresponding wild-type ORF, and wherein the uracil content in the ORF encoding the LPL polypeptide is less than about 23% of the total nucleobase content in the ORF. In some embodiments, the ORF that encodes the LPL polypeptide is further modified to decrease G/C content of the ORF (absolute or relative) by at least about 40%, as compared to the corresponding wild-type ORF. In yet other embodiments, the ORF encoding the LPL polypeptide contains less than 20 non-phenylalanine uracil pairs and/or triplets. In some embodiments, at least one codon in the ORF of the mRNA encoding the LPL polypeptide is further substituted with an alternative codon having a codon frequency lower than the codon frequency of the substituted codon in the synonymous codon set. In some embodiments, the expression of the LPL polypeptide encoded by an mRNA comprising an ORF wherein uracil in the mRNA is at least about 95% 5-methoxyuracil, and wherein the uracil content of the ORF is between about 115% and about 135% of the theoretical minimum uracil content in the corresponding wild-type ORF, is increased by at least about 10-fold when compared to expression of the LPL polypeptide from the corresponding wild-type mRNA. In some embodiments, the mRNA comprises an open ORF wherein uracil in the mRNA is at least about 95% 5-methoxyuracil, and wherein the uracil content of the ORF is between about 115% and about 135% of the theoretical minimum uracil content in the corresponding wild-type ORF, and wherein the mRNA does not substantially induce an innate immune response of a mammalian cell into which the mRNA is introduced.

In certain embodiments, the chemical modification is at nucleobases in the polynucleotides (e.g., RNA polynucleotide, such as mRNA polynucleotide). In some embodiments, modified nucleobases in the polynucleotide (e.g., RNA polynucleotide, such as mRNA polynucleotide) are selected from the group consisting of 1-methyl-pseudouridine (m1ψ), 1-ethyl-pseudouridine (e1ψ), 5-methoxy-uridine (mo5U), 5-methyl-cytidine (m5C), pseudouridine (ψ), α-thio-guanosine and α-thio-adenosine. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide includes a combination of at least two (e.g., 2, 3, 4 or more) of the aforementioned modified nucleobases.

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide (e.g., RNA polynucleotide, such as mRNA polynucleotide) comprises pseudouridine (ψ) and 5-methyl-cytidine (m5C). In some embodiments, the polynucleotide (e.g., RNA polynucleotide, such as mRNA polynucleotide) comprises 1-methyl-pseudouridine (m1ψ). In some embodiments, the polynucleotide (e.g., RNA polynucleotide, such as mRNA polynucleotide) comprises 1-ethyl-pseudouridine (e1ψ). In some embodiments, the polynucleotide (e.g., RNA polynucleotide, such as mRNA polynucleotide) comprises 1-methyl-pseudouridine (m1ψ) and 5-methyl-cytidine (m5C). In some embodiments, the polynucleotide (e.g., RNA polynucleotide, such as mRNA polynucleotide) comprises 1-ethyl-pseudouridine (e1ψ) and 5-methyl-cytidine (m5C). In some embodiments, the polynucleotide (e.g., RNA polynucleotide, such as mRNA polynucleotide) comprises 2-thiouridine (s2U). In some embodiments, the polynucleotide (e.g., RNA polynucleotide, such as mRNA polynucleotide) comprises 2-thiouridine and 5-methyl-cytidine (m5C). In some embodiments, the polynucleotide (e.g., RNA polynucleotide, such as mRNA polynucleotide) comprises methoxy-uridine (mo5U). In some embodiments, the polynucleotide (e.g., RNA polynucleotide, such as mRNA polynucleotide) comprises 5-methoxy-uridine (mo5U) and 5-methyl-cytidine (m5C). In some embodiments, the polynucleotide (e.g., RNA polynucleotide, such as mRNA polynucleotide) comprises 2′-O-methyl uridine. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide (e.g., RNA polynucleotide, such as mRNA polynucleotide) comprises 2′-O-methyl uridine and 5-methyl-cytidine (m5C). In some embodiments, the polynucleotide (e.g., RNA polynucleotide, such as mRNA polynucleotide) comprises N6-methyl-adenosine (m6A). In some embodiments, the polynucleotide (e.g., RNA polynucleotide, such as mRNA polynucleotide) comprises N6-methyl-adenosine (m6A) and 5-methyl-cytidine (m5C).

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide (e.g., RNA polynucleotide, such as mRNA polynucleotide) is uniformly modified (e.g., fully modified, modified throughout the entire sequence) for a particular modification. For example, a polynucleotide can be uniformly modified with 5-methyl-cytidine (m5C), meaning that all cytosine residues in the mRNA sequence are replaced with 5-methyl-cytidine (m5C). Similarly, a polynucleotide can be uniformly modified for any type of nucleoside residue present in the sequence by replacement with a modified residue such as any of those set forth above.

In some embodiments, the chemically modified nucleosides in the open reading frame are selected from the group consisting of uridine, adenine, cytosine, guanine, and any combination thereof.

In some embodiments, the modified nucleobase is a modified cytosine. Examples of nucleobases and nucleosides having a modified cytosine include N4-acetyl-cytidine (ac4C), 5-methyl-cytidine (m5C), 5-halo-cytidine (e.g., 5-iodo-cytidine), 5-hydroxymethyl-cytidine (hm5C), 1-methyl-pseudoisocytidine, 2-thio-cytidine (s2C), 2-thio-5-methyl-cytidine.

In some embodiments, a modified nucleobase is a modified uridine. Example nucleobases and nucleosides having a modified uridine include 5-cyano uridine or 4′-thio uridine.

In some embodiments, a modified nucleobase is a modified adenine. Example nucleobases and nucleosides having a modified adenine include 7-deaza-adenine, 1-methyl-adenosine (m1A), 2-methyl-adenine (m2A), N6-methyl-adenine (m6A), and 2,6-Diaminopurine.

In some embodiments, a modified nucleobase is a modified guanine. Example nucleobases and nucleosides having a modified guanine include inosine (I), 1-methyl-inosine (m1I), wyosine (imG), methylwyosine (mimG), 7-deaza-guanosine, 7-cyano-7-deaza-guanosine (preQ0), 7-aminomethyl-7-deaza-guanosine (preQ1), 7-methyl-guanosine (m7G), 1-methyl-guanosine (m1G), 8-oxo-guanosine, 7-methyl-8-oxo-guanosine.

In some embodiments, the nucleobase modified nucleotides in the polynucleotide (e.g., RNA polynucleotide, such as mRNA polynucleotide) are 5-methoxyuridine.

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide (e.g., RNA polynucleotide, such as mRNA polynucleotide) includes a combination of at least two (e.g., 2, 3, 4 or more) of modified nucleobases.

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide (e.g., RNA polynucleotide, such as mRNA polynucleotide) comprises 5-methoxyuridine (5mo5U) and 5-methyl-cytidine (m5C).

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide (e.g., RNA polynucleotide, such as mRNA polynucleotide) is uniformly modified (e.g., fully modified, modified throughout the entire sequence) for a particular modification. For example, a polynucleotide can be uniformly modified with 5-methoxyuridine, meaning that substantially all uridine residues in the mRNA sequence are replaced with 5-methoxyuridine. Similarly, a polynucleotide can be uniformly modified for any type of nucleoside residue present in the sequence by replacement with a modified residue such as any of those set forth above.

In some embodiments, the modified nucleobase is a modified cytosine.

In some embodiments, a modified nucleobase is a modified uracil. Example nucleobases and nucleosides having a modified uracil include 5-methoxyuracil.

In some embodiments, a modified nucleobase is a modified adenine.

In some embodiments, a modified nucleobase is a modified guanine.

In some embodiments, the polynucleotides can include any useful linker between the nucleosides. Such linkers, including backbone modifications, that are useful in the composition of the present disclosure include, but are not limited to the following: 3′-alkylene phosphonates, 3′-amino phosphoramidate, alkene containing backbones, aminoalkylphosphoramidates, aminoalkylphosphotriesters, boranophosphates, —CH 2 —O—N(CH 3 )—CH 2 —, —CH 2 —N(CH 3 )—N(CH 3 )—CH 2 —, —CH 2 —NH—CH 2 —, chiral phosphonates, chiral phosphorothioates, formacetyl and thioformacetyl backbones, methylene (methylimino), methylene formacetyl and thioformacetyl backbones, methyleneimino and methylenehydrazino backbones, morpholino linkages, —N(CH 3 )—CH 2 —CH 2 —, oligonucleosides with heteroatom internucleoside linkage, phosphinates, phosphoramidates, phosphorodithioates, phosphorothioate internucleoside linkages, phosphorothioates, phosphotriesters, PNA, siloxane backbones, sulfamate backbones, sulfide sulfoxide and sulfone backbones, sulfonate and sulfonamide backbones, thionoalkylphosphonates, thionoalkylphosphotriesters, and thionophosphoramidates.

The modified nucleosides and nucleotides (e.g., building block molecules), which can be incorporated into a polynucleotide (e.g., RNA or mRNA, as described herein), can be modified on the sugar of the ribonucleic acid. For example, the 2′ hydroxyl group (OH) can be modified or replaced with a number of different substituents. Exemplary substitutions at the 2′-position include, but are not limited to, H, halo, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl; optionally substituted C 1-6 alkoxy; optionally substituted C 6-10 aryloxy; optionally substituted C 3-8 cycloalkyl; optionally substituted C 3-8 cycloalkoxy; optionally substituted C 6-10 aryloxy; optionally substituted C 6-10 aryl-C 1-6 alkoxy, optionally substituted C 1-12 (heterocyclyl)oxy; a sugar (e.g., ribose, pentose, or any described herein); a polyethyleneglycol (PEG), —O(CH 2 CH 2 O) n CH 2 CH 2 OR, where R is H or optionally substituted alkyl, and n is an integer from 0 to 20 (e.g., from 0 to 4, from 0 to 8, from 0 to 10, from 0 to 16, from 1 to 4, from 1 to 8, from 1 to 10, from 1 to 16, from 1 to 20, from 2 to 4, from 2 to 8, from 2 to 10, from 2 to 16, from 2 to 20, from 4 to 8, from 4 to 10, from 4 to 16, and from 4 to 20); “locked” nucleic acids (LNA) in which the 2′-hydroxyl is connected by a C 1-6 alkylene or C 1-6 heteroalkylene bridge to the 4′-carbon of the same ribose sugar, where exemplary bridges included methylene, propylene, ether, or amino bridges; aminoalkyl, as defined herein; aminoalkoxy, as defined herein; amino as defined herein; and amino acid, as defined herein

Generally, RNA includes the sugar group ribose, which is a 5-membered ring having an oxygen. Exemplary, non-limiting modified nucleotides include replacement of the oxygen in ribose (e.g., with S, Se, or alkylene, such as methylene or ethylene); addition of a double bond (e.g., to replace ribose with cyclopentenyl or cyclohexenyl); ring contraction of ribose (e.g., to form a 4-membered ring of cyclobutane or oxetane); ring expansion of ribose (e.g., to form a 6- or 7-membered ring having an additional carbon or heteroatom, such as for anhydrohexitol, altritol, mannitol, cyclohexanyl, cyclohexenyl, and morpholino that also has a phosphoramidate backbone); multicyclic forms (e.g., tricyclo; and “unlocked” forms, such as glycol nucleic acid (GNA) (e.g., R-GNA or S-GNA, where ribose is replaced by glycol units attached to phosphodiester bonds), threose nucleic acid (TNA, where ribose is replace with α-L-threofuranosyl-(3′→2′)), and peptide nucleic acid (PNA, where 2-amino-ethyl-glycine linkages replace the ribose and phosphodiester backbone). The sugar group can also contain one or more carbons that possess the opposite stereochemical configuration than that of the corresponding carbon in ribose. Thus, a polynucleotide molecule can include nucleotides containing, e.g., arabinose, as the sugar. Such sugar modifications are taught International Patent Publication Nos. WO2013052523 and WO2014093924, the contents of each of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.

The polynucleotides of the invention (e.g., a polynucleotide comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide or a functional fragment or variant thereof) can include a combination of modifications to the sugar, the nucleobase, and/or the internucleoside linkage. These combinations can include any one or more modifications described herein.

In some embodiments the LPL nucleic acids described herein are not one or more of the LPL nucleic acids in Table 3. In other embodiments the LPL nucleic acids described herein are not a nucleic acid having 95% or greater sequence identity to one or more of the LPL nucleic acids in Table 3.

Untranslated Regions (UTRs)

Untranslated regions (UTRs) are nucleic acid sections of a polynucleotide before a start codon (5′UTR) and after a stop codon (3′UTR) that are not translated. In some embodiments, a polynucleotide (e.g., a ribonucleic acid (RNA), e.g., a messenger RNA (mRNA)) of the invention comprising an open reading frame (ORF) encoding a LPL polypeptide further comprises UTR (e.g., a 5′UTR or functional fragment thereof, a 3′UTR or functional fragment thereof, or a combination thereof).

A UTR can be homologous or heterologous to the coding region in a polynucleotide. In some embodiments, the UTR is homologous to the ORF encoding the LPL polypeptide. In some embodiments, the UTR is heterologous to the ORF encoding the LPL polypeptide. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide comprises two or more 5′UTRs or functional fragments thereof, each of which have the same or different nucleotide sequences. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide comprises two or more 3′UTRs or functional fragments thereof, each of which have the same or different nucleotide sequences.

In some embodiments, the 5′UTR or functional fragment thereof, 3′ UTR or functional fragment thereof, or any combination thereof is sequence optimized.

In some embodiments, the 5′UTR or functional fragment thereof, 3′ UTR or functional fragment thereof, or any combination thereof comprises at least one chemically modified nucleobase, e.g., 5-methoxyuracil.

UTRs can have features that provide a regulatory role, e.g., increased or decreased stability, localization and/or translation efficiency. A polynucleotide comprising a UTR can be administered to a cell, tissue, or organism, and one or more regulatory features can be measured using routine methods. In some embodiments, a functional fragment of a 5′UTR or 3′UTR comprises one or more regulatory features of a full length 5′ or 3′ UTR, respectively.

Natural 5′UTRs bear features that play roles in translation initiation. They harbor signatures like Kozak sequences that are commonly known to be involved in the process by which the ribosome initiates translation of many genes. Kozak sequences have the consensus CCR(A/G)CCAUGG (SEQ ID NO: 84), where R is a purine (adenine or guanine) three bases upstream of the start codon (AUG), which is followed by another ‘G’. 5′UTRs also have been known to form secondary structures that are involved in elongation factor binding.

By engineering the features typically found in abundantly expressed genes of specific target organs, one can enhance the stability and protein production of a polynucleotide. For example, introduction of 5′UTR of liver-expressed mRNA, such as albumin, serum amyloid A, Apolipoprotein A/B/E, transferrin, alpha fetoprotein, erythropoietin, or Factor VIII, can enhance expression of polynucleotides in hepatic cell lines or liver. Likewise, use of 5′UTR from other tissue-specific mRNA to improve expression in that tissue is possible for muscle (e.g., MyoD, Myosin, Myoglobin, Myogenin, Herculin), for endothelial cells (e.g., Tie-1, CD36), for myeloid cells (e.g., C/EBP, AML1, G-CSF, GM-CSF, CD11b, MSR, Fr-1, i-NOS), for leukocytes (e.g., CD45, CD18), for adipose tissue (e.g., CD36, GLUT4, ACRP30, adiponectin) and for lung epithelial cells (e.g., SP-A/B/C/D).

In some embodiments, UTRs are selected from a family of transcripts whose proteins share a common function, structure, feature or property. For example, an encoded polypeptide can belong to a family of proteins (i.e., that share at least one function, structure, feature, localization, origin, or expression pattern), which are expressed in a particular cell, tissue or at some time during development. The UTRs from any of the genes or mRNA can be swapped for any other UTR of the same or different family of proteins to create a new polynucleotide.

In some embodiments, the 5′UTR and the 3′UTR can be heterologous. In some embodiments, the 5′UTR can be derived from a different species than the 3′UTR. In some embodiments, the 3′UTR can be derived from a different species than the 5′UTR.

Co-owned International Patent Application No. PCT/US2014/021522 (Publ. No. WO/2014/164253, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety) provides a listing of exemplary UTRs that can be utilized in the polynucleotide of the present invention as flanking regions to an ORF.

Exemplary UTRs of the application include, but are not limited to, one or more 5′UTR and/or 3′UTR derived from the nucleic acid sequence of: a globin, such as an α- or β-globin (e.g., a Xenopus , mouse, rabbit, or human globin); a strong Kozak translational initiation signal; a CYBA (e.g., human cytochrome b-245 α polypeptide); an albumin (e.g., human albumin7); a HSD17B4 (hydroxysteroid (17-β) dehydrogenase); a virus (e.g., a tobacco etch virus (TEV), a Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus (VEEV), a Dengue virus, a cytomegalovirus (CMV) (e.g., CMV immediate early 1 (IE1)), a hepatitis virus (e.g., hepatitis B virus), a sindbis virus, or a PAV barley yellow dwarf virus); a heat shock protein (e.g., hsp70); a translation initiation factor (e.g., eIF4G); a glucose transporter (e.g., hGLUT1 (human glucose transporter 1)); an actin (e.g., human α or β actin); a GAPDH; a tubulin; a histone; a citric acid cycle enzyme; a topoisomerase (e.g., a 5′UTR of a TOP gene lacking the 5′ TOP motif (the oligopyrimidine tract)); a ribosomal protein Large 32 (L32); a ribosomal protein (e.g., human or mouse ribosomal protein, such as, for example, rps9); an ATP synthase (e.g., ATP5A1 or the β subunit of mitochondrial H + -ATP synthase); a growth hormone e (e.g., bovine (bGH) or human (hGH)); an elongation factor (e.g., elongation factor 1 α1 (EEF1A1)); a manganese superoxide dismutase (MnSOD); a myocyte enhancer factor 2A (MEF2A); a β-F1-ATPase, a creatine kinase, a myoglobin, a granulocyte-colony stimulating factor (G-CSF); a collagen (e.g., collagen type I, alpha 2 (Col1A2), collagen type I, alpha 1 (Col1A1), collagen type VI, alpha 2 (Col6A2), collagen type VI, alpha 1 (Col6A1)); a ribophorin (e.g., ribophorin I (RPNI)); a low density lipoprotein receptor-related protein (e.g., LRP1); a cardiotrophin-like cytokine factor (e.g., Nnt1); calreticulin (Calr); a procollagen-lysine, 2-oxoglutarate 5-dioxygenase 1 (Plod1); and a nucleobindin (e.g., Nucb1).

In some embodiments, the 5′UTR is selected from the group consisting of a β-globin 5′UTR; a 5′UTR containing a strong Kozak translational initiation signal; a cytochrome b-245 α polypeptide (CYBA) 5′UTR; a hydroxysteroid (17-β) dehydrogenase (HSD17B4) 5′UTR; a Tobacco etch virus (TEV) 5′UTR; a Venezuelen equine encephalitis virus (TEEV) 5′UTR; a 5′ proximal open reading frame of rubella virus (RV) RNA encoding nonstructural proteins; a Dengue virus (DEN) 5′UTR; a heat shock protein 70 (Hsp70) 5′UTR; a eIF4G 5′UTR; a GLUT1 5′UTR; functional fragments thereof and any combination thereof.

In some embodiments, the 3′UTR is selected from the group consisting of a β-globin 3′UTR; a CYBA 3′UTR; an albumin 3′UTR; a growth hormone (GH) 3′UTR; a VEEV 3′UTR; a hepatitis B virus (HBV) 3′UTR; α-globin 3′UTR; a DEN 3′UTR; a PAV barley yellow dwarf virus (BYDV-PAV) 3′UTR; an elongation factor 1 α1 (EEF1A1) 3′UTR; a manganese superoxide dismutase (MnSOD) 3′UTR; a β subunit of mitochondrial H(+)-ATP synthase (β-mRNA) 3′UTR; a GLUT1 3′UTR; a MEF2A 3′UTR; a β-F1-ATPase 3′UTR; functional fragments thereof and combinations thereof.

Wild-type UTRs derived from any gene or mRNA can be incorporated into the polynucleotides of the invention. In some embodiments, a UTR can be altered relative to a wild type or native UTR to produce a variant UTR, e.g., by changing the orientation or location of the UTR relative to the ORF; or by inclusion of additional nucleotides, deletion of nucleotides, swapping or transposition of nucleotides. In some embodiments, variants of 5′ or 3′ UTRs can be utilized, for example, mutants of wild type UTRs, or variants wherein one or more nucleotides are added to or removed from a terminus of the UTR.

Additionally, one or more synthetic UTRs can be used in combination with one or more non-synthetic UTRs. See, e.g., Mandal and Rossi, Nat. Protoc. 2013 8(3):568-82, and sequences available at www.addgene.org/Derrick_Rossi/, the contents of each are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. UTRs or portions thereof can be placed in the same orientation as in the transcript from which they were selected or can be altered in orientation or location. Hence, a 5′ and/or 3′ UTR can be inverted, shortened, lengthened, or combined with one or more other 5′ UTRs or 3′ UTRs.

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide comprises multiple UTRs, e.g., a double, a triple or a quadruple 5′UTR or 3′UTR. For example, a double UTR comprises two copies of the same UTR either in series or substantially in series. For example, a double beta-globin 3′UTR can be used (see US2010/0129877, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).

In certain embodiments, the polynucleotides of the invention comprise a 5′UTR and/or a 3′UTR selected from any of the UTRs disclosed herein. In some embodiments, the 5′UTR and or the 3′UTR comprise:

In certain embodiments, the 5′UTR and/or 3′UTR sequence of the invention comprises a nucleotide sequence at least about 60%, at least about 70%, at least about 80%, at least about 90%, at least about 95%, at least about 96%, at least about 97%, at least about 98%, at least about 99%, or about 100% identical to a sequence selected from the group consisting of 5′UTR sequences comprising any of SEQ ID NOs: 35-59 and/or 3′UTR sequences comprises any of SEQ ID NOs: 60-77 and 191-203, and any combination thereof.

The polynucleotides of the invention can comprise combinations of features. For example, the ORF can be flanked by a 5′UTR that comprises a strong Kozak translational initiation signal and/or a 3′UTR comprising an oligo(dT) sequence for templated addition of a poly-A tail. A 5′UTR can comprise a first polynucleotide fragment and a second polynucleotide fragment from the same and/or different UTRs (see, e.g., US2010/0293625, herein incorporated by reference in its entirety).

Other non-UTR sequences can be used as regions or subregions within the polynucleotides of the invention. For example, introns or portions of intron sequences can be incorporated into the polynucleotides of the invention. Incorporation of intronic sequences can increase protein production as well as polynucleotide expression levels. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide of the invention comprises an internal ribosome entry site (IRES) instead of or in addition to a UTR (see, e.g., Yakubov et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 2010 394(1):189-193, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety). In some embodiments, the polynucleotide comprises an IRES instead of a 5′UTR sequence. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide comprises an ORF and a viral capsid sequence. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide comprises a synthetic 5′UTR in combination with a non-synthetic 3′UTR.

In some embodiments, the UTR can also include at least one translation enhancer polynucleotide, translation enhancer element, or translational enhancer elements (collectively, “TEE,” which refers to nucleic acid sequences that increase the amount of polypeptide or protein produced from a polynucleotide. As a non-limiting example, the TEE can include those described in US2009/0226470, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, and others known in the art. As a non-limiting example, the TEE can be located between the transcription promoter and the start codon. In some embodiments, the 5′UTR comprises a TEE.

In one aspect, a TEE is a conserved element in a UTR that can promote translational activity of a nucleic acid such as, but not limited to, cap-dependent or cap-independent translation.

In one non-limiting example, the TEE comprises the TEE sequence in the 5′-leader of the Gtx homeodomain protein. See Chappell et al., PNAS 2004 101:9590-9594, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

“Translational enhancer polynucleotide” or “translation enhancer polynucleotide sequence” refer to a polynucleotide that includes one or more of the TEE provided herein and/or known in the art (see. e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,310,197, 6,849,405, 7,456,273, 7,183,395, US2009/0226470, US2007/0048776, US2011/0124100, US2009/0093049, US2013/0177581, WO2009/075886, WO2007/025008, WO2012/009644, WO2001/055371, WO1999/024595, EP2610341A1, and EP2610340A1; the contents of each of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety), or their variants, homologs, or functional derivatives. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide of the invention comprises one or multiple copies of a TEE. The TEE in a translational enhancer polynucleotide can be organized in one or more sequence segments. A sequence segment can harbor one or more of the TEEs provided herein, with each TEE being present in one or more copies. When multiple sequence segments are present in a translational enhancer polynucleotide, they can be homogenous or heterogeneous. Thus, the multiple sequence segments in a translational enhancer polynucleotide can harbor identical or different types of the TEE provided herein, identical or different number of copies of each of the TEE, and/or identical or different organization of the TEE within each sequence segment. In one embodiment, the polynucleotide of the invention comprises a translational enhancer polynucleotide sequence.

In some embodiments, a 5′UTR and/or 3′UTR comprising at least one TEE described herein can be incorporated in a monocistronic sequence such as, but not limited to, a vector system or a nucleic acid vector.

In some embodiments, a 5′UTR and/or 3′UTR of a polynucleotide of the invention comprises a TEE or portion thereof described herein. In some embodiments, the TEEs in the 3′UTR can be the same and/or different from the TEE located in the 5′UTR.

In some embodiments, a 5′UTR and/or 3′UTR of a polynucleotide of the invention can include at least 1, at least 2, at least 3, at least 4, at least 5, at least 6, at least 7, at least 8, at least 9, at least 10, at least 11, at least 12, at least 13, at least 14, at least 15, at least 16, at least 17, at least 18 at least 19, at least 20, at least 21, at least 22, at least 23, at least 24, at least 25, at least 30, at least 35, at least 40, at least 45, at least 50, at least 55 or more than 60 TEE sequences. In one embodiment, the 5′UTR of a polynucleotide of the invention can include 1-60, 1-55, 1-50, 1-45, 1-40, 1-35, 1-30, 1-25, 1-20, 1-15, 1-10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, or 1 TEE sequences. The TEE sequences in the 5′UTR of the polynucleotide of the invention can be the same or different TEE sequences. A combination of different TEE sequences in the 5′UTR of the polynucleotide of the invention can include combinations in which more than one copy of any of the different TEE sequences are incorporated.

In some embodiments, the 5′UTR and/or 3′UTR comprises a spacer to separate two TEE sequences. As a non-limiting example, the spacer can be a 15 nucleotide spacer and/or other spacers known in the art. As another non-limiting example, the 5′UTR and/or 3′UTR comprises a TEE sequence-spacer module repeated at least once, at least twice, at least 3 times, at least 4 times, at least 5 times, at least 6 times, at least 7 times, at least 8 times, at least 9 times, at least 10 times, or more than 10 times in the 5′UTR and/or 3′UTR, respectively. In some embodiments, the 5′UTR and/or 3′UTR comprises a TEE sequence-spacer module repeated 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 times.

In some embodiments, the spacer separating two TEE sequences can include other sequences known in the art that can regulate the translation of the polynucleotide of the invention, e.g., miR sequences described herein (e.g., miR binding sites and miR seeds). As a non-limiting example, each spacer used to separate two TEE sequences can include a different miR sequence or component of a miR sequence (e.g., miR seed sequence).

In some embodiments, a polynucleotide of the invention comprises a miR and/or TEE sequence. In some embodiments, the incorporation of a miR sequence and/or a TEE sequence into a polynucleotide of the invention can change the shape of the stem loop region, which can increase and/or decrease translation. See e.g., Kedde et al., Nature Cell Biology 2010 12(10):1014-20, herein incorporated by reference in its entirety).

MicroRNA (miRNA) Binding Sites

Polynucleotides of the invention can include regulatory elements, for example, microRNA (miRNA) binding sites, transcription factor binding sites, structured mRNA sequences and/or motifs, artificial binding sites engineered to act as pseudo-receptors for endogenous nucleic acid binding molecules, and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, polynucleotides including such regulatory elements are referred to as including “sensor sequences”. Non-limiting examples of sensor sequences are described in U.S. Publication 2014/0200261, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.

In some embodiments, a polynucleotide (e.g., a ribonucleic acid (RNA), e.g., a messenger RNA (mRNA)) of the invention comprises an open reading frame (ORF) encoding a polypeptide of interest and further comprises one or more miRNA binding site(s). Inclusion or incorporation of miRNA binding site(s) provides for regulation of polynucleotides of the invention, and in turn, of the polypeptides encoded therefrom, based on tissue-specific and/or cell-type specific expression of naturally-occurring miRNAs.

A miRNA, e.g., a natural-occurring miRNA, is a 19-25 nucleotide long noncoding RNA that binds to a polynucleotide and down-regulates gene expression either by reducing stability or by inhibiting translation of the polynucleotide. A miRNA sequence comprises a “seed” region, i.e., a sequence in the region of positions 2-8 of the mature miRNA. A miRNA seed can comprise positions 2-8 or 2-7 of the mature miRNA. In some embodiments, a miRNA seed can comprise 7 nucleotides (e.g., nucleotides 2-8 of the mature miRNA), wherein the seed-complementary site in the corresponding miRNA binding site is flanked by an adenosine (A) opposed to miRNA position 1. In some embodiments, a miRNA seed can comprise 6 nucleotides (e.g., nucleotides 2-7 of the mature miRNA), wherein the seed-complementary site in the corresponding miRNA binding site is flanked by an adenosine (A) opposed to miRNA position 1. See, for example, Grimson A, Farh K K, Johnston W K, Garrett-Engele P, Lim L P, Bartel D P; Mol Cell. 2007 Jul. 6; 27(1):91-105. miRNA profiling of the target cells or tissues can be conducted to determine the presence or absence of miRNA in the cells or tissues. In some embodiments, a polynucleotide (e.g., a ribonucleic acid (RNA), e.g., a messenger RNA (mRNA)) of the invention comprises one or more microRNA binding sites, microRNA target sequences, microRNA complementary sequences, or microRNA seed complementary sequences. Such sequences can correspond to, e.g., have complementarity to, any known microRNA such as those taught in US Publication US2005/0261218 and US Publication US2005/0059005, the contents of each of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.

As used herein, the term “microRNA (miRNA or miR) binding site” refers to a sequence within a polynucleotide, e.g., within a DNA or within an RNA transcript, including in the 5′UTR and/or 3′UTR, that has sufficient complementarity to all or a region of a miRNA to interact with, associate with or bind to the miRNA. In some embodiments, a polynucleotide of the invention comprising an ORF encoding a polypeptide of interest and further comprises one or more miRNA binding site(s). In exemplary embodiments, a 5′UTR and/or 3′UTR of the polynucleotide (e.g., a ribonucleic acid (RNA), e.g., a messenger RNA (mRNA)) comprises the one or more miRNA binding site(s).

A miRNA binding site having sufficient complementarity to a miRNA refers to a degree of complementarity sufficient to facilitate miRNA-mediated regulation of a polynucleotide, e.g., miRNA-mediated translational repression or degradation of the polynucleotide. In exemplary aspects of the invention, a miRNA binding site having sufficient complementarity to the miRNA refers to a degree of complementarity sufficient to facilitate miRNA-mediated degradation of the polynucleotide, e.g., miRNA-guided RNA-induced silencing complex (RISC)-mediated cleavage of mRNA. The miRNA binding site can have complementarity to, for example, a 19-25 nucleotide miRNA sequence, to a 19-23 nucleotide miRNA sequence, or to a 22 nucleotide miRNA sequence. A miRNA binding site can be complementary to only a portion of a miRNA, e.g., to a portion less than 1, 2, 3, or 4 nucleotides of the full length of a naturally-occurring miRNA sequence. Full or complete complementarity (e.g., full complementarity or complete complementarity over all or a significant portion of the length of a naturally-occurring miRNA) is preferred when the desired regulation is mRNA degradation.

In some embodiments, a miRNA binding site includes a sequence that has complementarity (e.g., partial or complete complementarity) with an miRNA seed sequence. In some embodiments, the miRNA binding site includes a sequence that has complete complementarity with a miRNA seed sequence. In some embodiments, a miRNA binding site includes a sequence that has complementarity (e.g., partial or complete complementarity) with an miRNA sequence. In some embodiments, the miRNA binding site includes a sequence that has complete complementarity with a miRNA sequence. In some embodiments, a miRNA binding site has complete complementarity with a miRNA sequence but for 1, 2, or 3 nucleotide substitutions, terminal additions, and/or truncations.

In some embodiments, the miRNA binding site is the same length as the corresponding miRNA. In other embodiments, the miRNA binding site is one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven or twelve nucleotide(s) shorter than the corresponding miRNA at the 5′ terminus, the 3′ terminus, or both. In still other embodiments, the microRNA binding site is two nucleotides shorter than the corresponding microRNA at the 5′ terminus, the 3′ terminus, or both. The miRNA binding sites that are shorter than the corresponding miRNAs are still capable of degrading the mRNA incorporating one or more of the miRNA binding sites or preventing the mRNA from translation.

In some embodiments, the miRNA binding site binds the corresponding mature miRNA that is part of an active RISC containing Dicer. In another embodiment, binding of the miRNA binding site to the corresponding miRNA in RISC degrades the mRNA containing the miRNA binding site or prevents the mRNA from being translated. In some embodiments, the miRNA binding site has sufficient complementarity to miRNA so that a RISC complex comprising the miRNA cleaves the polynucleotide comprising the miRNA binding site. In other embodiments, the miRNA binding site has imperfect complementarity so that a RISC complex comprising the miRNA induces instability in the polynucleotide comprising the miRNA binding site. In another embodiment, the miRNA binding site has imperfect complementarity so that a RISC complex comprising the miRNA represses transcription of the polynucleotide comprising the miRNA binding site.

In some embodiments, the miRNA binding site has one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven or twelve mismatch(es) from the corresponding miRNA.

In some embodiments, the miRNA binding site has at least about ten, at least about eleven, at least about twelve, at least about thirteen, at least about fourteen, at least about fifteen, at least about sixteen, at least about seventeen, at least about eighteen, at least about nineteen, at least about twenty, or at least about twenty-one contiguous nucleotides complementary to at least about ten, at least about eleven, at least about twelve, at least about thirteen, at least about fourteen, at least about fifteen, at least about sixteen, at least about seventeen, at least about eighteen, at least about nineteen, at least about twenty, or at least about twenty-one, respectively, contiguous nucleotides of the corresponding miRNA.

By engineering one or more miRNA binding sites into a polynucleotide of the invention, the polynucleotide can be targeted for degradation or reduced translation, provided the miRNA in question is available. This can reduce off-target effects upon delivery of the polynucleotide. For example, if a polynucleotide of the invention is not intended to be delivered to a tissue or cell but ends up is said tissue or cell, then a miRNA abundant in the tissue or cell can inhibit the expression of the gene of interest if one or multiple binding sites of the miRNA are engineered into the 5′UTR and/or 3′UTR of the polynucleotide.

Conversely, miRNA binding sites can be removed from polynucleotide sequences in which they naturally occur in order to increase protein expression in specific tissues. For example, a binding site for a specific miRNA can be removed from a polynucleotide to improve protein expression in tissues or cells containing the miRNA.

In one embodiment, a polynucleotide of the invention can include at least one miRNA-binding site in the 5′UTR and/or 3′UTR in order to regulate cytotoxic or cytoprotective mRNA therapeutics to specific cells such as, but not limited to, normal and/or cancerous cells. In another embodiment, a polynucleotide of the invention can include two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, or more miRNA-binding sites in the 5′-UTR and/or 3′-UTR in order to regulate cytotoxic or cytoprotective mRNA therapeutics to specific cells such as, but not limited to, normal and/or cancerous cells.

Regulation of expression in multiple tissues can be accomplished through introduction or removal of one or more miRNA binding sites, e.g., one or more distinct miRNA binding sites. The decision whether to remove or insert a miRNA binding site can be made based on miRNA expression patterns and/or their profilings in tissues and/or cells in development and/or disease. Identification of miRNAs, miRNA binding sites, and their expression patterns and role in biology have been reported (e.g., Bonauer et al., Curr Drug Targets 2010 11:943-949; Anand and Cheresh Curr Opin Hematol 2011 18:171-176; Contreras and Rao Leukemia 2012 26:404-413 (2011 Dec. 20. doi: 10.1038/leu.2011.356); Bartel Cell 2009 136:215-233; Landgraf et al, Cell, 2007 129:1401-1414; Gentner and Naldini, Tissue Antigens. 2012 80:393-403 and all references therein; each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).

miRNAs and miRNA binding sites can correspond to any known sequence, including non-limiting examples described in U.S. Publication Nos. 2014/0200261, 2005/0261218, and 2005/0059005, each of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.

Examples of tissues where miRNA are known to regulate mRNA, and thereby protein expression, include, but are not limited to, liver (miR-122), muscle (miR-133, miR-206, miR-208), endothelial cells (miR-17-92, miR-126), myeloid cells (miR-142-3p, miR-142-5p, miR-16, miR-21, miR-223, miR-24, miR-27), adipose tissue (let-7, miR-30c), heart (miR-1d, miR-149), kidney (miR-192, miR-194, miR-204), and lung epithelial cells (let-7, miR-133, miR-126).

Specifically, miRNAs are known to be differentially expressed in immune cells (also called hematopoietic cells), such as antigen presenting cells (APCs) (e.g., dendritic cells and macrophages), macrophages, monocytes, B lymphocytes, T lymphocytes, granulocytes, natural killer cells, etc. Immune cell specific miRNAs are involved in immunogenicity, autoimmunity, the immune-response to infection, inflammation, as well as unwanted immune response after gene therapy and tissue/organ transplantation. Immune cells specific miRNAs also regulate many aspects of development, proliferation, differentiation and apoptosis of hematopoietic cells (immune cells). For example, miR-142 and miR-146 are exclusively expressed in immune cells, particularly abundant in myeloid dendritic cells. It has been demonstrated that the immune response to a polynucleotide can be shut-off by adding miR-142 binding sites to the 3′-UTR of the polynucleotide, enabling more stable gene transfer in tissues and cells. miR-142 efficiently degrades exogenous polynucleotides in antigen presenting cells and suppresses cytotoxic elimination of transduced cells (e.g., Annoni A et al., blood, 2009, 114, 5152-5161; Brown B D, et al., Nat med. 2006, 12(5), 585-591; Brown B D, et al., blood, 2007, 110(13): 4144-4152, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).

An antigen-mediated immune response can refer to an immune response triggered by foreign antigens, which, when entering an organism, are processed by the antigen presenting cells and displayed on the surface of the antigen presenting cells. T cells can recognize the presented antigen and induce a cytotoxic elimination of cells that express the antigen.

Introducing a miR-142 binding site into the 5′UTR and/or 3′UTR of a polynucleotide of the invention can selectively repress gene expression in antigen presenting cells through miR-142 mediated degradation, limiting antigen presentation in antigen presenting cells (e.g., dendritic cells) and thereby preventing antigen-mediated immune response after the delivery of the polynucleotide. The polynucleotide is then stably expressed in target tissues or cells without triggering cytotoxic elimination.

In one embodiment, binding sites for miRNAs that are known to be expressed in immune cells, in particular, antigen presenting cells, can be engineered into a polynucleotide of the invention to suppress the expression of the polynucleotide in antigen presenting cells through miRNA mediated RNA degradation, subduing the antigen-mediated immune response. Expression of the polynucleotide is maintained in non-immune cells where the immune cell specific miRNAs are not expressed. For example, in some embodiments, to prevent an immunogenic reaction against a liver specific protein, any miR-122 binding site can be removed and a miR-142 (and/or mirR-146) binding site can be engineered into the 5′UTR and/or 3′UTR of a polynucleotide of the invention.

To further drive the selective degradation and suppression in APCs and macrophage, a polynucleotide of the invention can include a further negative regulatory element in the 5′UTR and/or 3′UTR, either alone or in combination with miR-142 and/or miR-146 binding sites. As a non-limiting example, the further negative regulatory element is a Constitutive Decay Element (CDE).

Immune cell specific miRNAs include, but are not limited to, hsa-let-7a-2-3p, hsa-let-7a-3p, hsa-7a-5p, hsa-let-7c, hsa-let-7e-3p, hsa-let-7e-5p, hsa-let-7g-3p, hsa-let-7g-5p, hsa-let-7i-3p, hsa-let-7i-5p, miR-10a-3p, miR-10a-5p, miR-1184, hsa-let-7f-1-3p, hsa-let-7f-2-5p, hsa-let-7f-5p, miR-125b-1-3p, miR-125b-2-3p, miR-125b-5p, miR-1279, miR-130a-3p, miR-130a-5p, miR-132-3p, miR-132-5p, miR-142-3p, miR-142-5p, miR-143-3p, miR-143-5p, miR-146a-3p, miR-146a-5p, miR-146b-3p, miR-146b-5p, miR-147a, miR-147b, miR-148a-5p, miR-148a-3p, miR-150-3p, miR-150-5p, miR-151b, miR-155-3p, miR-155-5p, miR-15a-3p, miR-15a-5p, miR-15b-5p, miR-15b-3p, miR-16-1-3p, miR-16-2-3p, miR-16-5p, miR-17-5p, miR-181a-3p, miR-181a-5p, miR-181a-2-3p, miR-182-3p, miR-182-5p, miR-197-3p, miR-197-5p, miR-21-5p, miR-21-3p, miR-214-3p, miR-214-5p, miR-223-3p, miR-223-5p, miR-221-3p, miR-221-5p, miR-23b-3p, miR-23b-5p, miR-24-1-5p, miR-24-2-5p, miR-24-3p, miR-26a-1-3p, miR-26a-2-3p, miR-26a-5p, miR-26b-3p, miR-26b-5p, miR-27a-3p, miR-27a-5p, miR-27b-3p, miR-27b-5p, miR-28-3p, miR-28-5p, miR-2909, miR-29a-3p, miR-29a-5p, miR-29b-1-5p, miR-29b-2-5p, miR-29c-3p, miR-29c-5p, miR-30e-3p, miR-30e-5p, miR-331-5p, miR-339-3p, miR-339-5p, miR-345-3p, miR-345-5p, miR-346, miR-34a-3p, miR-34a-5p, miR-363-3p, miR-363-5p, miR-372, miR-377-3p, miR-377-5p, miR-493-3p, miR-493-5p, miR-542, miR-548b-5p, miR548c-5p, miR-548i, miR-548j, miR-548n, miR-574-3p, miR-598, miR-718, miR-935, miR-99a-3p, miR-99a-5p, miR-99b-3p, and miR-99b-5p. Furthermore, novel miRNAs can be identified in immune cell through micro-array hybridization and microtome analysis (e.g., Jima D D et al, Blood, 2010, 116:e118-e127; Vaz C et al., BMC Genomics, 2010, 11,288, the content of each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.)

miRNAs that are known to be expressed in the liver include, but are not limited to, miR-107, miR-122-3p, miR-122-5p, miR-1228-3p, miR-1228-5p, miR-1249, miR-129-5p, miR-1303, miR-151a-3p, miR-151a-5p, miR-152, miR-194-3p, miR-194-5p, miR-199a-3p, miR-199a-5p, miR-199b-3p, miR-199b-5p, miR-296-5p, miR-557, miR-581, miR-939-3p, and miR-939-5p. MiRNA binding sites from any liver specific miRNA can be introduced to or removed from a polynucleotide of the invention to regulate expression of the polynucleotide in the liver. Liver specific miRNA binding sites can be engineered alone or further in combination with immune cell (e.g., APC) miRNA binding sites in a polynucleotide of the invention.

miRNAs that are known to be expressed in the lung include, but are not limited to, let-7a-2-3p, let-7a-3p, let-7a-5p, miR-126-3p, miR-126-5p, miR-127-3p, miR-127-5p, miR-130a-3p, miR-130a-5p, miR-130b-3p, miR-130b-5p, miR-133a, miR-133b, miR-134, miR-18a-3p, miR-18a-5p, miR-18b-3p, miR-18b-5p, miR-24-1-5p, miR-24-2-5p, miR-24-3p, miR-296-3p, miR-296-5p, miR-32-3p, miR-337-3p, miR-337-5p, miR-381-3p, and miR-381-5p. miRNA binding sites from any lung specific miRNA can be introduced to or removed from a polynucleotide of the invention to regulate expression of the polynucleotide in the lung. Lung specific miRNA binding sites can be engineered alone or further in combination with immune cell (e.g., APC) miRNA binding sites in a polynucleotide of the invention.

miRNAs that are known to be expressed in the heart include, but are not limited to, miR-1, miR-133a, miR-133b, miR-149-3p, miR-149-5p, miR-186-3p, miR-186-5p, miR-208a, miR-208b, miR-210, miR-296-3p, miR-320, miR-451a, miR-451b, miR-499a-3p, miR-499a-5p, miR-499b-3p, miR-499b-5p, miR-744-3p, miR-744-5p, miR-92b-3p, and miR-92b-5p. mMiRNA binding sites from any heart specific microRNA can be introduced to or removed from a polynucleotide of the invention to regulate expression of the polynucleotide in the heart. Heart specific miRNA binding sites can be engineered alone or further in combination with immune cell (e.g., APC) miRNA binding sites in a polynucleotide of the invention.

miRNAs that are known to be expressed in the nervous system include, but are not limited to, miR-124-5p, miR-125a-3p, miR-125a-5p, miR-125b-1-3p, miR-125b-2-3p, miR-125b-5p, miR-1271-3p, miR-1271-5p, miR-128, miR-132-5p, miR-135a-3p, miR-135a-5p, miR-135b-3p, miR-135b-5p, miR-137, miR-139-5p, miR-139-3p, miR-149-3p, miR-149-5p, miR-153, miR-181c-3p, miR-181c-5p, miR-183-3p, miR-183-5p, miR-190a, miR-190b, miR-212-3p, miR-212-5p, miR-219-1-3p, miR-219-2-3p, miR-23a-3p, miR-23a-5p, miR-30a-5p, miR-30b-3p, miR-30b-5p, miR-30c-1-3p, miR-30c-2-3p, miR-30c-5p, miR-30d-3p, miR-30d-5p, miR-329, miR-342-3p, miR-3665, miR-3666, miR-380-3p, miR-380-5p, miR-383, miR-410, miR-425-3p, miR-425-5p, miR-454-3p, miR-454-5p, miR-483, miR-510, miR-516a-3p, miR-548b-5p, miR-548c-5p, miR-571, miR-7-1-3p, miR-7-2-3p, miR-7-5p, miR-802, miR-922, miR-9-3p, and miR-9-5p. miRNAs enriched in the nervous system further include those specifically expressed in neurons, including, but not limited to, miR-132-3p, miR-132-3p, miR-148b-3p, miR-148b-5p, miR-151a-3p, miR-151a-5p, miR-212-3p, miR-212-5p, miR-320b, miR-320e, miR-323a-3p, miR-323a-5p, miR-324-5p, miR-325, miR-326, miR-328, miR-922 and those specifically expressed in glial cells, including, but not limited to, miR-1250, miR-219-1-3p, miR-219-2-3p, miR-219-5p, miR-23a-3p, miR-23a-5p, miR-3065-3p, miR-3065-5p, miR-30e-3p, miR-30e-5p, miR-32-5p, miR-338-5p, and miR-657. miRNA binding sites from any CNS specific miRNA can be introduced to or removed from a polynucleotide of the invention to regulate expression of the polynucleotide in the nervous system. Nervous system specific miRNA binding sites can be engineered alone or further in combination with immune cell (e.g., APC) miRNA binding sites in a polynucleotide of the invention.

miRNAs that are known to be expressed in the pancreas include, but are not limited to, miR-105-3p, miR-105-5p, miR-184, miR-195-3p, miR-195-5p, miR-196a-3p, miR-196a-5p, miR-214-3p, miR-214-5p, miR-216a-3p, miR-216a-5p, miR-30a-3p, miR-33a-3p, miR-33a-5p, miR-375, miR-7-1-3p, miR-7-2-3p, miR-493-3p, miR-493-5p, and miR-944. MiRNA binding sites from any pancreas specific miRNA can be introduced to or removed from a polynucleotide of the invention to regulate expression of the polynucleotide in the pancreas. Pancreas specific miRNA binding sites can be engineered alone or further in combination with immune cell (e.g. APC) miRNA binding sites in a polynucleotide of the invention.

miRNAs that are known to be expressed in the kidney include, but are not limited to, miR-122-3p, miR-145-5p, miR-17-5p, miR-192-3p, miR-192-5p, miR-194-3p, miR-194-5p, miR-20a-3p, miR-20a-5p, miR-204-3p, miR-204-5p, miR-210, miR-216a-3p, miR-216a-5p, miR-296-3p, miR-30a-3p, miR-30a-5p, miR-30b-3p, miR-30b-5p, miR-30c-1-3p, miR-30c-2-3p, miR30c-5p, miR-324-3p, miR-335-3p, miR-335-5p, miR-363-3p, miR-363-5p, and miR-562. miRNA binding sites from any kidney specific miRNA can be introduced to or removed from a polynucleotide of the invention to regulate expression of the polynucleotide in the kidney. Kidney specific miRNA binding sites can be engineered alone or further in combination with immune cell (e.g., APC) miRNA binding sites in a polynucleotide of the invention.

miRNAs that are known to be expressed in the muscle include, but are not limited to, let-7g-3p, let-7g-5p, miR-1, miR-1286, miR-133a, miR-133b, miR-140-3p, miR-143-3p, miR-143-5p, miR-145-3p, miR-145-5p, miR-188-3p, miR-188-5p, miR-206, miR-208a, miR-208b, miR-25-3p, and miR-25-5p. MiRNA binding sites from any muscle specific miRNA can be introduced to or removed from a polynucleotide of the invention to regulate expression of the polynucleotide in the muscle. Muscle specific miRNA binding sites can be engineered alone or further in combination with immune cell (e.g., APC) miRNA binding sites in a polynucleotide of the invention.

miRNAs are also differentially expressed in different types of cells, such as, but not limited to, endothelial cells, epithelial cells, and adipocytes.

miRNAs that are known to be expressed in endothelial cells include, but are not limited to, let-7b-3p, let-7b-5p, miR-100-3p, miR-100-5p, miR-101-3p, miR-101-5p, miR-126-3p, miR-126-5p, miR-1236-3p, miR-1236-5p, miR-130a-3p, miR-130a-5p, miR-17-5p, miR-17-3p, miR-18a-3p, miR-18a-5p, miR-19a-3p, miR-19a-5p, miR-19b-1-5p, miR-19b-2-5p, miR-19b-3p, miR-20a-3p, miR-20a-5p, miR-217, miR-210, miR-21-3p, miR-21-5p, miR-221-3p, miR-221-5p, miR-222-3p, miR-222-5p, miR-23a-3p, miR-23a-5p, miR-296-5p, miR-361-3p, miR-361-5p, miR-421, miR-424-3p, miR-424-5p, miR-513a-5p, miR-92a-1-5p, miR-92a-2-5p, miR-92a-3p, miR-92b-3p, and miR-92b-5p. Many novel miRNAs are discovered in endothelial cells from deep-sequencing analysis (e.g., Voellenkle C et al., RNA, 2012, 18, 472-484, herein incorporated by reference in its entirety). miRNA binding sites from any endothelial cell specific miRNA can be introduced to or removed from a polynucleotide of the invention to regulate expression of the polynucleotide in the endothelial cells.

miRNAs that are known to be expressed in epithelial cells include, but are not limited to, let-7b-3p, let-7b-5p, miR-1246, miR-200a-3p, miR-200a-5p, miR-200b-3p, miR-200b-5p, miR-200c-3p, miR-200c-5p, miR-338-3p, miR-429, miR-451a, miR-451b, miR-494, miR-802 and miR-34a, miR-34b-5p, miR-34c-5p, miR-449a, miR-449b-3p, miR-449b-5p specific in respiratory ciliated epithelial cells, let-7 family, miR-133a, miR-133b, miR-126 specific in lung epithelial cells, miR-382-3p, miR-382-5p specific in renal epithelial cells, and miR-762 specific in corneal epithelial cells. miRNA binding sites from any epithelial cell specific miRNA can be introduced to or removed from a polynucleotide of the invention to regulate expression of the polynucleotide in the epithelial cells.

In addition, a large group of miRNAs are enriched in embryonic stem cells, controlling stem cell self-renewal as well as the development and/or differentiation of various cell lineages, such as neural cells, cardiac, hematopoietic cells, skin cells, osteogenic cells and muscle cells (e.g., Kuppusamy K T et al., Curr. Mol Med, 2013, 13(5), 757-764; Vidigal J A and Ventura A, Semin Cancer Biol. 2012, 22(5-6), 428-436; Goff L A et al., PLoS One, 2009, 4:e7192; Morin R D et al., Genome Res, 2008,18, 610-621; Yoo J K et al., Stem Cells Dev. 2012, 21(11), 2049-2057, each of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety). MiRNAs abundant in embryonic stem cells include, but are not limited to, let-7a-2-3p, let-a-3p, let-7a-5p, let7d-3p, let-7d-5p, miR-103a-2-3p, miR-103a-5p, miR-106b-3p, miR-106b-5p, miR-1246, miR-1275, miR-138-1-3p, miR-138-2-3p, miR-138-5p, miR-154-3p, miR-154-5p, miR-200c-3p, miR-200c-5p, miR-290, miR-301a-3p, miR-301a-5p, miR-302a-3p, miR-302a-5p, miR-302b-3p, miR-302b-5p, miR-302c-3p, miR-302c-5p, miR-302d-3p, miR-302d-5p, miR-302e, miR-367-3p, miR-367-5p, miR-369-3p, miR-369-5p, miR-370, miR-371, miR-373, miR-380-5p, miR-423-3p, miR-423-5p, miR-486-5p, miR-520c-3p, miR-548e, miR-548f, miR-548g-3p, miR-548g-5p, miR-548i, miR-548k, miR-5481, miR-548m, miR-548n, miR-548o-3p, miR-548o-5p, miR-548p, miR-664a-3p, miR-664a-5p, miR-664b-3p, miR-664b-5p, miR-766-3p, miR-766-5p, miR-885-3p, miR-885-5p, miR-93-3p, miR-93-5p, miR-941, miR-96-3p, miR-96-5p, miR-99b-3p and miR-99b-5p. Many predicted novel miRNAs are discovered by deep sequencing in human embryonic stem cells (e.g., Morin R D et al., Genome Res, 2008,18, 610-621; Goff L A et al., PLoS One, 2009, 4:e7192; Bar M et al., Stem cells, 2008, 26, 2496-2505, the content of each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).

In one embodiment, the binding sites of embryonic stem cell specific miRNAs can be included in or removed from the 3′UTR of a polynucleotide of the invention to modulate the development and/or differentiation of embryonic stem cells, to inhibit the senescence of stem cells in a degenerative condition (e.g. degenerative diseases), or to stimulate the senescence and apoptosis of stem cells in a disease condition (e.g. cancer stem cells).

As a non-limiting example, miRNA binding sites for miRNAs that are over-expressed in certain cancer and/or tumor cells can be removed from the 3′UTR of a polynucleotide of the invention, restoring the expression suppressed by the over-expressed miRNAs in cancer cells, thus ameliorating the corresponsive biological function, for instance, transcription stimulation and/or repression, cell cycle arrest, apoptosis and cell death. Normal cells and tissues, wherein miRNAs expression is not up-regulated, will remain unaffected.

miRNA can also regulate complex biological processes such as angiogenesis (e.g., miR-132) (Anand and Cheresh Curr Opin Hematol 2011 18:171-176). In the polynucleotides of the invention, miRNA binding sites that are involved in such processes can be removed or introduced, in order to tailor the expression of the polynucleotides to biologically relevant cell types or relevant biological processes. In this context, the polynucleotides of the invention are defined as auxotrophic polynucleotides.

In some embodiments, a polynucleotide of the invention comprises a miRNA binding site, wherein the miRNA binding site comprises one or more nucleotide sequences selected from TABLE 4, including one or more copies of any one or more of the miRNA binding site sequences. In some embodiments, a polynucleotide of the invention further comprises at least one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, or more of the same or different miRNA binding sites selected from TABLE 4, including any combination thereof. In some embodiments, the miRNA binding site binds to miR-142 or is complementary to miR-142. In some embodiments, the miR-142 comprises SEQ ID NO:30. In some embodiments, the miRNA binding site binds to miR-142-3p or miR-142-5p. In some embodiments, the miR-142-3p binding site comprises SEQ ID NO:32. In some embodiments, the miR-142-5p binding site comprises SEQ ID NO:34. In some embodiments, the miRNA binding site comprises a nucleotide sequence at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or 100% identical to SEQ ID NO:32 or SEQ ID NO:34.

In some embodiments, a miRNA binding site is inserted in the polynucleotide of the invention in any position of the polynucleotide (e.g., the 5′UTR and/or 3′UTR). In some embodiments, the 5′UTR comprises a miRNA binding site. In some embodiments, the 3′UTR comprises a miRNA binding site. In some embodiments, the 5′UTR and the 3′UTR comprise a miRNA binding site. The insertion site in the polynucleotide can be anywhere in the polynucleotide as long as the insertion of the miRNA binding site in the polynucleotide does not interfere with the translation of a functional polypeptide in the absence of the corresponding miRNA; and in the presence of the miRNA, the insertion of the miRNA binding site in the polynucleotide and the binding of the miRNA binding site to the corresponding miRNA are capable of degrading the polynucleotide or preventing the translation of the polynucleotide.

In some embodiments, a miRNA binding site is inserted in at least about 30 nucleotides downstream from the stop codon of an ORF in a polynucleotide of the invention comprising the ORF. In some embodiments, a miRNA binding site is inserted in at least about 10 nucleotides, at least about 15 nucleotides, at least about 20 nucleotides, at least about 25 nucleotides, at least about 30 nucleotides, at least about 35 nucleotides, at least about 40 nucleotides, at least about 45 nucleotides, at least about 50 nucleotides, at least about 55 nucleotides, at least about 60 nucleotides, at least about 65 nucleotides, at least about 70 nucleotides, at least about 75 nucleotides, at least about 80 nucleotides, at least about 85 nucleotides, at least about 90 nucleotides, at least about 95 nucleotides, or at least about 100 nucleotides downstream from the stop codon of an ORF in a polynucleotide of the invention. In some embodiments, a miRNA binding site is inserted in about 10 nucleotides to about 100 nucleotides, about 20 nucleotides to about 90 nucleotides, about 30 nucleotides to about 80 nucleotides, about 40 nucleotides to about 70 nucleotides, about 50 nucleotides to about 60 nucleotides, about 45 nucleotides to about 65 nucleotides downstream from the stop codon of an ORF in a polynucleotide of the invention.

miRNA gene regulation can be influenced by the sequence surrounding the miRNA such as, but not limited to, the species of the surrounding sequence, the type of sequence (e.g., heterologous, homologous, exogenous, endogenous, or artificial), regulatory elements in the surrounding sequence and/or structural elements in the surrounding sequence. The miRNA can be influenced by the 5′UTR and/or 3′UTR. As a non-limiting example, a non-human 3′UTR can increase the regulatory effect of the miRNA sequence on the expression of a polypeptide of interest compared to a human 3′UTR of the same sequence type.

In one embodiment, other regulatory elements and/or structural elements of the 5′UTR can influence miRNA mediated gene regulation. One example of a regulatory element and/or structural element is a structured IRES (Internal Ribosome Entry Site) in the 5′UTR, which is necessary for the binding of translational elongation factors to initiate protein translation. EIF4A2 binding to this secondarily structured element in the 5′-UTR is necessary for miRNA mediated gene expression (Meijer H A et al., Science, 2013, 340, 82-85, herein incorporated by reference in its entirety). The polynucleotides of the invention can further include this structured 5′UTR in order to enhance microRNA mediated gene regulation.

At least one miRNA binding site can be engineered into the 3′UTR of a polynucleotide of the invention. In this context, at least two, at least three, at least four, at least five, at least six, at least seven, at least eight, at least nine, at least ten, or more miRNA binding sites can be engineered into a 3′UTR of a polynucleotide of the invention. For example, 1 to 10, 1 to 9, 1 to 8, 1 to 7, 1 to 6, 1 to 5, 1 to 4, 1 to 3, 2, or 1 miRNA binding sites can be engineered into the 3′UTR of a polynucleotide of the invention. In one embodiment, miRNA binding sites incorporated into a polynucleotide of the invention can be the same or can be different miRNA sites. A combination of different miRNA binding sites incorporated into a polynucleotide of the invention can include combinations in which more than one copy of any of the different miRNA sites are incorporated. In another embodiment, miRNA binding sites incorporated into a polynucleotide of the invention can target the same or different tissues in the body. As a non-limiting example, through the introduction of tissue-, cell-type-, or disease-specific miRNA binding sites in the 3′-UTR of a polynucleotide of the invention, the degree of expression in specific cell types (e.g., hepatocytes, myeloid cells, endothelial cells, cancer cells, etc.) can be reduced.

In one embodiment, a miRNA binding site can be engineered near the 5′ terminus of the 3′UTR, about halfway between the 5′ terminus and 3′ terminus of the 3′UTR and/or near the 3′ terminus of the 3′UTR in a polynucleotide of the invention. As a non-limiting example, a miRNA binding site can be engineered near the 5′ terminus of the 3′UTR and about halfway between the 5′ terminus and 3′ terminus of the 3′UTR. As another non-limiting example, a miRNA binding site can be engineered near the 3′ terminus of the 3′UTR and about halfway between the 5′ terminus and 3′ terminus of the 3′UTR. As yet another non-limiting example, a miRNA binding site can be engineered near the 5′ terminus of the 3′UTR and near the 3′ terminus of the 3′UTR.

In another embodiment, a 3′UTR can comprise 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 miRNA binding sites. The miRNA binding sites can be complementary to a miRNA, miRNA seed sequence, and/or miRNA sequences flanking the seed sequence.

In one embodiment, a polynucleotide of the invention can be engineered to include more than one miRNA site expressed in different tissues or different cell types of a subject. As a non-limiting example, a polynucleotide of the invention can be engineered to include miR-192 and miR-122 to regulate expression of the polynucleotide in the liver and kidneys of a subject. In another embodiment, a polynucleotide of the invention can be engineered to include more than one miRNA site for the same tissue.

In some embodiments, the expression of a polynucleotide of the invention can be controlled by incorporating at least one miR binding site in the polynucleotide and formulating the polynucleotide for administration. As a non-limiting example, a polynucleotide of the invention can be targeted to a tissue or cell by incorporating a miRNA binding site and formulating the polynucleotide in a lipid nanoparticle comprising a ionizable amino lipid, including any of the lipids described herein.

A polynucleotide of the invention can be engineered for more targeted expression in specific tissues, cell types, or biological conditions based on the expression patterns of miRNAs in the different tissues, cell types, or biological conditions. Through introduction of tissue-specific miRNA binding sites, a polynucleotide of the invention can be designed for optimal protein expression in a tissue or cell, or in the context of a biological condition.

In some embodiments, a polynucleotide of the invention can be designed to incorporate miRNA binding sites that either have 100% identity to known miRNA seed sequences or have less than 100% identity to miRNA seed sequences. In some embodiments, a polynucleotide of the invention can be designed to incorporate miRNA binding sites that have at least: 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity to known miRNA seed sequences. The miRNA seed sequence can be partially mutated to decrease miRNA binding affinity and as such result in reduced downmodulation of the polynucleotide. In essence, the degree of match or mis-match between the miRNA binding site and the miRNA seed can act as a rheostat to more finely tune the ability of the miRNA to modulate protein expression. In addition, mutation in the non-seed region of a miRNA binding site can also impact the ability of a miRNA to modulate protein expression.

In one embodiment, a miRNA sequence can be incorporated into the loop of a stem loop.

In another embodiment, a miRNA seed sequence can be incorporated in the loop of a stem loop and a miRNA binding site can be incorporated into the 5′ or 3′ stem of the stem loop.

In one embodiment, a translation enhancer element (TEE) can be incorporated on the 5′end of the stem of a stem loop and a miRNA seed can be incorporated into the stem of the stem loop. In another embodiment, a TEE can be incorporated on the 5′ end of the stem of a stem loop, a miRNA seed can be incorporated into the stem of the stem loop and a miRNA binding site can be incorporated into the 3′ end of the stem or the sequence after the stem loop. The miRNA seed and the miRNA binding site can be for the same and/or different miRNA sequences.

In one embodiment, the incorporation of a miRNA sequence and/or a TEE sequence changes the shape of the stem loop region which can increase and/or decrease translation. (see e.g, Kedde et al., “A Pumilio -induced RNA structure switch in p27-3′UTR controls miR-221 and miR-22 accessibility.” Nature Cell Biology. 2010, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).

In one embodiment, the 5′-UTR of a polynucleotide of the invention can comprise at least one miRNA sequence. The miRNA sequence can be, but is not limited to, a 19 or 22 nucleotide sequence and/or a miRNA sequence without the seed.

In one embodiment the miRNA sequence in the 5′UTR can be used to stabilize a polynucleotide of the invention described herein.

In another embodiment, a miRNA sequence in the 5′UTR of a polynucleotide of the invention can be used to decrease the accessibility of the site of translation initiation such as, but not limited to a start codon. See, e.g., Matsuda et al., PLoS One. 2010 11(5):e15057; incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, which used antisense locked nucleic acid (LNA) oligonucleotides and exon-junction complexes (EJCs) around a start codon (−4 to +37 where the A of the AUG codons is +1) in order to decrease the accessibility to the first start codon (AUG). Matsuda showed that altering the sequence around the start codon with an LNA or EJC affected the efficiency, length and structural stability of a polynucleotide. A polynucleotide of the invention can comprise a miRNA sequence, instead of the LNA or EJC sequence described by Matsuda et al, near the site of translation initiation in order to decrease the accessibility to the site of translation initiation. The site of translation initiation can be prior to, after or within the miRNA sequence. As a non-limiting example, the site of translation initiation can be located within a miRNA sequence such as a seed sequence or binding site. As another non-limiting example, the site of translation initiation can be located within a miR-122 sequence such as the seed sequence or the mir-122 binding site.

In some embodiments, a polynucleotide of the invention can include at least one miRNA in order to dampen the antigen presentation by antigen presenting cells. The miRNA can be the complete miRNA sequence, the miRNA seed sequence, the miRNA sequence without the seed, or a combination thereof. As a non-limiting example, a miRNA incorporated into a polynucleotide of the invention can be specific to the hematopoietic system. As another non-limiting example, a miRNA incorporated into a polynucleotide of the invention to dampen antigen presentation is miR-142-3p.

In some embodiments, a polynucleotide of the invention can include at least one miRNA in order to dampen expression of the encoded polypeptide in a tissue or cell of interest. As a non-limiting example, a polynucleotide of the invention can include at least one miR-122 binding site in order to dampen expression of an encoded polypeptide of interest in the liver. As another non-limiting example a polynucleotide of the invention can include at least one miR-142-3p binding site, miR-142-3p seed sequence, miR-142-3p binding site without the seed, miR-142-5p binding site, miR-142-5p seed sequence, miR-142-5p binding site without the seed, miR-146 binding site, miR-146 seed sequence and/or miR-146 binding site without the seed sequence.

In some embodiments, a polynucleotide of the invention can comprise at least one miRNA binding site in the 3′UTR in order to selectively degrade mRNA therapeutics in the immune cells to subdue unwanted immunogenic reactions caused by therapeutic delivery. As a non-limiting example, the miRNA binding site can make a polynucleotide of the invention more unstable in antigen presenting cells. Non-limiting examples of these miRNAs include mir-142-5p, mir-142-3p, mir-146a-5p, and mir-146-3p.

In one embodiment, a polynucleotide of the invention comprises at least one miRNA sequence in a region of the polynucleotide that can interact with a RNA binding protein.

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide of the invention (e.g., a RNA, e.g., an mRNA) comprising (i) a sequence-optimized nucleotide sequence (e.g., an ORF) encoding a wild type LPL or LPL-S447Stop protein polypeptide (e.g., the wild-type sequence, functional fragment, or variant thereof) and (ii) a miRNA binding site (e.g., a miRNA binding site that binds to miR-142).

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide of the invention comprises a uracil-modified sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide disclosed herein and a miRNA binding site disclosed herein, e.g., a miRNA binding site that binds to miR-142. In some embodiments, the uracil-modified sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide comprises at least one chemically modified nucleobase, e.g., 5-methoxyuracil. In some embodiments, at least 95% of a type of nucleobase (e.g., uricil) in a uracil-modified sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide of the invention are modified nucleobases. In some embodiments, at least 95% of uricil in a uracil-modified sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide is 5-methoxyuridine. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide disclosed herein and a miRNA binding site is formulated with a delivery agent, e.g., a lipid having the Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIe), (IId) or (IIe), e.g., any of Compounds 1-232.

3′ UTRs

In certain embodiments, a polynucleotide of the present invention (e.g., a polynucleotide comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide of the invention) further comprises a 3′ UTR.

3′-UTR is the section of mRNA that immediately follows the translation termination codon and often contains regulatory regions that post-transcriptionally influence gene expression. Regulatory regions within the 3′-UTR can influence polyadenylation, translation efficiency, localization, and stability of the mRNA. In one embodiment, the 3′-UTR useful for the invention comprises a binding site for regulatory proteins or microRNAs.

Regions Having a 5′ Cap

The invention also includes a polynucleotide that comprises both a 5′ Cap and a polynucleotide of the present invention (e.g., a polynucleotide comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide).

The 5′ cap structure of a natural mRNA is involved in nuclear export, increasing mRNA stability and binds the mRNA Cap Binding Protein (CBP), which is responsible for mRNA stability in the cell and translation competency through the association of CBP with poly(A) binding protein to form the mature cyclic mRNA species. The cap further assists the removal of 5′ proximal introns during mRNA splicing.

Endogenous mRNA molecules can be 5′-end capped generating a 5′-ppp-5′-triphosphate linkage between a terminal guanosine cap residue and the 5′-terminal transcribed sense nucleotide of the mRNA molecule. This 5′-guanylate cap can then be methylated to generate an N7-methyl-guanylate residue. The ribose sugars of the terminal and/or anteterminal transcribed nucleotides of the 5′ end of the mRNA can optionally also be 2′-O-methylated. 5′-decapping through hydrolysis and cleavage of the guanylate cap structure can target a nucleic acid molecule, such as an mRNA molecule, for degradation.

In some embodiments, the polynucleotides of the present invention (e.g., a polynucleotide comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide) incorporate a cap moiety.

In some embodiments, polynucleotides of the present invention (e.g., a polynucleotide comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide) comprise a non-hydrolyzable cap structure preventing decapping and thus increasing mRNA half-life. Because cap structure hydrolysis requires cleavage of 5′-ppp-5′ phosphorodiester linkages, modified nucleotides can be used during the capping reaction. For example, a Vaccinia Capping Enzyme from New England Biolabs (Ipswich, MA) can be used with α-thio-guanosine nucleotides according to the manufacturer's instructions to create a phosphorothioate linkage in the 5′-ppp-5′ cap. Additional modified guanosine nucleotides can be used such as α-methyl-phosphonate and seleno-phosphate nucleotides.

Additional modifications include, but are not limited to, 2′-O-methylation of the ribose sugars of 5′-terminal and/or 5′-anteterminal nucleotides of the polynucleotide (as mentioned above) on the 2′-hydroxyl group of the sugar ring. Multiple distinct 5′-cap structures can be used to generate the 5′-cap of a nucleic acid molecule, such as a polynucleotide that functions as an mRNA molecule. Cap analogs, which herein are also referred to as synthetic cap analogs, chemical caps, chemical cap analogs, or structural or functional cap analogs, differ from natural (i.e., endogenous, wild-type or physiological) 5′-caps in their chemical structure, while retaining cap function. Cap analogs can be chemically (i.e., non-enzymatically) or enzymatically synthesized and/or linked to the polynucleotides of the invention.

For example, the Anti-Reverse Cap Analog (ARCA) cap contains two guanines linked by a 5′-5′-triphosphate group, wherein one guanine contains an N7 methyl group as well as a 3′-O-methyl group (i.e., N7,3′-O-dimethyl-guanosine-5′-triphosphate-5′-guanosine (m 7 G-3′mppp-G; which can equivalently be designated 3′ O-Me-m7G(5′)ppp(5′)G). The 3′-O atom of the other, unmodified, guanine becomes linked to the 5′-terminal nucleotide of the capped polynucleotide. The N7- and 3′-O-methlyated guanine provides the terminal moiety of the capped polynucleotide.

Another exemplary cap is mCAP, which is similar to ARCA but has a 2′-O-methyl group on guanosine (i.e., N7,2′-O-dimethyl-guanosine-5′-triphosphate-5′-guanosine, m 7 Gm-ppp-G).

In some embodiments, the cap is a dinucleotide cap analog. As a non-limiting example, the dinucleotide cap analog can be modified at different phosphate positions with a boranophosphate group or a phophoroselenoate group such as the dinucleotide cap analogs described in U.S. Pat. No. 8,519,110, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.

In another embodiment, the cap is a cap analog is a N7-(4-chlorophenoxyethyl) substituted dicucleotide form of a cap analog known in the art and/or described herein. Non-limiting examples of a N7-(4-chlorophenoxyethyl) substituted dicucleotide form of a cap analog include a N7-(4-chlorophenoxyethyl)-G(5′)ppp(5′)G and a N7-(4-chlorophenoxyethyl)-m 3-O G(5′)ppp(5′)G cap analog (See, e.g., the various cap analogs and the methods of synthesizing cap analogs described in Kore et al. Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry 2013 21:4570-4574; the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in its entirety). In another embodiment, a cap analog of the present invention is a 4-chloro/bromophenoxyethyl analog.

While cap analogs allow for the concomitant capping of a polynucleotide or a region thereof, in an in vitro transcription reaction, up to 20% of transcripts can remain uncapped. This, as well as the structural differences of a cap analog from an endogenous 5′-cap structures of nucleic acids produced by the endogenous, cellular transcription machinery, can lead to reduced translational competency and reduced cellular stability.

Polynucleotides of the invention (e.g., a polynucleotide comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide) can also be capped post-manufacture (whether IVT or chemical synthesis), using enzymes, in order to generate more authentic 5′-cap structures. As used herein, the phrase “more authentic” refers to a feature that closely mirrors or mimics, either structurally or functionally, an endogenous or wild type feature. That is, a “more authentic” feature is better representative of an endogenous, wild-type, natural or physiological cellular function and/or structure as compared to synthetic features or analogs, etc., of the prior art, or which outperforms the corresponding endogenous, wild-type, natural or physiological feature in one or more respects. Non-limiting examples of more authentic 5′cap structures of the present invention are those that, among other things, have enhanced binding of cap binding proteins, increased half-life, reduced susceptibility to 5′ endonucleases and/or reduced 5′decapping, as compared to synthetic 5′cap structures known in the art (or to a wild-type, natural or physiological 5′cap structure). For example, recombinant Vaccinia Virus Capping Enzyme and recombinant 2′-O-methyltransferase enzyme can create a canonical 5′-5′-triphosphate linkage between the 5′-terminal nucleotide of a polynucleotide and a guanine cap nucleotide wherein the cap guanine contains an N7 methylation and the 5′-terminal nucleotide of the mRNA contains a 2′-O-methyl. Such a structure is termed the Cap1 structure. This cap results in a higher translational-competency and cellular stability and a reduced activation of cellular pro-inflammatory cytokines, as compared, e.g., to other 5′cap analog structures known in the art. Cap structures include, but are not limited to, 7mG(5′)ppp(5′)N,pN2p (cap 0), 7mG(5′)ppp(5′)NlmpNp (cap 1), and 7mG(5′)-ppp(5′)NlmpN2mp (cap 2).

As a non-limiting example, capping chimeric polynucleotides post-manufacture can be more efficient as nearly 100% of the chimeric polynucleotides can be capped. This is in contrast to −80% when a cap analog is linked to a chimeric polynucleotide in the course of an in vitro transcription reaction.

According to the present invention, 5′ terminal caps can include endogenous caps or cap analogs. According to the present invention, a 5′ terminal cap can comprise a guanine analog. Useful guanine analogs include, but are not limited to, inosine, N1-methyl-guanosine, 2′fluoro-guanosine, 7-deaza-guanosine, 8-oxo-guanosine, 2-amino-guanosine, LNA-guanosine, and 2-azido-guanosine.

Poly-A Tails

In some embodiments, the polynucleotides of the present disclosure (e.g., a polynucleotide comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide) further comprise a poly-A tail. In further embodiments, terminal groups on the poly-A tail can be incorporated for stabilization. In other embodiments, a poly-A tail comprises des-3′ hydroxyl tails.

During RNA processing, a long chain of adenine nucleotides (poly-A tail) can be added to a polynucleotide such as an mRNA molecule in order to increase stability. Immediately after transcription, the 3′ end of the transcript can be cleaved to free a 3′ hydroxyl. Then poly-A polymerase adds a chain of adenine nucleotides to the RNA. The process, called polyadenylation, adds a poly-A tail that can be between, for example, approximately 80 to approximately 250 residues long, including approximately 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200, 210, 220, 230, 240 or 250 residues long.

PolyA tails can also be added after the construct is exported from the nucleus.

According to the present invention, terminal groups on the poly A tail can be incorporated for stabilization. Polynucleotides of the present invention can include des-3′ hydroxyl tails. They can also include structural moieties or 2′-Omethyl modifications as taught by Junjie Li, et al. (Current Biology, Vol. 15, 1501-1507, Aug. 23, 2005, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).

The polynucleotides of the present invention can be designed to encode transcripts with alternative polyA tail structures including histone mRNA. According to Norbury, “Terminal uridylation has also been detected on human replication-dependent histone mRNAs. The turnover of these mRNAs is thought to be important for the prevention of potentially toxic histone accumulation following the completion or inhibition of chromosomal DNA replication. These mRNAs are distinguished by their lack of a 3′ poly(A) tail, the function of which is instead assumed by a stable stem-loop structure and its cognate stem-loop binding protein (SLBP); the latter carries out the same functions as those of PABP on polyadenylated mRNAs” (Norbury, “Cytoplasmic RNA: a case of the tail wagging the dog,” Nature Reviews Molecular Cell Biology; AOP, published online 29 Aug. 2013; doi:10.1038/nrm3645) the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

Unique poly-A tail lengths provide certain advantages to the polynucleotides of the present invention. Generally, the length of a poly-A tail, when present, is greater than 30 nucleotides in length. In another embodiment, the poly-A tail is greater than 35 nucleotides in length (e.g., at least or greater than about 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 120, 140, 160, 180, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1,000, 1,100, 1,200, 1,300, 1,400, 1,500, 1,600, 1,700, 1,800, 1,900, 2,000, 2,500, and 3,000 nucleotides).

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide or region thereof includes from about 30 to about 3,000 nucleotides (e.g., from 30 to 50, from 30 to 100, from 30 to 250, from 30 to 500, from 30 to 750, from 30 to 1,000, from 30 to 1,500, from 30 to 2,000, from 30 to 2,500, from 50 to 100, from 50 to 250, from 50 to 500, from 50 to 750, from 50 to 1,000, from 50 to 1,500, from 50 to 2,000, from 50 to 2,500, from 50 to 3,000, from 100 to 500, from 100 to 750, from 100 to 1,000, from 100 to 1,500, from 100 to 2,000, from 100 to 2,500, from 100 to 3,000, from 500 to 750, from 500 to 1,000, from 500 to 1,500, from 500 to 2,000, from 500 to 2,500, from 500 to 3,000, from 1,000 to 1,500, from 1,000 to 2,000, from 1,000 to 2,500, from 1,000 to 3,000, from 1,500 to 2,000, from 1,500 to 2,500, from 1,500 to 3,000, from 2,000 to 3,000, from 2,000 to 2,500, and from 2,500 to 3,000).

In some embodiments, the poly-A tail is designed relative to the length of the overall polynucleotide or the length of a particular region of the polynucleotide. This design can be based on the length of a coding region, the length of a particular feature or region or based on the length of the ultimate product expressed from the polynucleotides.

In this context, the poly-A tail can be 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, or 100% greater in length than the polynucleotide or feature thereof. The poly-A tail can also be designed as a fraction of the polynucleotides to which it belongs. In this context, the poly-A tail can be 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, or 90% or more of the total length of the construct, a construct region or the total length of the construct minus the poly-A tail. Further, engineered binding sites and conjugation of polynucleotides for Poly-A binding protein can enhance expression.

Additionally, multiple distinct polynucleotides can be linked together via the PABP (Poly-A binding protein) through the 3′-end using modified nucleotides at the 3′-terminus of the poly-A tail. Transfection experiments can be conducted in relevant cell lines at and protein production can be assayed by ELISA at 12 hr, 24 hr, 48 hr, 72 hr and day 7 post-transfection.

In some embodiments, the polynucleotides of the present invention are designed to include a polyA-G Quartet region. The G-quartet is a cyclic hydrogen bonded array of four guanine nucleotides that can be formed by G-rich sequences in both DNA and RNA. In this embodiment, the G-quartet is incorporated at the end of the poly-A tail. The resultant polynucleotide is assayed for stability, protein production and other parameters including half-life at various time points. It has been discovered that the polyA-G quartet results in protein production from an mRNA equivalent to at least 75% of that seen using a poly-A tail of 120 nucleotides alone.

Start Codon Region

The invention also includes a polynucleotide that comprises both a start codon region and the polynucleotide described herein (e.g., a polynucleotide comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide). In some embodiments, the polynucleotides of the present invention can have regions that are analogous to or function like a start codon region.

In some embodiments, the translation of a polynucleotide can initiate on a codon that is not the start codon AUG. Translation of the polynucleotide can initiate on an alternative start codon such as, but not limited to, ACG, AGG, AAG, CTG/CUG, GTG/GUG, ATA/AUA, ATT/AUU, TTG/UUG (see Touriol et al. Biology of the Cell 95 (2003) 169-178 and Matsuda and Mauro PLoS ONE, 2010 5:11; the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in its entirety).

As a non-limiting example, the translation of a polynucleotide begins on the alternative start codon ACG. As another non-limiting example, polynucleotide translation begins on the alternative start codon CTG or CUG. As yet another non-limiting example, the translation of a polynucleotide begins on the alternative start codon GTG or GUG.

Nucleotides flanking a codon that initiates translation such as, but not limited to, a start codon or an alternative start codon, are known to affect the translation efficiency, the length and/or the structure of the polynucleotide. (See, e.g., Matsuda and Mauro PLoS ONE, 2010 5:11; the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in its entirety). Masking any of the nucleotides flanking a codon that initiates translation can be used to alter the position of translation initiation, translation efficiency, length and/or structure of a polynucleotide.

In some embodiments, a masking agent can be used near the start codon or alternative start codon in order to mask or hide the codon to reduce the probability of translation initiation at the masked start codon or alternative start codon. Non-limiting examples of masking agents include antisense locked nucleic acids (LNA) polynucleotides and exon-junction complexes (EJCs) (See, e.g., Matsuda and Mauro describing masking agents LNA polynucleotides and EJCs (PLoS ONE, 2010 5:11); the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in its entirety).

In another embodiment, a masking agent can be used to mask a start codon of a polynucleotide in order to increase the likelihood that translation will initiate on an alternative start codon. In some embodiments, a masking agent can be used to mask a first start codon or alternative start codon in order to increase the chance that translation will initiate on a start codon or alternative start codon downstream to the masked start codon or alternative start codon.

In some embodiments, a start codon or alternative start codon can be located within a perfect complement for a miR binding site. The perfect complement of a miR binding site can help control the translation, length and/or structure of the polynucleotide similar to a masking agent. As a non-limiting example, the start codon or alternative start codon can be located in the middle of a perfect complement for a miRNA binding site. The start codon or alternative start codon can be located after the first nucleotide, second nucleotide, third nucleotide, fourth nucleotide, fifth nucleotide, sixth nucleotide, seventh nucleotide, eighth nucleotide, ninth nucleotide, tenth nucleotide, eleventh nucleotide, twelfth nucleotide, thirteenth nucleotide, fourteenth nucleotide, fifteenth nucleotide, sixteenth nucleotide, seventeenth nucleotide, eighteenth nucleotide, nineteenth nucleotide, twentieth nucleotide or twenty-first nucleotide.

In another embodiment, the start codon of a polynucleotide can be removed from the polynucleotide sequence in order to have the translation of the polynucleotide begin on a codon that is not the start codon. Translation of the polynucleotide can begin on the codon following the removed start codon or on a downstream start codon or an alternative start codon. In a non-limiting example, the start codon ATG or AUG is removed as the first 3 nucleotides of the polynucleotide sequence in order to have translation initiate on a downstream start codon or alternative start codon. The polynucleotide sequence where the start codon was removed can further comprise at least one masking agent for the downstream start codon and/or alternative start codons in order to control or attempt to control the initiation of translation, the length of the polynucleotide and/or the structure of the polynucleotide.

Stop Codon Region

The invention also includes a polynucleotide that comprises both a stop codon region and the polynucleotide described herein (e.g., a polynucleotide comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide). In some embodiments, the polynucleotides of the present invention can include at least two stop codons before the 3′ untranslated region (UTR). The stop codon can be selected from TGA, TAA and TAG in the case of DNA, or from UGA, UAA and UAG in the case of RNA. In some embodiments, the polynucleotides of the present invention include the stop codon TGA in the case or DNA, or the stop codon UGA in the case of RNA, and one additional stop codon. In a further embodiment the addition stop codon can be TAA or UAA. In another embodiment, the polynucleotides of the present invention include three consecutive stop codons, four stop codons, or more.

Insertions and Substitutions

The invention also includes a polynucleotide of the present disclosure that further comprises insertions and/or substitutions.

In some embodiments, the 5′UTR of the polynucleotide can be replaced by the insertion of at least one region and/or string of nucleosides of the same base. The region and/or string of nucleotides can include, but is not limited to, at least 3, at least 4, at least 5, at least 6, at least 7 or at least 8 nucleotides and the nucleotides can be natural and/or unnatural. As a non-limiting example, the group of nucleotides can include 5-8 adenine, cytosine, thymine, a string of any of the other nucleotides disclosed herein and/or combinations thereof.

In some embodiments, the 5′UTR of the polynucleotide can be replaced by the insertion of at least two regions and/or strings of nucleotides of two different bases such as, but not limited to, adenine, cytosine, thymine, any of the other nucleotides disclosed herein and/or combinations thereof. For example, the 5′UTR can be replaced by inserting 5-8 adenine bases followed by the insertion of 5-8 cytosine bases. In another example, the 5′UTR can be replaced by inserting 5-8 cytosine bases followed by the insertion of 5-8 adenine bases.

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide can include at least one substitution and/or insertion downstream of the transcription start site that can be recognized by an RNA polymerase. As a non-limiting example, at least one substitution and/or insertion can occur downstream of the transcription start site by substituting at least one nucleic acid in the region just downstream of the transcription start site (such as, but not limited to, +1 to +6). Changes to region of nucleotides just downstream of the transcription start site can affect initiation rates, increase apparent nucleotide triphosphate (NTP) reaction constant values, and increase the dissociation of short transcripts from the transcription complex curing initial transcription (Brieba et al, Biochemistry (2002) 41: 5144-5149; herein incorporated by reference in its entirety). The modification, substitution and/or insertion of at least one nucleoside can cause a silent mutation of the sequence or can cause a mutation in the amino acid sequence.

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide can include the substitution of at least 1, at least 2, at least 3, at least 4, at least 5, at least 6, at least 7, at least 8, at least 9, at least 10, at least 11, at least 12 or at least 13 guanine bases downstream of the transcription start site.

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide can include the substitution of at least 1, at least 2, at least 3, at least 4, at least 5 or at least 6 guanine bases in the region just downstream of the transcription start site. As a non-limiting example, if the nucleotides in the region are GGGAGA, the guanine bases can be substituted by at least 1, at least 2, at least 3 or at least 4 adenine nucleotides. In another non-limiting example, if the nucleotides in the region are GGGAGA the guanine bases can be substituted by at least 1, at least 2, at least 3 or at least 4 cytosine bases. In another non-limiting example, if the nucleotides in the region are GGGAGA the guanine bases can be substituted by at least 1, at least 2, at least 3 or at least 4 thymine, and/or any of the nucleotides described herein.

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide can include at least one substitution and/or insertion upstream of the start codon. For the purpose of clarity, one of skill in the art would appreciate that the start codon is the first codon of the protein coding region whereas the transcription start site is the site where transcription begins. The polynucleotide can include, but is not limited to, at least 1, at least 2, at least 3, at least 4, at least 5, at least 6, at least 7 or at least 8 substitutions and/or insertions of nucleotide bases. The nucleotide bases can be inserted or substituted at 1, at least 1, at least 2, at least 3, at least 4 or at least 5 locations upstream of the start codon. The nucleotides inserted and/or substituted can be the same base (e.g., all A or all C or all T or all G), two different bases (e.g., A and C, A and T, or C and T), three different bases (e.g., A, C and T or A, C and T) or at least four different bases.

As a non-limiting example, the guanine base upstream of the coding region in the polynucleotide can be substituted with adenine, cytosine, thymine, or any of the nucleotides described herein. In another non-limiting example, the substitution of guanine bases in the polynucleotide can be designed so as to leave one guanine base in the region downstream of the transcription start site and before the start codon (see Esvelt et al. Nature (2011) 472(7344):499-503; the contents of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety). As a non-limiting example, at least 5 nucleotides can be inserted at 1 location downstream of the transcription start site but upstream of the start codon and the at least 5 nucleotides can be the same base type.

Polynucleotide Comprising an mRNA Encoding a LPL Polypeptide

In certain embodiments, a polynucleotide of the present disclosure, for example a polynucleotide comprising an mRNA nucleotide sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide, comprises from 5′ to 3′ end:

(i) a 5′ cap provided above; (ii) a 5′ UTR, such as the sequences provided above; (iii) an open reading frame encoding a LPL polypeptide, e.g., a sequence optimized nucleic acid sequence encoding LPL disclosed herein; (iv) at least one stop codon; (v) a 3′ UTR, such as the sequences provided above; and (vi) a poly-A tail provided above.

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide further comprises a miRNA binding site, e.g, a miRNA binding site that binds to miRNA-142. In some embodiments, the 5′UTR comprises the miRNA binding site.

In some embodiments, a polynucleotide of the present disclosure comprises a nucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide sequence at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 81%, at least 82%, at least 83%, at least 84%, at least 85%, at least 86%, at least 87%, at least 88%, at least 89%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or 100% identical to the protein sequence of a wild type LPL or LPL-S447Stop.

Methods of Making Polynucleotides

The present disclosure also provides methods for making a polynucleotide of the invention (e.g., a polynucleotide comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide) or a complement thereof.

In some aspects, a polynucleotide (e.g., a RNA, e.g., an mRNA) disclosed herein, and encoding a LPL polypeptide, can be constructed using in vitro transcription. In other aspects, a polynucleotide (e.g., a RNA, e.g., an mRNA) disclosed herein, and encoding a LPL polypeptide, can be constructed by chemical synthesis using an oligonucleotide synthesizer.

In other aspects, a polynucleotide (e.g., a RNA, e.g., an mRNA) disclosed herein, and encoding a LPL polypeptide is made by using a host cell. In certain aspects, a polynucleotide (e.g., a RNA, e.g., an mRNA) disclosed herein, and encoding a LPL polypeptide is made by one or more combination of the IVT, chemical synthesis, host cell expression, or any other methods known in the art.

Naturally occurring nucleosides, non-naturally occurring nucleosides, or combinations thereof, can totally or partially naturally replace occurring nucleosides present in the candidate nucleotide sequence and can be incorporated into a sequence-optimized nucleotide sequence (e.g., a RNA, e.g., an mRNA) encoding a LPL polypeptide. The resultant polynucleotides, e.g., mRNAs, can then be examined for their ability to produce protein and/or produce a therapeutic outcome.

a. In Vitro Transcription/Enzymatic Synthesis

The polynucleotides of the present invention disclosed herein (e.g., a polynucleotide comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide) can be transcribed using an in vitro transcription (IVT) system. The system typically comprises a transcription buffer, nucleotide triphosphates (NTPs), an RNase inhibitor and a polymerase. The NTPs can be selected from, but are not limited to, those described herein including natural and unnatural (modified) NTPs. The polymerase can be selected from, but is not limited to, T7 RNA polymerase, T3 RNA polymerase and mutant polymerases such as, but not limited to, polymerases able to incorporate polynucleotides disclosed herein. See U.S. Publ. No. US20130259923, which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.

Any number of RNA polymerases or variants can be used in the synthesis of the polynucleotides of the present invention. RNA polymerases can be modified by inserting or deleting amino acids of the RNA polymerase sequence. As a non-limiting example, the RNA polymerase can be modified to exhibit an increased ability to incorporate a 2′-modified nucleotide triphosphate compared to an unmodified RNA polymerase (see International Publication WO2008078180 and U.S. Pat. No. 8,101,385; herein incorporated by reference in their entireties).

Variants can be obtained by evolving an RNA polymerase, optimizing the RNA polymerase amino acid and/or nucleic acid sequence and/or by using other methods known in the art. As a non-limiting example, T7 RNA polymerase variants can be evolved using the continuous directed evolution system set out by Esvelt et al. (Nature 472:499-503 (2011); herein incorporated by reference in its entirety) where clones of T7 RNA polymerase can encode at least one mutation such as, but not limited to, lysine at position 93 substituted for threonine (K93T), I4M, A7T, E63V, V64D, A65E, D66Y, T76N, C125R, S128R, A136T, N165S, G175R, H176L, Y178H, F182L, L196F, G198V, D208Y, E222K, S228A, Q239R, T243N, G259D, M2671, G280C, H300R, D351A, A354S, E356D, L360P, A383V, Y385C, D388Y, S397R, M401T, N410S, K450R, P451T, G452V, E484A, H523L, H524N, G542V, E565K, K577E, K577M, N601S, S684Y, L6991, K713E, N748D, Q754R, E775K, A827V, D851N or L864F. As another non-limiting example, T7 RNA polymerase variants can encode at least mutation as described in U.S. Pub. Nos. 20100120024 and 20070117112; herein incorporated by reference in their entireties. Variants of RNA polymerase can also include, but are not limited to, substitutional variants, conservative amino acid substitution, insertional variants, deletional variants and/or covalent derivatives.

In one aspect, the polynucleotide can be designed to be recognized by the wild type or variant RNA polymerases. In doing so, the polynucleotide can be modified to contain sites or regions of sequence changes from the wild type or parent chimeric polynucleotide.

Polynucleotide or nucleic acid synthesis reactions can be carried out by enzymatic methods utilizing polymerases. Polymerases catalyze the creation of phosphodiester bonds between nucleotides in a polynucleotide or nucleic acid chain. Currently known DNA polymerases can be divided into different families based on amino acid sequence comparison and crystal structure analysis. DNA polymerase I (pol I) or A polymerase family, including the Klenow fragments of E. coli, Bacillus DNA polymerase I, Thermus aquaticus (Taq) DNA polymerases, and the T7 RNA and DNA polymerases, is among the best studied of these families. Another large family is DNA polymerase α (pol α) or B polymerase family, including all eukaryotic replicating DNA polymerases and polymerases from phages T4 and RB69. Although they employ similar catalytic mechanism, these families of polymerases differ in substrate specificity, substrate analog-incorporating efficiency, degree and rate for primer extension, mode of DNA synthesis, exonuclease activity, and sensitivity against inhibitors.

DNA polymerases are also selected based on the optimum reaction conditions they require, such as reaction temperature, pH, and template and primer concentrations. Sometimes a combination of more than one DNA polymerases is employed to achieve the desired DNA fragment size and synthesis efficiency. For example, Cheng et al. increase pH, add glycerol and dimethyl sulfoxide, decrease denaturation times, increase extension times, and utilize a secondary thermostable DNA polymerase that possesses a 3′ to 5′ exonuclease activity to effectively amplify long targets from cloned inserts and human genomic DNA. (Cheng et al., PNAS 91:5695-5699 (1994), the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety). RNA polymerases from bacteriophage T3, T7, and SP6 have been widely used to prepare RNAs for biochemical and biophysical studies. RNA polymerases, capping enzymes, and poly-A polymerases are disclosed in the co-pending International Publication No. WO2014028429, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.

In one aspect, the RNA polymerase which can be used in the synthesis of the polynucleotides of the present invention is a Syn5 RNA polymerase. (see Zhu et al. Nucleic Acids Research 2013, doi:10.1093/nar/gkt1193, which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety). The Syn5 RNA polymerase was recently characterized from marine cyanophage Syn5 by Zhu et al. where they also identified the promoter sequence (see Zhu et al. Nucleic Acids Research 2013, the contents of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety). Zhu et al. found that Syn5 RNA polymerase catalyzed RNA synthesis over a wider range of temperatures and salinity as compared to T7 RNA polymerase. Additionally, the requirement for the initiating nucleotide at the promoter was found to be less stringent for Syn5 RNA polymerase as compared to the T7 RNA polymerase making Syn5 RNA polymerase promising for RNA synthesis.

In one aspect, a Syn5 RNA polymerase can be used in the synthesis of the polynucleotides described herein. As a non-limiting example, a Syn5 RNA polymerase can be used in the synthesis of the polynucleotide requiring a precise 3′-terminus.

In one aspect, a Syn5 promoter can be used in the synthesis of the polynucleotides. As a non-limiting example, the Syn5 promoter can be 5′-ATTGGGCACCCGTAAGGG-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 78 as described by Zhu et al. (Nucleic Acids Research 2013).

In one aspect, a Syn5 RNA polymerase can be used in the synthesis of polynucleotides comprising at least one chemical modification described herein and/or known in the art (see e.g., the incorporation of pseudo-UTP and 5Me-CTP described in Zhu et al. Nucleic Acids Research 2013).

In one aspect, the polynucleotides described herein can be synthesized using a Syn5 RNA polymerase which has been purified using modified and improved purification procedure described by Zhu et al. (Nucleic Acids Research 2013).

Various tools in genetic engineering are based on the enzymatic amplification of a target gene which acts as a template. For the study of sequences of individual genes or specific regions of interest and other research needs, it is necessary to generate multiple copies of a target gene from a small sample of polynucleotides or nucleic acids. Such methods can be applied in the manufacture of the polynucleotides of the invention.

For Example, polymerase chain reaction (PCR), strand displacement amplification (SDAnucleic acid sequence-based amplification (NASBA), also called transcription mediated amplification (TMA), and rolling-circle amplification (RCA), can be utilized in the manufacture of one or more regions of the polynucleotides of the present invention.

Assembling polynucleotides or nucleic acids by a ligase is also widely used. DNA or RNA ligases promote intermolecular ligation of the 5′ and 3′ ends of polynucleotide chains through the formation of a phosphodiester bond.

b. Chemical Synthesis

Standard methods can be applied to synthesize an isolated polynucleotide sequence encoding an isolated polypeptide of interest, such as a polynucleotide of the invention (e.g., a polynucleotide comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide). For example, a single DNA or RNA oligomer containing a codon-optimized nucleotide sequence coding for the particular isolated polypeptide can be synthesized. In other aspects, several small oligonucleotides coding for portions of the desired polypeptide can be synthesized and then ligated. In some aspects, the individual oligonucleotides typically contain 5′ or 3′ overhangs for complementary assembly.

A polynucleotide disclosed herein (e.g., a RNA, e.g., an mRNA) can be chemically synthesized using chemical synthesis methods and potential nucleobase substitutions known in the art. See, for example, International Publication Nos. WO2014093924, WO2013052523; WO2013039857, WO2012135805, WO2013151671; U.S. Publ. No. US20130115272; or U.S. Pat. Nos. U.S. Pat. No. 8,999,380 or U.S. Pat. No. 8,710,200, all of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entireties.

c. Purification of Polynucleotides Encoding LPL

Purification of the polynucleotides described herein (e.g., a polynucleotide comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide) can include, but is not limited to, polynucleotide clean-up, quality assurance and quality control. Clean-up can be performed by methods known in the arts such as, but not limited to, AGENCOURT® beads (Beckman Coulter Genomics, Danvers, MA), poly-T beads, LNA™ oligo-T capture probes (EXIQON® Inc., Vedbaek, Denmark) or HPLC based purification methods such as, but not limited to, strong anion exchange HPLC, weak anion exchange HPLC, reverse phase HPLC (RP-HPLC), and hydrophobic interaction HPLC (HIC-HPLC).

The term “purified” when used in relation to a polynucleotide such as a “purified polynucleotide” refers to one that is separated from at least one contaminant. As used herein, a “contaminant” is any substance that makes another unfit, impure or inferior. Thus, a purified polynucleotide (e.g., DNA and RNA) is present in a form or setting different from that in which it is found in nature, or a form or setting different from that which existed prior to subjecting it to a treatment or purification method.

In some embodiments, purification of a polynucleotide of the invention (e.g., a polynucleotide comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide) removes impurities that can reduce or remove an unwanted immune response, e.g., reducing cytokine activity.

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide of the invention (e.g., a polynucleotide comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide) is purified prior to administration using column chromatography (e.g., strong anion exchange HPLC, weak anion exchange HPLC, reverse phase HPLC (RP-HPLC), and hydrophobic interaction HPLC (HIC-HPLC), or (LCMS)).

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide of the invention (e.g., a polynucleotide comprising a nucleotide sequence a LPL polypeptide) purified using column chromatography (e.g., strong anion exchange HPLC, weak anion exchange HPLC, reverse phase HPLC (RP-HPLC, hydrophobic interaction HPLC (HIC-HPLC), or (LCMS)) presents increased expression of the encoded LPL protein compared to the expression level obtained with the same polynucleotide of the present disclosure purified by a different purification method.

In some embodiments, a column chromatography (e.g., strong anion exchange HPLC, weak anion exchange HPLC, reverse phase HPLC (RP-HPLC), hydrophobic interaction HPLC (HIC-HPLC), or (LCMS)) purified polynucleotide comprises a nucleotide sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide comprising one or more of the point mutations known in the art.

In some embodiments, the use of RP-HPLC purified polynucleotide increases LPL protein expression levels in cells when introduced into those cells, e.g., by 10-100%, i.e., at least about 10%, at least about 20%, at least about 25%, at least about 30%, at least about 35%, at least about 40%, at least about 45%, at least about 50%, at least about 55%, at least about 60%, at least about 65%, at least about 70%, at least about 75%, at least about 80%, at least about 90%, at least about 95%, or at least about 100% with respect to the expression levels of LPL protein in the cells before the RP-HPLC purified polynucleotide was introduced in the cells, or after a non-RP-HPLC purified polynucleotide was introduced in the cells.

In some embodiments, the use of RP-HPLC purified polynucleotide increases functional LPL protein expression levels in cells when introduced into those cells, e.g., by 10-100%, i.e., at least about 10%, at least about 20%, at least about 25%, at least about 30%, at least about 35%, at least about 40%, at least about 45%, at least about 50%, at least about 55%, at least about 60%, at least about 65%, at least about 70%, at least about 75%, at least about 80%, at least about 90%, at least about 95%, or at least about 100% with respect to the functional expression levels of LPL protein in the cells before the RP-HPLC purified polynucleotide was introduced in the cells, or after a non-RP-HPLC purified polynucleotide was introduced in the cells.

In some embodiments, the use of RP-HPLC purified polynucleotide increases detectable LPL activity in cells when introduced into those cells, e.g., by 10-100%, i.e., at least about 10%, at least about 20%, at least about 25%, at least about 30%, at least about 35%, at least about 40%, at least about 45%, at least about 50%, at least about 55%, at least about 60%, at least about 65%, at least about 70%, at least about 75%, at least about 80%, at least about 90%, at least about 95%, or at least about 100% with respect to the activity levels of functional LPL in the cells before the RP-HPLC purified polynucleotide was introduced in the cells, or after a non-RP-HPLC purified polynucleotide was introduced in the cells.

In some embodiments, the purified polynucleotide is at least about 80% pure, at least about 85% pure, at least about 90% pure, at least about 95% pure, at least about 96% pure, at least about 97% pure, at least about 98% pure, at least about 99% pure, or about 100% pure.

A quality assurance and/or quality control check can be conducted using methods such as, but not limited to, gel electrophoresis, UV absorbance, or analytical HPLC. In another embodiment, the polynucleotide can be sequenced by methods including, but not limited to reverse-transcriptase-PCR.

d. Quantification of Expressed Polynucleotides Encoding LPL

In some embodiments, the polynucleotides of the present invention (e.g., a polynucleotide comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide), their expression products, as well as degradation products and metabolites can be quantified according to methods known in the art.

In some embodiments, the polynucleotides of the present invention can be quantified in exosomes or when derived from one or more bodily fluid. As used herein “bodily fluids” include peripheral blood, serum, plasma, ascites, urine, cerebrospinal fluid (CSF), sputum, saliva, bone marrow, synovial fluid, aqueous humor, amniotic fluid, cerumen, breast milk, broncheoalveolar lavage fluid, semen, prostatic fluid, cowper's fluid or pre-ejaculatory fluid, sweat, fecal matter, hair, tears, cyst fluid, pleural and peritoneal fluid, pericardial fluid, lymph, chyme, chyle, bile, interstitial fluid, menses, pus, sebum, vomit, vaginal secretions, mucosal secretion, stool water, pancreatic juice, lavage fluids from sinus cavities, bronchopulmonary aspirates, blastocyl cavity fluid, and umbilical cord blood. Alternatively, exosomes can be retrieved from an organ selected from the group consisting of lung, heart, pancreas, stomach, intestine, bladder, kidney, ovary, testis, skin, colon, breast, prostate, brain, esophagus, liver, and placenta.

In the exosome quantification method, a sample of not more than 2 mL is obtained from the subject and the exosomes isolated by size exclusion chromatography, density gradient centrifugation, differential centrifugation, nanomembrane ultrafiltration, immunoabsorbent capture, affinity purification, microfluidic separation, or combinations thereof. In the analysis, the level or concentration of a polynucleotide can be an expression level, presence, absence, truncation or alteration of the administered construct. It is advantageous to correlate the level with one or more clinical phenotypes or with an assay for a human disease biomarker.

The assay can be performed using construct specific probes, cytometry, qRT-PCR, real-time PCR, PCR, flow cytometry, electrophoresis, mass spectrometry, or combinations thereof while the exosomes can be isolated using immunohistochemical methods such as enzyme linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) methods. Exosomes can also be isolated by size exclusion chromatography, density gradient centrifugation, differential centrifugation, nanomembrane ultrafiltration, immunoabsorbent capture, affinity purification, microfluidic separation, or combinations thereof.

These methods afford the investigator the ability to monitor, in real time, the level of polynucleotides remaining or delivered. This is possible because the polynucleotides of the present invention differ from the endogenous forms due to the structural or chemical modifications.

In some embodiments, the polynucleotide can be quantified using methods such as, but not limited to, ultraviolet visible spectroscopy (UV/Vis). A non-limiting example of a UV/Vis spectrometer is a NANODROP® spectrometer (ThermoFisher, Waltham, MA). The quantified polynucleotide can be analyzed in order to determine if the polynucleotide can be of proper size, check that no degradation of the polynucleotide has occurred. Degradation of the polynucleotide can be checked by methods such as, but not limited to, agarose gel electrophoresis, HPLC based purification methods such as, but not limited to, strong anion exchange HPLC, weak anion exchange HPLC, reverse phase HPLC (RP-HPLC), and hydrophobic interaction HPLC (HIC-HPLC), liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry (LCMS), capillary electrophoresis (CE) and capillary gel electrophoresis (CGE).

Pharmaceutical Compositions and Formulations

The present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions and formulations that comprise any of the polynucleotides described above. In some embodiments, the composition or formulation further comprises a delivery agent.

In some embodiments, the composition or formulation can contain a polynucleotide comprising a sequence optimized nucleic acid sequence disclosed herein which encodes a LPL polypeptide. In some embodiments, the composition or formulation can contain a polynucleotide (e.g., a RNA, e.g., an mRNA) comprising a polynucleotide (e.g., an ORF) having significant sequence identity to a sequence optimized nucleic acid sequence disclosed herein which encodes a LPL polypeptide. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide further comprises a miRNA binding site, e.g., a miRNA binding site that binds miR-142, and/or miR-126.

Pharmaceutical compositions or formulation can optionally comprise one or more additional active substances, e.g., therapeutically and/or prophylactically active substances. Pharmaceutical compositions or formulation of the present invention can be sterile and/or pyrogen-free. General considerations in the formulation and/or manufacture of pharmaceutical agents can be found, for example, in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy 21 st ed., Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2005 (incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). In some embodiments, compositions are administered to humans, human patients or subjects. For the purposes of the present disclosure, the phrase “active ingredient” generally refers to polynucleotides to be delivered as described herein.

Formulations and pharmaceutical compositions described herein can be prepared by any method known or hereafter developed in the art of pharmacology. In general, such preparatory methods include the step of associating the active ingredient with an excipient and/or one or more other accessory ingredients, and then, if necessary and/or desirable, dividing, shaping and/or packaging the product into a desired single- or multi-dose unit.

A pharmaceutical composition or formulation in accordance with the present disclosure can be prepared, packaged, and/or sold in bulk, as a single unit dose, and/or as a plurality of single unit doses. As used herein, a “unit dose” refers to a discrete amount of the pharmaceutical composition comprising a predetermined amount of the active ingredient. The amount of the active ingredient is generally equal to the dosage of the active ingredient that would be administered to a subject and/or a convenient fraction of such a dosage such as, for example, one-half or one-third of such a dosage.

Relative amounts of the active ingredient, the pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, and/or any additional ingredients in a pharmaceutical composition in accordance with the present disclosure can vary, depending upon the identity, size, and/or condition of the subject being treated and further depending upon the route by which the composition is to be administered.

In some embodiments, the compositions and formulations described herein can contain at least one polynucleotide of the invention. As a non-limiting example, the composition or formulation can contain 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 polynucleotides of the invention. In some embodiments, the compositions or formulations described herein can comprise more than one type of polynucleotide. In some embodiments, the composition or formulation can comprise a polynucleotide in linear and circular form. In another embodiment, the composition or formulation can comprise a circular polynucleotide and an IVT polynucleotide. In yet another embodiment, the composition or formulation can comprise an IVT polynucleotide, a chimeric polynucleotide and a circular polynucleotide.

Although the descriptions of pharmaceutical compositions and formulations provided herein are principally directed to pharmaceutical compositions and formulations that are suitable for administration to humans, it will be understood by the skilled artisan that such compositions are generally suitable for administration to any other animal, e.g., to non-human animals, e.g. non-human mammals.

The present invention provides pharmaceutical formulations that comprise a polynucleotide described herein (e.g., a polynucleotide comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide). The polynucleotides described herein can be formulated using one or more excipients to: (1) increase stability; (2) increase cell transfection; (3) permit the sustained or delayed release (e.g., from a depot formulation of the polynucleotide); (4) alter the biodistribution (e.g., target the polynucleotide to specific tissues or cell types); (5) increase the translation of encoded protein in vivo; and/or (6) alter the release profile of encoded protein in vivo. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical formulation further comprises a delivery agent, (e.g., a compound having the Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId) or (IIe), e.g., any of Compounds 1-232).

A pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, as used herein, includes, but are not limited to, any and all solvents, dispersion media, or other liquid vehicles, dispersion or suspension aids, diluents, granulating and/or dispersing agents, surface active agents, isotonic agents, thickening or emulsifying agents, preservatives, binders, lubricants or oil, coloring, sweetening or flavoring agents, stabilizers, antioxidants, antimicrobial or antifungal agents, osmolality adjusting agents, pH adjusting agents, buffers, chelants, cyoprotectants, and/or bulking agents, as suited to the particular dosage form desired. Various excipients for formulating pharmaceutical compositions and techniques for preparing the composition are known in the art (see Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 21st Edition, A. R. Gennaro (Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins, Baltimore, M D, 2006; incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).

Exemplary diluents include, but are not limited to, calcium or sodium carbonate, calcium phosphate, calcium hydrogen phosphate, sodium phosphate, lactose, sucrose, cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, kaolin, mannitol, sorbitol, etc., and/or combinations thereof.

Exemplary granulating and/or dispersing agents include, but are not limited to, starches, pregelatinized starches, or microcrystalline starch, alginic acid, guar gum, agar, poly(vinyl-pyrrolidone), (providone), cross-linked poly(vinyl-pyrrolidone) (crospovidone), cellulose, methylcellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, cross-linked sodium carboxymethyl cellulose (croscarmellose), magnesium aluminum silicate (VEEGUM®), sodium lauryl sulfate, etc., and/or combinations thereof.

Exemplary surface active agents and/or emulsifiers include, but are not limited to, natural emulsifiers (e.g., acacia, agar, alginic acid, sodium alginate, tragacanth, chondrux, cholesterol, xanthan, pectin, gelatin, egg yolk, casein, wool fat, cholesterol, wax, and lecithin), sorbitan fatty acid esters (e.g., polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate [TWEEN®80], sorbitan monopalmitate [SPAN®40], glyceryl monooleate, polyoxyethylene esters, polyethylene glycol fatty acid esters (e.g., CREMOPHOR®), polyoxyethylene ethers (e.g., polyoxyethylene lauryl ether [BRIJ®30]), PLUORINC®F 68, POLOXAMER® 188, etc. and/or combinations thereof.

Exemplary binding agents include, but are not limited to, starch, gelatin, sugars (e.g., sucrose, glucose, dextrose, dextrin, molasses, lactose, lactitol, mannitol), amino acids (e.g., glycine), natural and synthetic gums (e.g., acacia, sodium alginate), ethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, etc., and combinations thereof.

Oxidation is a potential degradation pathway for mRNA, especially for liquid mRNA formulations. In order to prevent oxidation, antioxidants can be added to the formulations. Exemplary antioxidants include, but are not limited to, alpha tocopherol, ascorbic acid, acorbyl palmitate, benzyl alcohol, butylated hydroxyanisole, m-cresol, methionine, butylated hydroxytoluene, monothioglycerol, sodium or potassium metabisulfite, propionic acid, propyl gallate, sodium ascorbate, etc., and combinations thereof.

Exemplary chelating agents include, but are not limited to, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), citric acid monohydrate, disodium edetate, fumaric acid, malic acid, phosphoric acid, sodium edetate, tartaric acid, trisodium edetate, etc., and combinations thereof.

Exemplary antimicrobial or antifungal agents include, but are not limited to, benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride, methyl paraben, ethyl paraben, propyl paraben, butyl paraben, benzoic acid, hydroxybenzoic acid, potassium or sodium benzoate, potassium or sodium sorbate, sodium propionate, sorbic acid, etc., and combinations thereof.

Exemplary preservatives include, but are not limited to, vitamin A, vitamin C, vitamin E, beta-carotene, citric acid, ascorbic acid, butylated hydroxyanisol, ethylenediamine, sodium lauryl sulfate (SLS), sodium lauryl ether sulfate (SLES), etc., and combinations thereof.

In some embodiments, the pH of polynucleotide solutions are maintained between pH 5 and pH 8 to improve stability. Exemplary buffers to control pH can include, but are not limited to sodium phosphate, sodium citrate, sodium succinate, histidine (or histidine-HCl), sodium malate, sodium carbonate, etc. and/or combinations thereof.

Exemplary lubricating agents include, but are not limited to, magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, stearic acid, silica, talc, malt, hydrogenated vegetable oils, polyethylene glycol, sodium benzoate, sodium or magnesium lauryl sulfate, etc., and combinations thereof.

The pharmaceutical composition or formulation described here can contain a cryoprotectant to stabilize a polynucleotide described herein during freezing. Exemplary cryoprotectants include, but are not limited to mannitol, sucrose, trehalose, lactose, glycerol, dextrose, etc., and combinations thereof.

The pharmaceutical composition or formulation described here can contain a bulking agent in lyophilized polynucleotide formulations to yield a “pharmaceutically elegant” cake, stabilize the lyophilized polynucleotides during long term (e.g., 36 month) storage. Exemplary bulking agents of the present invention can include, but are not limited to sucrose, trehalose, mannitol, glycine, lactose, raffinose, and combinations thereof.

In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition or formulation further comprises a delivery agent. The delivery agent of the present disclosure can include, without limitation, liposomes, lipid nanoparticles, lipidoids, polymers, lipoplexes, microvesicles, exosomes, peptides, proteins, cells transfected with polynucleotides, hyaluronidase, nanoparticle mimics, nanotubes, conjugates, and combinations thereof.

Accelerated Blood Clearance

The invention provides compounds, compositions and methods of use thereof for reducing the effect of ABC on a repeatedly administered active agent such as a biologically active agent. As will be readily apparent, reducing or eliminating altogether the effect of ABC on an administered active agent effectively increases its half-life and thus its efficacy.

In some embodiments the term reducing ABC refers to any reduction in ABC in comparison to a positive reference control ABC inducing LNP such as an MC3 LNP. ABC inducing LNPs cause a reduction in circulating levels of an active agent upon a second or subsequent administration within a given time frame. Thus a reduction in ABC refers to less clearance of circulating agent upon a second or subsequent dose of agent, relative to a standard LNP. The reduction may be, for instance, at least 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, or 100%. In some embodiments the reduction is 10-100%, 10-50%, 20-100%, 20-50%, 30-100%, 30-50%, 40%-100%, 40-80%, 50-90%, or 50-100%. Alternatively the reduction in ABC may be characterized as at least a detectable level of circulating agent following a second or subsequent administration or at least a 2 fold, 3 fold, 4 fold, 5 fold increase in circulating agent relative to circulating agent following administration of a standard LNP. In some embodiments the reduction is a 2-100 fold, 2-50 fold, 3-100 fold, 3-50 fold, 3-20 fold, 4-100 fold, 4-50 fold, 4-40 fold, 4-30 fold, 4-25 fold, 4-20 fold, 4-15 fold, 4-10 fold, 4-5 fold, 5-100 fold, 5-50 fold, 5-40 fold, 5-30 fold, 5-25 fold, 5-20 fold, 5-15 fold, 5-10 fold, 6-100 fold, 6-50 fold, 6-40 fold, 6-30 fold, 6-25 fold, 6-20 fold, 6-15 fold, 6-10 fold, 8-100 fold, 8-50 fold, 8-40 fold, 8-30 fold, 8-25 fold, 8-20 fold, 8-15 fold, 8-10 fold, 10-100 fold, 10-50 fold, 10-40 fold, 10-30 fold, 10-25 fold, 10-20 fold, 10-15 fold, 20-100 fold, 20-50 fold, 20-40 fold, 20-30 fold, or 20-25 fold.

The disclosure provides lipid-comprising compounds and compositions that are less susceptible to clearance and thus have a longer half-life in vivo. This is particularly the case where the compositions are intended for repeated including chronic administration, and even more particularly where such repeated administration occurs within days or weeks.

Significantly, these compositions are less susceptible or altogether circumvent the observed phenomenon of accelerated blood clearance (ABC). ABC is a phenomenon in which certain exogenously administered agents are rapidly cleared from the blood upon second and subsequent administrations. This phenomenon has been observed, in part, for a variety of lipid-containing compositions including but not limited to lipidated agents, liposomes or other lipid-based delivery vehicles, and lipid-encapsulated agents. Heretofore, the basis of ABC has been poorly understood and in some cases attributed to a humoral immune response and accordingly strategies for limiting its impact in vivo particularly in a clinical setting have remained elusive.

This disclosure provides compounds and compositions that are less susceptible, if at all susceptible, to ABC. In some important aspects, such compounds and compositions are lipid-comprising compounds or compositions. The lipid-containing compounds or compositions of this disclosure, surprisingly, do not experience ABC upon second and subsequent administration in vivo. This resistance to ABC renders these compounds and compositions particularly suitable for repeated use in vivo, including for repeated use within short periods of time, including days or 1-2 weeks. This enhanced stability and/or half-life is due, in part, to the inability of these compositions to activate B1a and/or B1b cells and/or conventional B cells, pDCs and/or platelets.

This disclosure therefore provides an elucidation of the mechanism underlying accelerated blood clearance (ABC). It has been found, in accordance with this disclosure and the inventions provided herein, that the ABC phenomenon at least as it relates to lipids and lipid nanoparticles is mediated, at least in part an innate immune response involving B1a and/or B1b cells, pDC and/or platelets. B1a cells are normally responsible for secreting natural antibody, in the form of circulating IgM. This IgM is poly-reactive, meaning that it is able to bind to a variety of antigens, albeit with a relatively low affinity for each.

It has been found in accordance with the invention that some lipidated agents or lipid-comprising formulations such as lipid nanoparticles administered in vivo trigger and are subject to ABC. It has now been found in accordance with the invention that upon administration of a first dose of the LNP, one or more cells involved in generating an innate immune response (referred to herein as sensors) bind such agent, are activated, and then initiate a cascade of immune factors (referred to herein as effectors) that promote ABC and toxicity. For instance, B1a and B1b cells may bind to LNP, become activated (alone or in the presence of other sensors such as pDC and/or effectors such as IL6) and secrete natural IgM that binds to the LNP. Pre-existing natural IgM in the subject may also recognize and bind to the LNP, thereby triggering complement fixation. After administration of the first dose, the production of natural IgM begins within 1-2 hours of administration of the LNP. Typically by about 2-3 weeks the natural IgM is cleared from the system due to the natural half-life of IgM. Natural IgG is produced beginning around 96 hours after administration of the LNP. The agent, when administered in a naïve setting, can exert its biological effects relatively unencumbered by the natural IgM produced post-activation of the B1a cells or B1b cells or natural IgG. The natural IgM and natural IgG are non-specific and thus are distinct from anti-PEG IgM and anti-PEG IgG.

Although Applicant is not bound by mechanism, it is proposed that LNPs trigger ABC and/or toxicity through the following mechanisms. It is believed that when an LNP is administered to a subject the LNP is rapidly transported through the blood to the spleen. The LNPs may encounter immune cells in the blood and/or the spleen. A rapid innate immune response is triggered in response to the presence of the LNP within the blood and/or spleen. Applicant has shown herein that within hours of administration of an LNP several immune sensors have reacted to the presence of the LNP. These sensors include but are not limited to immune cells involved in generating an immune response, such as B cells, pDC, and platelets. The sensors may be present in the spleen, such as in the marginal zone of the spleen and/or in the blood. The LNP may physically interact with one or more sensors, which may interact with other sensors. In such a case the LNP is directly or indirectly interacting with the sensors. The sensors may interact directly with one another in response to recognition of the LNP. For instance many sensors are located in the spleen and can easily interact with one another. Alternatively one or more of the sensors may interact with LNP in the blood and become activated. The activated sensor may then interact directly with other sensors or indirectly (e.g., through the stimulation or production of a messenger such as a cytokine e.g., IL6).

In some embodiments the LNP may interact directly with and activate each of the following sensors: pDC, B1a cells, B1b cells, and platelets. These cells may then interact directly or indirectly with one another to initiate the production of effectors which ultimately lead to the ABC and/or toxicity associated with repeated doses of LNP. For instance, Applicant has shown that LNP administration leads to pDC activation, platelet aggregation and activation and B cell activation. In response to LNP platelets also aggregate and are activated and aggregate with B cells. pDC cells are activated. LNP has been found to interact with the surface of platelets and B cells relatively quickly. Blocking the activation of any one or combination of these sensors in response to LNP is useful for dampening the immune response that would ordinarily occur. This dampening of the immune response results in the avoidance of ABC and/or toxicity.

The sensors once activated produce effectors. An effector, as used herein, is an immune molecule produced by an immune cell, such as a B cell. Effectors include but are not limited to immunoglobulin such as natural IgM and natural IgG and cytokines such as IL6. B1a and B1b cells stimulate the production of natural IgMs within 2-6 hours following administration of an LNP. Natural IgG can be detected within 96 hours. IL6 levels are increased within several hours. The natural IgM and IgG circulate in the body for several days to several weeks. During this time the circulating effectors can interact with newly administered LNPs, triggering those LNPs for clearance by the body. For instance, an effector may recognize and bind to an LNP. The Fc region of the effector may be recognized by and trigger uptake of the decorated LNP by macrophage. The macrophage are then transported to the spleen. The production of effectors by immune sensors is a transient response that correlates with the timing observed for ABC.

If the administered dose is the second or subsequent administered dose, and if such second or subsequent dose is administered before the previously induced natural IgM and/or IgG is cleared from the system (e.g., before the 2-3 window time period), then such second or subsequent dose is targeted by the circulating natural IgM and/or natural IgG or Fc which trigger alternative complement pathway activation and is itself rapidly cleared. When LNP are administered after the effectors have cleared from the body or are reduced in number, ABC is not observed.

Thus, it is useful according to aspects of the invention to inhibit the interaction between LNP and one or more sensors, to inhibit the activation of one or more sensors by LNP (direct or indirect), to inhibit the production of one or more effectors, and/or to inhibit the activity of one or more effectors. In some embodiments the LNP is designed to limit or block interaction of the LNP with a sensor. For instance the LNP may have an altered PC and/or PEG to prevent interactions with sensors. Alternatively or additionally an agent that inhibits immune responses induced by LNPs may be used to achieve any one or more of these effects.

It has also been determined that conventional B cells are also implicated in ABC. Specifically, upon first administration of an agent, conventional B cells, referred to herein as CD19(+), bind to and react against the agent. Unlike B1a and B1b cells though, conventional B cells are able to mount first an IgM response (beginning around 96 hours after administration of the LNPs) followed by an IgG response (beginning around 14 days after administration of the LNPs) concomitant with a memory response. Thus conventional B cells react against the administered agent and contribute to IgM (and eventually IgG) that mediates ABC. The IgM and IgG are typically anti-PEG IgM and anti-PEG IgG.

It is contemplated that in some instances, the majority of the ABC response is mediated through B1a cells and B1a-mediated immune responses. It is further contemplated that in some instances, the ABC response is mediated by both IgM and IgG, with both conventional B cells and B1a cells mediating such effects. In yet still other instances, the ABC response is mediated by natural IgM molecules, some of which are capable of binding to natural IgM, which may be produced by activated B1a cells. The natural IgMs may bind to one or more components of the LNPs, e.g., binding to a phospholipid component of the LNPs (such as binding to the PC moiety of the phospholipid) and/or binding to a PEG-lipid component of the LNPs (such as binding to PEG-DMG, in particular, binding to the PEG moiety of PEG-DMG). Since B1a expresses CD36, to which phosphatidylcholine is a ligand, it is contemplated that the CD36 receptor may mediate the activation of B1a cells and thus production of natural IgM. In yet still other instances, the ABC response is mediated primarily by conventional B cells.

It has been found in accordance with the invention that the ABC phenomenon can be reduced or abrogated, at least in part, through the use of compounds and compositions (such as agents, delivery vehicles, and formulations) that do not activate B1a cells. Compounds and compositions that do not activate B1a cells may be referred to herein as B1a inert compounds and compositions. It has been further found in accordance with the invention that the ABC phenomenon can be reduced or abrogated, at least in part, through the use of compounds and compositions that do not activate conventional B cells. Compounds and compositions that do not activate conventional B cells may in some embodiments be referred to herein as CD19-inert compounds and compositions. Thus, in some embodiments provided herein, the compounds and compositions do not activate B1a cells and they do not activate conventional B cells. Compounds and compositions that do not activate B1a cells and conventional B cells may in some embodiments be referred to herein as B1a/CD19-inert compounds and compositions.

These underlying mechanisms were not heretofore understood, and the role of B1a and B1b cells and their interplay with conventional B cells in this phenomenon was also not appreciated.

Accordingly, this disclosure provides compounds and compositions that do not promote ABC. These may be further characterized as not capable of activating B1a and/or B1b cells, platelets and/or pDC, and optionally conventional B cells also. These compounds (e.g., agents, including biologically active agents such as prophylactic agents, therapeutic agents and diagnostic agents, delivery vehicles, including liposomes, lipid nanoparticles, and other lipid-based encapsulating structures, etc.) and compositions (e.g., formulations, etc.) are particularly desirable for applications requiring repeated administration, and in particular repeated administrations that occur within with short periods of time (e.g., within 1-2 weeks). This is the case, for example, if the agent is a nucleic acid based therapeutic that is provided to a subject at regular, closely-spaced intervals. The findings provided herein may be applied to these and other agents that are similarly administered and/or that are subject to ABC.

Of particular interest are lipid-comprising compounds, lipid-comprising particles, and lipid-comprising compositions as these are known to be susceptible to ABC. Such lipid-comprising compounds particles, and compositions have been used extensively as biologically active agents or as delivery vehicles for such agents. Thus, the ability to improve their efficacy of such agents, whether by reducing the effect of ABC on the agent itself or on its delivery vehicle, is beneficial for a wide variety of active agents.

Also provided herein are compositions that do not stimulate or boost an acute phase response (ARP) associated with repeat dose administration of one or more biologically active agents.

The composition, in some instances, may not bind to IgM, including but not limited to natural IgM.

The composition, in some instances, may not bind to an acute phase protein such as but not limited to C-reactive protein.

The composition, in some instances, may not trigger a CD5(+) mediated immune response. As used herein, a CD5(+) mediated immune response is an immune response that is mediated by B1a and/or B1b cells. Such a response may include an ABC response, an acute phase response, induction of natural IgM and/or IgG, and the like.

The composition, in some instances, may not trigger a CD19(+) mediated immune response. As used herein, a CD19(+) mediated immune response is an immune response that is mediated by conventional CD19(+), CD5(−) B cells. Such a response may include induction of IgM, induction of IgG, induction of memory B cells, an ABC response, an anti-drug antibody (ADA) response including an anti-protein response where the protein may be encapsulated within an LNP, and the like.

B1a cells are a subset of B cells involved in innate immunity. These cells are the source of circulating IgM, referred to as natural antibody or natural serum antibody. Natural IgM antibodies are characterized as having weak affinity for a number of antigens, and therefore they are referred to as “poly-specific” or “poly-reactive”, indicating their ability to bind to more than one antigen. B1a cells are not able to produce IgG. Additionally, they do not develop into memory cells and thus do not contribute to an adaptive immune response. However, they are able to secrete IgM upon activation. The secreted IgM is typically cleared within about 2-3 weeks, at which point the immune system is rendered relatively naïve to the previously administered antigen. If the same antigen is presented after this time period (e.g., at about 3 weeks after the initial exposure), the antigen is not rapidly cleared. However, significantly, if the antigen is presented within that time period (e.g., within 2 weeks, including within 1 week, or within days), then the antigen is rapidly cleared. This delay between consecutive doses has rendered certain lipid-containing therapeutic or diagnostic agents unsuitable for use.

In humans, B1a cells are CD19(+), CD20(+), CD27(+), CD43(+), CD70(−) and CD5(+). In mice, B1a cells are CD19(+), CD5(+), and CD45 B cell isoform B220(+). It is the expression of CD5 which typically distinguishes B1a cells from other convention B cells. B1a cells may express high levels of CD5, and on this basis may be distinguished from other B-1 cells such as B-1b cells which express low or undetectable levels of CD5. CD5 is a pan-T cell surface glycoprotein. B1a cells also express CD36, also known as fatty acid translocase. CD36 is a member of the class B scavenger receptor family. CD36 can bind many ligands, including oxidized low density lipoproteins, native lipoproteins, oxidized phospholipids, and long-chain fatty acids.

B1b cells are another subset of B cells involved in innate immunity. These cells are another source of circulating natural IgM. Several antigens, including PS, are capable of inducing T cell independent immunity through B1b activation. CD27 is typically upregulated on B1b cells in response to antigen activation. Similar to B1a cells, the B1b cells are typically located in specific body locations such as the spleen and peritoneal cavity and are in very low abundance in the blood. The B1b secreted natural IgM is typically cleared within about 2-3 weeks, at which point the immune system is rendered relatively naïve to the previously administered antigen. If the same antigen is presented after this time period (e.g., at about 3 weeks after the initial exposure), the antigen is not rapidly cleared. However, significantly, if the antigen is presented within that time period (e.g., within 2 weeks, including within 1 week, or within days), then the antigen is rapidly cleared. This delay between consecutive doses has rendered certain lipid-containing therapeutic or diagnostic agents unsuitable for use.

In some embodiments it is desirable to block B1a and/or B1b cell activation. One strategy for blocking B1a and/or B1b cell activation involves determining which components of a lipid nanoparticle promote B cell activation and neutralizing those components. It has been discovered herein that at least PEG and phosphatidylcholine (PC) contribute to B1a and B1b cell interaction with other cells and/or activation. PEG may play a role in promoting aggregation between B1 cells and platelets, which may lead to activation. PC (a helper lipid in LNPs) is also involved in activating the B1 cells, likely through interaction with the CD36 receptor on the B cell surface. Numerous particles have PEG-lipid alternatives, PEG-less, and/or PC replacement lipids (e.g. oleic acid or analogs thereof) have been designed and tested. Applicant has established that replacement of one or more of these components within an LNP that otherwise would promote ABC upon repeat administration, is useful in preventing ABC by reducing the production of natural IgM and/or B cell activation. Thus, the invention encompasses LNPs that have reduced ABC as a result of a design which eliminates the inclusion of B cell triggers.

Another strategy for blocking B1a and/or B1b cell activation involves using an agent that inhibits immune responses induced by LNPs. These types of agents are discussed in more detail below. In some embodiments these agents block the interaction between B1a/B1b cells and the LNP or platelets or pDC. For instance the agent may be an antibody or other binding agent that physically blocks the interaction. An example of this is an antibody that binds to CD36 or CD6. The agent may also be a compound that prevents or disables the B1a/B1b cell from signaling once activated or prior to activation. For instance, it is possible to block one or more components in the B1a/B1b signaling cascade the results from B cell interaction with LNP or other immune cells. In other embodiments the agent may act one or more effectors produced by the B1a/B1b cells following activation. These effectors include for instance, natural IgM and cytokines.

It has been demonstrated according to aspects of the invention that when activation of pDC cells is blocked, B cell activation in response to LNP is decreased. Thus, in order to avoid ABC and/or toxicity, it may be desirable to prevent pDC activation. Similar to the strategies discussed above, pDC cell activation may be blocked by agents that interfere with the interaction between pDC and LNP and/or B cells/platelets. Alternatively agents that act on the pDC to block its ability to get activated or on its effectors can be used together with the LNP to avoid ABC.

Platelets may also play an important role in ABC and toxicity. Very quickly after a first dose of LNP is administered to a subject platelets associate with the LNP, aggregate and are activated. In some embodiments it is desirable to block platelet aggregation and/or activation. One strategy for blocking platelet aggregation and/or activation involves determining which components of a lipid nanoparticle promote platelet aggregation and/or activation and neutralizing those components. It has been discovered herein that at least PEG contribute to platelet aggregation, activation and/or interaction with other cells. Numerous particles have PEG-lipid alternatives and PEG-less have been designed and tested. Applicant has established that replacement of one or more of these components within an LNP that otherwise would promote ABC upon repeat administration, is useful in preventing ABC by reducing the production of natural IgM and/or platelet aggregation. Thus, the invention encompasses LNPs that have reduced ABC as a result of a design which eliminates the inclusion of platelet triggers. Alternatively agents that act on the platelets to block its activity once it is activated or on its effectors can be used together with the LNP to avoid ABC.

Measuring ABC Activity and Related Activities

Various compounds and compositions provided herein, including LNPs, do not promote ABC activity upon administration in vivo. These LNPs may be characterized and/or identified through any of a number of assays, such as but not limited to those described below, as well as any of the assays disclosed in the Examples section, include the methods subsection of the Examples.

In some embodiments the methods involve administering an LNP without producing an immune response that promotes ABC. An immune response that promotes ABC involves activation of one or more sensors, such as B1 cells, pDC, or platelets, and one or more effectors, such as natural IgM, natural IgG or cytokines such as IL6. Thus administration of an LNP without producing an immune response that promotes ABC, at a minimum involves administration of an LNP without significant activation of one or more sensors and significant production of one or more effectors. Significant used in this context refers to an amount that would lead to the physiological consequence of accelerated blood clearance of all or part of a second dose with respect to the level of blood clearance expected for a second dose of an ABC triggering LNP. For instance, the immune response should be dampened such that the ABC observed after the second dose is lower than would have been expected for an ABC triggering LNP.

B1a or B1b Activation Assay

Certain compositions provided in this disclosure do not activate B cells, such as B1a or B1b cells (CD19+CD5+) and/or conventional B cells (CD19+CD5−). Activation of B1a cells, B1b cells, or conventional B cells may be determined in a number of ways, some of which are provided below. B cell population may be provided as fractionated B cell populations or unfractionated populations of splenocytes or peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC). If the latter, the cell population may be incubated with the LNP of choice for a period of time, and then harvested for further analysis. Alternatively, the supernatant may be harvested and analyzed.

Upregulation of Activation Marker Cell Surface Expression

Activation of B1a cells, B1b cells, or conventional B cells may be demonstrated as increased expression of B cell activation markers including late activation markers such as CD86. In an exemplary non-limiting assay, unfractionated B cells are provided as a splenocyte population or as a PBMC population, incubated with an LNP of choice for a particular period of time, and then stained for a standard B cell marker such as CD19 and for an activation marker such as CD86, and analyzed using for example flow cytometry. A suitable negative control involves incubating the same population with medium, and then performing the same staining and visualization steps. An increase in CD86 expression in the test population compared to the negative control indicates B cell activation.

Pro-Inflammatory Cytokine Release

B cell activation may also be assessed by cytokine release assay. For example, activation may be assessed through the production and/or secretion of cytokines such as IL-6 and/or TNF-alpha upon exposure with LNPs of interest.

Such assays may be performed using routine cytokine secretion assays well known in the art. An increase in cytokine secretion is indicative of B cell activation.

LNP Binding/Association to and/or Uptake by B Cells

LNP association or binding to B cells may also be used to assess an LNP of interest and to further characterize such LNP. Association/binding and/or uptake/internalization may be assessed using a detectably labeled, such as fluorescently labeled, LNP and tracking the location of such LNP in or on B cells following various periods of incubation.

The invention further contemplates that the compositions provided herein may be capable of evading recognition or detection and optionally binding by downstream mediators of ABC such as circulating IgM and/or acute phase response mediators such as acute phase proteins (e.g., C-reactive protein (CRP).

Methods of Use for Reducing ABC

Also provided herein are methods for delivering LNPs, which may encapsulate an agent such as a therapeutic agent, to a subject without promoting ABC.

In some embodiments, the method comprises administering any of the LNPs described herein, which do not promote ABC, for example, do not induce production of natural IgM binding to the LNPs, do not activate B1a and/or B1b cells. As used herein, an LNP that “does not promote ABC” refers to an LNP that induces no immune responses that would lead to substantial ABC or a substantially low level of immune responses that is not sufficient to lead to substantial ABC. An LNP that does not induce the production of natural IgMs binding to the LNP refers to LNPs that induce either no natural IgM binding to the LNPs or a substantially low level of the natural IgM molecules, which is insufficient to lead to substantial ABC. An LNP that does not activate B1a and/or B1b cells refer to LNPs that induce no response of B1a and/or B1b cells to produce natural IgM binding to the LNPs or a substantially low level of B1a and/or B1b responses, which is insufficient to lead to substantial ABC.

In some embodiments the terms do not activate and do not induce production are a relative reduction to a reference value or condition. In some embodiments the reference value or condition is the amount of activation or induction of production of a molecule such as IgM by a standard LNP such as an MC3 LNP. In some embodiments the relative reduction is a reduction of at least 30%, for example at least 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100%. In other embodiments the terms do not activate cells such as B cells and do not induce production of a protein such as IgM may refer to an undetectable amount of the active cells or the specific protein.

Platelet Effects and Toxicity

The invention is further premised in part on the elucidation of the mechanism underlying dose-limiting toxicity associated with LNP administration. Such toxicity may involve coagulopathy, disseminated intravascular coagulation (DIC, also referred to as consumptive coagulopathy), whether acute or chronic, and/or vascular thrombosis. In some instances, the dose-limiting toxicity associated with LNPs is acute phase response (APR) or complement activation-related psudoallergy (CARPA).

As used herein, coagulopathy refers to increased coagulation (blood clotting) in vivo. The findings reported in this disclosure are consistent with such increased coagulation and significantly provide insight on the underlying mechanism. Coagulation is a process that involves a number of different factors and cell types, and heretofore the relationship between and interaction of LNPs and platelets has not been understood in this regard. This disclosure provides evidence of such interaction and also provides compounds and compositions that are modified to have reduced platelet effect, including reduced platelet association, reduced platelet aggregation, and/or reduced platelet aggregation. The ability to modulate, including preferably down-modulate, such platelet effects can reduce the incidence and/or severity of coagulopathy post-LNP administration. This in turn will reduce toxicity relating to such LNP, thereby allowing higher doses of LNPs and importantly their cargo to be administered to patients in need thereof.

CARPA is a class of acute immune toxicity manifested in hypersensitivity reactions (HSRs), which may be triggered by nanomedicines and biologicals. Unlike allergic reactions, CARPA typically does not involve IgE but arises as a consequence of activation of the complement system, which is part of the innate immune system that enhances the body's abilities to clear pathogens. One or more of the following pathways, the classical complement pathway (CP), the alternative pathway (AP), and the lectin pathway (LP), may be involved in CARPA. Szebeni, Molecular Immunology, 61:163-173 (2014).

The classical pathway is triggered by activation of the C1-complex, which contains. C1q, C1r, C1s, or C1qr2s2. Activation of the C1-complex occurs when C1q binds to IgM or IgG complexed with antigens, or when C1q binds directly to the surface of the pathogen. Such binding leads to conformational changes in the C1q molecule, which leads to the activation of C1r, which in turn, cleave C1s. The C1r2s2 component now splits C4 and then C2, producing C4a, C4b, C2a, and C2b. C4b and C2b bind to form the classical pathway C3-convertase (C4b2b complex), which promotes cleavage of C3 into C3a and C3b. C3b then binds the C3 convertase to from the C5 convertase (C4b2b3b complex). The alternative pathway is continuously activated as a result of spontaneous C3 hydrolysis. Factor P (properdin) is a positive regulator of the alternative pathway. Oligomerization of properdin stabilizes the C3 convertase, which can then cleave much more C3. The C3 molecules can bind to surfaces and recruit more B, D, and P activity, leading to amplification of the complement activation.

Acute phase response (APR) is a complex systemic innate immune responses for preventing infection and clearing potential pathogens. Numerous proteins are involved in APR and C-reactive protein is a well-characterized one.

It has been found, in accordance with the invention, that certain LNP are able to associate physically with platelets almost immediately after administration in vivo, while other LNP do not associate with platelets at all or only at background levels. Significantly, those LNPs that associate with platelets also apparently stabilize the platelet aggregates that are formed thereafter. Physical contact of the platelets with certain LNPs correlates with the ability of such platelets to remain aggregated or to form aggregates continuously for an extended period of time after administration. Such aggregates comprise activated platelets and also innate immune cells such as macrophages and B cells.

Delivery Agents

a. Lipid Compound

The present disclosure provides pharmaceutical compositions with advantageous properties. For example, the lipids described herein (e.g. those having any of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIe), (IId), (IIe), (III), (IV), (V), or (VI) may be advantageously used in lipid nanoparticle compositions for the delivery of therapeutic and/or prophylactic agents to mammalian cells or organs. For example, the lipids described herein have little or no immunogenicity. For example, the lipid compounds disclosed herein have a lower immunogenicity as compared to a reference lipid (e.g., MC3, KC2, or DLinDMA). For example, a formulation comprising a lipid disclosed herein and a therapeutic or prophylactic agent has an increased therapeutic index as compared to a corresponding formulation which comprises a reference lipid (e.g., MC3, KC2, or DLinDMA) and the same therapeutic or prophylactic agent.

The disclosure relates to novel lipids and lipid nanoparticle compositions including a novel lipid. The disclosure also provides methods of delivering a therapeutic and/or prophylactic to a mammalian cell, specifically delivering a therapeutic and/or prophylactic to a mammalian organ, producing a polypeptide of interest in a mammalian cell, and treating a disease or disorder in a mammal in need thereof. For example, a method of producing a polypeptide of interest in a cell involves contacting a nanoparticle composition comprising an mRNA with a mammalian cell, whereby the mRNA may be translated to produce the polypeptide of interest. A method of delivering a therapeutic and/or prophylactic to a mammalian cell or organ may involve administration of a nanoparticle composition including the therapeutic and/or prophylactic to a subject, in which the administration involves contacting the cell or organ with the composition, whereby the therapeutic and/or prophylactic is delivered to the cell or organ.

In one set of embodiments, lipid nanoparticles (LNPs) are provided. In one embodiment, a lipid nanoparticle comprises lipids including an ionizable lipid, a structural lipid, a phospholipid, and mRNA. Each of the LNPs described herein may be used as a formulation for the mRNA described herein. In one embodiment, a lipid nanoparticle comprises an ionizable lipid, a structural lipid, a phospholipid, and mRNA. In some embodiments, the LNP comprises an ionizable lipid, a PEG-modified lipid, a sterol and a structural lipid. In some embodiments, the LNP has a molar ratio of about 20-60% ionizable lipid:about 5-25% structural lipid:about 25-55% sterol; and about 0.5-15% PEG-modified lipid. In some embodiments, the LNP comprises a molar ratio of about 50% ionizable lipid, about 1.5% PEG-modified lipid, about 38.5% cholesterol and about 10% structural lipid. In some embodiments, the LNP comprises a molar ratio of about 55% ionizable lipid, about 2.5% PEG lipid, about 32.5% cholesterol and about 10% structural lipid. In some embodiments, the ionizable lipid is an ionizable amino or cationic lipid and the structural lipid is a neutral lipid, and the sterol is a cholesterol. In some embodiments, the LNP has a molar ratio of 50:38.5:10:1.5 of ionizable lipid:cholesterol:PEG2000-DMG:DSPC.

a. Lipid Compound

The present disclosure provides pharmaceutical compositions with advantageous properties. In particular, the present application provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising:

(a) a polynucleotide comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide; and (b) a delivery agent.

In some embodiments, the delivery agent comprises a lipid compound having the Formula (I)

wherein

R 1 is selected from the group consisting of C 530 alkyl, C 520 alkenyl, R*YR″, YR″, and R″M′R′;

R 2 and R 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C 114 alkyl, C 214 alkenyl, R*YR″, YR″, and R*OR″, or R 2 and R 3 , together with the atom to which they are attached, form a heterocycle or carbocycle;

R 4 is selected from the group consisting of a C 36 carbocycle, (CH 2 ) n Q, —(CH 2 ) n CHQR, CHQR, CQ(R) 2 , and unsubstituted C 16 alkyl, where Q is selected from a carbocycle, heterocycle, OR, O(CH 2 ) n N(R) 2 , C(O)OR, OC(O)R, CX 3 , CX 2 H, CXH 2 , CN, N(R) 2 , C(O)N(R) 2 , N(R)C(O)R, N(R)S(O) 2 R, N(R)C(O)N(R) 2 , N(R)C(S)N(R) 2 , N(R)R 8 , O(CH 2 ) n OR, N(R)C(═NR 9 )N(R) 2 , N(R)C(═CHR 9 )N(R) 2 , OC(O)N(R) 2 , N(R)C(O)OR, —N(OR)C(O)R, N(OR)S(O) 2 R, N(OR)C(O)OR, N(OR)C(O)N(R) 2 , N(OR)C(S)N(R) 2 , —N(OR)C(═NR 9 )N(R) 2 , N(OR)C(═CHR 9 )N(R) 2 , C(═NR 9 )N(R) 2 , C(═NR 9 )R, —C(O)N(R)OR, and C(R)N(R) 2 C(O)OR, and each n is independently selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5;

each R 5 is independently selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H;

each R 6 is independently selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H;

M and M′ are independently selected from C(O)O, OC(O), C(O)N(R′), —N(R′)C(O), C(O), C(S), C(S)S, SC(S), CH(OH), P(O)(OR′)O, S(O) 2 , —S—S—, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group;

R 7 is selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H;

R 8 is selected from the group consisting of C 3-6 carbocycle and heterocycle;

R 9 is selected from the group consisting of H, CN, NO 2 , C 1-6 alkyl, —OR, —S(O) 2 R, —S(O) 2 N(R) 2 , C 2-6 alkenyl, C 3-6 carbocycle and heterocycle;

each R is independently selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H;

each R′ is independently selected from the group consisting of C 118 alkyl, C 218 alkenyl, R*YR″, YR″, and H;

each R″ is independently selected from the group consisting of C 314 alkyl and C 314 alkenyl;

each R* is independently selected from the group consisting of C 112 alkyl and C 212 alkenyl;

each Y is independently a C 36 carbocycle;

each X is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, and I; and m is selected from 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13,

or salts or stereoisomers thereof.

In some embodiments, a subset of compounds of Formula (I) includes those in which

R 1 is selected from the group consisting of C 520 alkyl, C 520 alkenyl, R*YR″, YR″, and R″M′R′; R 2 and R 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C 114 alkyl, C 214 alkenyl, R*YR″, YR″, and R*OR″, or R 2 and R 3 , together with the atom to which they are attached, form a heterocycle or carbocycle; R 4 is selected from the group consisting of a C 36 carbocycle, (CH 2 ) n Q, —(CH 2 ) n CHQR, CHQR, CQ(R) 2 , and unsubstituted C 16 alkyl, where Q is selected from a carbocycle, heterocycle, OR, O(CH 2 ) n N(R) 2 , C(O)OR, OC(O)R, CX 3 , CX 2 H, CXH 2 , CN, N(R) 2 , C(O)N(R) 2 , N(R)C(O)R, N(R)S(O) 2 R, N(R)C(O)N(R) 2 , N(R)C(S)N(R) 2 , and —C(R)N(R) 2 C(O)OR, and each n is independently selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; each R 5 is independently selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H; each R 6 is independently selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H; M and M′ are independently selected from C(O)O, OC(O), C(O)N(R′), —N(R′)C(O), C(O), C(S), C(S)S, SC(S), CH(OH), P(O)(OR′)O, S(O) 2 , an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group; R 7 is selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H; each R′ is independently selected from the group consisting of C 118 alkyl, C 218 alkenyl, R*YR″, YR″, and H; each R″ is independently selected from the group consisting of C 314 alkyl and C 314 alkenyl; each R* is independently selected from the group consisting of C12 alkyl and C 212 alkenyl; each Y is independently a C 36 carbocycle; each X is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, and I; and m is selected from 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13, or salts or stereoisomers thereof, wherein alkyl and alkenyl groups may be linear or branched.

In some embodiments, a subset of compounds of Formula (I) includes those in which when R 4 is (CH 2 ) n Q, (CH 2 ) n CHQR, CHQR, or CQ(R) 2 , then (i) Q is not N(R) 2 when n is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, or (ii) Q is not 5, 6, or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl when n is 1 or 2.

In another embodiments, another subset of compounds of Formula (I) includes those in which

R 1 is selected from the group consisting of C 530 alkyl, C 520 alkenyl, R*YR″, YR″, and R″M′R′; R 2 and R 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C 114 alkyl, C 214 alkenyl, R*YR″, YR″, and R*OR″, or R 2 and R 3 , together with the atom to which they are attached, form a heterocycle or carbocycle; R 4 is selected from the group consisting of a C 36 carbocycle, (CH 2 ) n Q, —(CH 2 ) n CHQR, CHQR, CQ(R) 2 , and unsubstituted C 16 alkyl, where Q is selected from a C 36 carbocycle, a 5- to 14-membered heteroaryl having one or more heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, OR, O(CH 2 ) n N(R) 2 , C(O)OR, OC(O)R, CX 3 , CX 2 H, CXH 2 , CN, —C(O)N(R) 2 , N(R)C(O)R, N(R)S(O) 2 R, N(R)C(O)N(R) 2 , N(R)C(S)N(R) 2 , —CRN(R) 2 C(O)OR, —N(R)R 8 , —O(CH 2 ) n OR, —N(R)C(═NR 9 )N(R) 2 , —N(R)C(═CHR 9 )N(R) 2 , —OC(O)N(R) 2 , —N(R)C(O)OR, —N(OR)C(O)R, —N(OR)S(O) 2 R, —N(OR)C(O)OR, —N(OR)C(O)N(R) 2 , —N(OR)C(S)N(R) 2 , —N(OR)C(═NR 9 )N(R) 2 , —N(OR)C(═CHR 9 )N(R) 2 , —C(═NR 9 ) N(R) 2 , —C(═NR 9 )R, —C(O)N(R)OR, and a 5- to 14-membered heterocycloalkyl having one or more heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S which is substituted with one or more substituents selected from oxo (═O), OH, amino, and C 13 alkyl, and each n is independently selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; each R 5 is independently selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H; each R 6 is independently selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H; M and M′ are independently selected from C(O)O, OC(O), C(O)N(R′), —N(R′)C(O), C(O), C(S), C(S)S, SC(S), CH(OH), P(O)(OR′)O, S(O) 2 , —S—S—, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group; R 7 is selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H; R 8 is selected from the group consisting of C 3-6 carbocycle and heterocycle; R 9 is selected from the group consisting of H, CN, NO 2 , C 1-6 alkyl, —OR, —S(O) 2 R, —S(O) 2 N(R) 2 , C 2-6 alkenyl, C 3-6 carbocycle and heterocycle; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H; each R′ is independently selected from the group consisting of C 118 alkyl, C 218 alkenyl, R*YR″, YR″, and H; each R″ is independently selected from the group consisting of C 314 alkyl and C 314 alkenyl; each R* is independently selected from the group consisting of C 112 alkyl and C 212 alkenyl; each Y is independently a C 36 carbocycle; each X is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, and I; and m is selected from 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13, or salts or stereoisomers thereof.

In another embodiments, another subset of compounds of Formula (I) includes those in which

R 1 is selected from the group consisting of C 530 alkyl, C 520 alkenyl, R*YR″, YR″, and R″M′R′; R 2 and R 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C 114 alkyl, C 214 alkenyl, R*YR″, YR″, and R*OR″, or R 2 and R 3 , together with the atom to which they are attached, form a heterocycle or carbocycle; R 4 is selected from the group consisting of a C 36 carbocycle, (CH 2 ) n Q, —(CH 2 ) n CHQR, CHQR, CQ(R) 2 , and unsubstituted C 16 alkyl, where Q is selected from a C 36 carbocycle, a 5- to 14-membered heteroaryl having one or more heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, OR, O(CH 2 ) n N(R) 2 , C(O)OR, OC(O)R, CX 3 , CX 2 H, CXH 2 , CN, —C(O)N(R) 2 , N(R)C(O)R, N(R)S(O) 2 R, N(R)C(O)N(R) 2 , N(R)C(S)N(R) 2 , —CRN(R) 2 C(O)OR, and a 5- to 14-membered heterocycloalkyl having one or more heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S which is substituted with one or more substituents selected from oxo (═O), OH, amino, and C 13 alkyl, and each n is independently selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; each R 5 is independently selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H; each R 6 is independently selected from the group consisting of C13 alkyl, C23 alkenyl, and H; M and M′ are independently selected from C(O)O, OC(O), C(O)N(R′), —N(R′)C(O), C(O), C(S), C(S)S, SC(S), CH(OH), P(O)(OR′)O, S(O) 2 , an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group; R 7 is selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H; each R′ is independently selected from the group consisting of C 118 alkyl, C 218 alkenyl, R*YR″, YR″, and H; each R″ is independently selected from the group consisting of C 314 alkyl and C 314 alkenyl; each R* is independently selected from the group consisting of C 112 alkyl and C 212 alkenyl; each Y is independently a C 36 carbocycle; each X is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, and I; and m is selected from 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13, or salts or stereoisomers thereof.

In yet another embodiments, another subset of compounds of Formula (I) includes those in which

R 1 is selected from the group consisting of C 520 alkyl, C 520 alkenyl, R*YR″, YR″, and R″M′R′; R 2 and R 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C 114 alkyl, C 214 alkenyl, R*YR″, YR″, and R*OR″, or R 2 and R 3 , together with the atom to which they are attached, form a heterocycle or carbocycle; R 4 is selected from the group consisting of a C 36 carbocycle, (CH 2 ) n Q, —(CH 2 ) n CHQR, CHQR, CQ(R) 2 , and unsubstituted C 16 alkyl, where Q is selected from a C 36 carbocycle, a 5- to 14-membered heterocycle having one or more heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, OR, O(CH 2 )˜N(R) 2 , C(O)OR, OC(O)R, CX 3 , CX 2 H, CXH 2 , —CN, C(O)N(R) 2 , N(R)C(O)R, N(R)S(O) 2 R, N(R)C(O)N(R) 2 , N(R)C(S)N(R) 2 , —CRN(R) 2 C(O)OR, N(R)R 8 , O(CH 2 ) n OR, N(R)C(═NR 9 )N(R) 2 , N(R)C(═CHR 9 )N(R) 2 , —OC(O)N(R) 2 , N(R)C(O)OR, N(OR)C(O)R, N(OR)S(O) 2 R, N(OR)C(O)OR, —N(OR)C(O)N(R) 2 , N(OR)C(S)N(R) 2 , N(OR)C(═NR 9 )N(R) 2 , N(OR)C(═CHR 9 )N(R) 2 , —C(═NR 9 )R, C(O)N(R)OR, and C(═NR 9 )N(R) 2 , and each n is independently selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; and when Q is a 5- to 14-membered heterocycle and (i) R 4 is (CH 2 ) n Q in which n is 1 or 2, or (ii) R 4 is (CH 2 ) n CHQR in which n is 1, or (iii) R 4 is CHQR, and —CQ(R) 2 , then Q is either a 5- to 14-membered heteroaryl or 8- to 14-membered heterocycloalkyl; each R 5 is independently selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H; each R 6 is independently selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H; M and M′ are independently selected from C(O)O, OC(O), C(O)N(R′), —N(R′)C(O), C(O), C(S), C(S)S, SC(S), CH(OH), P(O)(OR′)O, S(O) 2 , —S—S—, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group; R 7 is selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H; R 8 is selected from the group consisting of C 3-6 carbocycle and heterocycle; R 9 is selected from the group consisting of H, CN, NO 2 , C 1-6 alkyl, —OR, —S(O) 2 R, —S(O) 2 N(R) 2 , C 2-6 alkenyl, C 3-6 carbocycle and heterocycle; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H; each R′ is independently selected from the group consisting of C 118 alkyl, C 218 alkenyl, R*YR″, YR″, and H; each R″ is independently selected from the group consisting of C 314 alkyl and C 314 alkenyl; each R* is independently selected from the group consisting of C 112 alkyl and C 212 alkenyl; each Y is independently a C 36 carbocycle; each X is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, and I; and m is selected from 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13, or salts or stereoisomers thereof.

In yet another embodiments, another subset of compounds of Formula (I) includes those in which

R 1 is selected from the group consisting of C 520 alkyl, C 520 alkenyl, R*YR″, YR″, and R″M′R′; R 2 and R 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C 114 alkyl, C 214 alkenyl, R*YR″, YR″, and R*OR″, or R 2 and R 3 , together with the atom to which they are attached, form a heterocycle or carbocycle; R 4 is selected from the group consisting of a C 36 carbocycle, (CH 2 ) n Q, —(CH 2 ) n CHQR, CHQR, CQ(R) 2 , and unsubstituted C 16 alkyl, where Q is selected from a C 36 carbocycle, a 5- to 14-membered heterocycle having one or more heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, OR, O(CH 2 ) n N(R) 2 , C(O)OR, OC(O)R, CX 3 , CX 2 H, CXH 2 , —CN, C(O)N(R) 2 , N(R)C(O)R, N(R)S(O) 2 R, N(R)C(O)N(R) 2 , N(R)C(S)N(R) 2 , —CRN(R) 2 C(O)OR, and each n is independently selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; and when Q is a 5- to 14-membered heterocycle and (i) R 4 is (CH 2 ) n Q in which n is 1 or 2, or (ii) R 4 is (CH 2 ) n CHQR in which n is 1, or (iii) R 4 is CHQR, and CQ(R) 2 , then Q is either a 5- to 14-membered heteroaryl or 8- to 14-membered heterocycloalkyl; each R 5 is independently selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H; each R 6 is independently selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H; M and M′ are independently selected from C(O)O, OC(O), C(O)N(R′), —N(R′)C(O), C(O), C(S), C(S)S, SC(S), C H (OH), P(O)(OR′)O, S(O) 2 , an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group; R 7 is selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H; each R′ is independently selected from the group consisting of C 118 alkyl, C 218 alkenyl, R*YR″, YR″, and H; each R″ is independently selected from the group consisting of C 314 alkyl and C 314 alkenyl; each R* is independently selected from the group consisting of C 112 alkyl and C 212 alkenyl; each Y is independently a C 36 carbocycle; each X is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, and I; and m is selected from 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13, or salts or stereoisomers thereof.

In still another embodiments, another subset of compounds of Formula (I) includes those in which

R 1 is selected from the group consisting of C 530 alkyl, C 520 alkenyl, R*YR″, YR″, and R″M′R′; R 2 and R 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C 114 alkyl, C 214 alkenyl, R*YR″, YR″, and R*OR″, or R 2 and R 3 , together with the atom to which they are attached, form a heterocycle or carbocycle; R 4 is selected from the group consisting of a C 36 carbocycle, (CH 2 ) n Q, —(CH 2 ) n CHQR, CHQR, CQ(R) 2 , and unsubstituted C 16 alkyl, where Q is selected from a C 36 carbocycle, a 5- to 14-membered heteroaryl having one or more heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, —OR, O(CH 2 ) n N(R) 2 , C(O)OR, OC(O)R, CX 3 , CX 2 H, CXH 2 , CN, —C(O)N(R) 2 , N(R)C(O)R, N(R)S(O) 2 R, N(R)C(O)N(R) 2 , N(R)C(S)N(R) 2 , —CRN(R) 2 C(O)OR, N(R)R 8 , —O(CH 2 ) n OR, N(R)C(═NR 9 )N(R) 2 , N(R)C(═CHR 9 )N(R) 2 , —OC(O)N(R) 2 , —N(R)C(O)OR, N(OR)C(O)R, N(OR)S(O) 2 R, N(OR)C(O)OR, —N(OR)C(O)N(R) 2 , N(OR)C(S)N(R) 2 , N(OR)C(═NR 9 )N(R) 2 , N(OR)C(═CHR 9 )N(R) 2 , —C(═NR 9 )R, C(O)N(R)OR, and C(═NR 9 )N(R) 2 , and each n is independently selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; each R 5 is independently selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H; each R 6 is independently selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H; M and M′ are independently selected from C(O)O, OC(O), C(O)N(R′), —N(R′)C(O), C(O), C(S), C(S)S, SC(S), CH(OH), P(O)(OR′)O, S(O) 2 , —S—S—, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group; R 7 is selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H; R 8 is selected from the group consisting of C 3-6 carbocycle and heterocycle; R 9 is selected from the group consisting of H, CN, NO 2 , C 1-6 alkyl, —OR, —S(O) 2 R, —S(O) 2 N(R) 2 , C 2-6 alkenyl, C 3-6 carbocycle and heterocycle; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H; each R′ is independently selected from the group consisting of C 118 alkyl, C 218 alkenyl, R*YR″, YR″, and H; each R″ is independently selected from the group consisting of C 3-14 alkyl and C 3-14 alkenyl; each R* is independently selected from the group consisting of C 112 alkyl and C 212 alkenyl; each Y is independently a C 36 carbocycle; each X is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, and I; and m is selected from 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13, or salts or stereoisomers thereof.

In still another embodiments, another subset of compounds of Formula (I) includes those in which

R 1 is selected from the group consisting of C 520 alkyl, C 520 alkenyl, R*YR″, YR″, and R″M′R′; R 2 and R 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C 114 alkyl, C 214 alkenyl, R*YR″, YR″, and R*OR″, or R 2 and R 3 , together with the atom to which they are attached, form a heterocycle or carbocycle; R 4 is selected from the group consisting of a C 36 carbocycle, (CH 2 ) n Q, —(CH 2 ) n CHQR, CHQR, CQ(R) 2 , and unsubstituted C 16 alkyl, where Q is selected from a C 36 carbocycle, a 5- to 14-membered heteroaryl having one or more heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, —OR, O(CH 2 ) n N(R) 2 , C(O)OR, OC(O)R, CX 3 , CX 2 H, CXH 2 , CN, —C(O)N(R) 2 , N(R)C(O)R, N(R)S(O) 2 R, N(R)C(O)N(R) 2 , N(R)C(S)N(R) 2 , —CRN(R) 2 C(O)OR, and each n is independently selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; each R 5 is independently selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H; each R 6 is independently selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H; M and M′ are independently selected from C(O)O, OC(O), C(O)N(R′), —N(R′)C(O), C(O), C(S), C(S)S, SC(S), C H (OH), P(O)(OR′)O, S(O) 2 , an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group; R 7 is selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H; each R′ is independently selected from the group consisting of C 118 alkyl, C 218 alkenyl, R*YR″, YR″, and H; each R″ is independently selected from the group consisting of C 3-14 alkyl and C 3-14 alkenyl; each R* is independently selected from the group consisting of C 112 alkyl and C 212 alkenyl; each Y is independently a C 36 carbocycle; each X is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, and I; and m is selected from 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13, or salts or stereoisomers thereof.

In yet another embodiments, another subset of compounds of Formula (I) includes those in which

R 1 is selected from the group consisting of C 53 o alkyl, C 520 alkenyl, R*YR″, YR″, and R″M′R′; R 2 and R 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C 214 alkyl, C 214 alkenyl, R*YR″, YR″, and R*OR″, or R 2 and R 3 , together with the atom to which they are attached, form a heterocycle or carbocycle; R 4 is (CH 2 )˜Q or (CH 2 )CHQR, where Q is N(R) 2 , and n is selected from 3, 4, and 5; each R 5 is independently selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H; each R 6 is independently selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H; M and M′ are independently selected from C(O)O, OC(O), C(O)N(R′), —N(R′)C(O), C(O), C(S), C(S)S, SC(S), CH(OH), P(O)(OR′)O, S(O) 2 , —S—S—, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group; R 7 is selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H; each R′ is independently selected from the group consisting of C 118 alkyl, C 218 alkenyl, R*YR″, YR″, and H; each R″ is independently selected from the group consisting of C 314 alkyl and C 314 alkenyl; each R* is independently selected from the group consisting of C 112 alkyl and C 112 alkenyl; each Y is independently a C 36 carbocycle; each X is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, and I; and m is selected from 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13, or salts or stereoisomers thereof.

In yet another embodiments, another subset of compounds of Formula (I) includes those in which

R 1 is selected from the group consisting of C 520 alkyl, C 520 alkenyl, R*YR″, YR″, and R″M′R′; R 2 and R 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C 214 alkyl, C 214 alkenyl, R*YR″, YR″, and R*OR″, or R 2 and R 3 , together with the atom to which they are attached, form a heterocycle or carbocycle; R 4 is (CH 2 ) n Q or (CH 2 ) n CHQR, where Q is N(R) 2 , and n is selected from 3, 4, and 5; each R 5 is independently selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H; each R 6 is independently selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H; M and M′ are independently selected from C(O)O, OC(O), C(O)N(R′), —N(R′)C(O), C(O), C(S), C(S)S, SC(S), CH(OH), P(O)(OR′)O, S(O) 2 , an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group; R 7 is selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H; each R′ is independently selected from the group consisting of C 118 alkyl, C 218 alkenyl, R*YR″, YR″, and H; each R″ is independently selected from the group consisting of C 314 alkyl and C 314 alkenyl; each R* is independently selected from the group consisting of C 112 alkyl and C 1 12 alkenyl; each Y is independently a C 36 carbocycle; each X is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, and I; and m is selected from 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13, or salts or stereoisomers thereof.

In still other embodiments, another subset of compounds of Formula (I) includes those in which

R 1 is selected from the group consisting of C 530 alkyl, C 520 alkenyl, R*YR″, YR″, and R″M′R′; R 2 and R 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of C 114 alkyl, C 214 alkenyl, R*YR″, YR″, and R*OR″, or R 2 and R 3 , together with the atom to which they are attached, form a heterocycle or carbocycle; R 4 is selected from the group consisting of (CH 2 ) n Q, (CH 2 ) n CHQR, CHQR, and —CQ(R) 2 , where Q is N(R) 2 , and n is selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; each R 5 is independently selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H; each R 6 is independently selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H; M and M′ are independently selected from C(O)O, OC(O), C(O)N(R′), —N(R′)C(O), C(O), C(S), C(S)S, SC(S), CH(OH), P(O)(OR′)O, S(O) 2 , —S—S—, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group; R 7 is selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H; each R′ is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-18 alkyl, C 2-18 alkenyl, R*YR″, YR″, and H; each R″ is independently selected from the group consisting of C 314 alkyl and C 314 alkenyl; each R* is independently selected from the group consisting of C 112 alkyl and C 112 alkenyl; each Y is independently a C 36 carbocycle; each X is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, and I; and m is selected from 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13, or salts or stereoisomers thereof.

In still other embodiments, another subset of compounds of Formula (I) includes those in which

R 1 is selected from the group consisting of C 520 alkyl, C 520 alkenyl, R*YR″, YR″, and R″M′R′; R 2 and R 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of C 114 alkyl, C 214 alkenyl, R*YR″, YR″, and R*OR″, or R 2 and R 3 , together with the atom to which they are attached, form a heterocycle or carbocycle; R 4 is selected from the group consisting of (CH 2 ) n Q, (CH 2 ) n CHQR, CHQR, and —CQ(R) 2 , where Q is N(R) 2 , and n is selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; each R 5 is independently selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H; each R 6 is independently selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H; M and M′ are independently selected from C(O)O, OC(O), C(O)N(R′), —N(R′)C(O), C(O), C(S), C(S)S, SC(S), CH(OH), P(O)(OR′)O, S(O) 2 , an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group; R 7 is selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of C 13 alkyl, C 23 alkenyl, and H; each R′ is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-18 alkyl, C 2-18 alkenyl, R*YR″, YR″, and H; each R″ is independently selected from the group consisting of C 314 alkyl and C 314 alkenyl; each R* is independently selected from the group consisting of C 112 alkyl and C 112 alkenyl; each Y is independently a C 36 carbocycle; each X is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, and I; and m is selected from 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13, or salts or stereoisomers thereof.

In certain embodiments, a subset of compounds of Formula (I) includes those of Formula (IA):

or a salt or stereoisomer thereof, wherein 1 is selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; m is selected from 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9; M 1 is a bond or M′; R 4 is unsubstituted C 13 alkyl, or —(CH 2 ) n Q, in which Q is OH, NHC(S)N(R) 2 , NHC(O)N(R) 2 , N(R)C(O)R, N(R)S(O) 2 R, —N(R)R 8 , NHC(═NR 9 )N(R) 2 , NHC(═CHR 9 )N(R) 2 , OC(O)N(R) 2 , N(R)C(O)OR, heteroaryl, or heterocycloalkyl; M and M′ are independently selected from C(O)O, OC(O), —C(O)N(R′), P(O)(OR′)O, —S—S—, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group; and

R 2 and R 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C 114 alkyl, and C 214 alkenyl.

In some embodiments, a subset of compounds of Formula (I) includes those of Formula (IA), or a salt or stereoisomer thereof,

wherein l is selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; m is selected from 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9; M 1 is a bond or M′; R 4 is unsubstituted C 13 alkyl, or (CH 2 ) n Q, in which Q is OH, NHC(S)N(R) 2 , or —NHC(O)N(R) 2 ; M and M′ are independently selected from C(O)O, OC(O), C(O)N(R′), —P(O)(OR′)O, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group; and R 2 and R 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C 114 alkyl, and C 214 alkenyl.

In certain embodiments, a subset of compounds of Formula (I) includes those of Formula (II):

or a salt or stereoisomer thereof, wherein l is selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; M 1 is a bond or M′; R 4 is unsubstituted C 3 alkyl, or (CH 2 ) n Q, in which n is 2, 3, or 4, and Q is OH, NHC(S)N(R) 2 , NHC(O)N(R) 2 , N(R)C(O)R, N(R)S(O) 2 R, N(R)R 8 , —NHC(═NR 9 )N(R) 2 , NHC(═CHR 9 )N(R) 2 , —OC(O)N(R) 2 , N(R)C(O)OR, heteroaryl, or heterocycloalkyl; M and M′ are independently selected from C(O)O, OC(O), C(O)N(R′), P(O)(OR′)O, —S—S—, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group; and

R 2 and R 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C 114 alkyl, and C 214 alkenyl.

In some embodiments, a subset of compounds of Formula (I) includes those of Formula (II), or a salt or stereoisomer thereof, wherein

l is selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; M 1 is a bond or M′; R 4 is unsubstituted C 13 alkyl, or (CH 2 ) n Q, in which n is 2, 3, or 4, and Q is OH, —NHC(S)N(R) 2 , or NHC(O)N(R) 2 ; M and M′ are independently selected from C(O)O, OC(O), C(O)N(R′), —P(O)(OR′)O, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group; and R 2 and R 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C 114 alkyl, and C 214 alkenyl.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) is of the Formula (IIa),

or a salt thereof, wherein R 4 is as described above.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) is of the Formula (IIb),

or a salt thereof, wherein R 4 is as described above.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) is of the Formula (IIc),

or a salt thereof, wherein R 4 is as described above.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) is of the Formula (IIe):

or a salt thereof, wherein R 4 is as described above.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (IIe) comprises an R 4 which is selected from (CH 2 ) n Q and (CH 2 ) n CHQR, wherein Q, R and n are as defined above.

In some embodiments, Q is selected from the group consisting of OR, OH, —O(CH 2 ) n N(R) 2 , OC(O)R, CX 3 , CN, N(R)C(O)R, N(H)C(O)R, N(R)S(O) 2 R, N(H)S(O) 2 R, N(R)C(O)N(R) 2 , N(H)C(O)N(R) 2 , N(H)C(O)N(H)(R), N(R)C(S)N(R) 2 , N(H)C(S)N(R) 2 , N(H)C(S)N(H)(R), and a heterocycle, wherein R is as defined above. In some aspects, n is 1 or 2. In some embodiments, Q is OH, NHC(S)N(R) 2 , or NHC(O)N(R) 2 .

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) is of the Formula (IId),

or a salt thereof, wherein R 2 and R 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of C 514 alkyl and C 514 alkenyl, n is selected from 2, 3, and 4, and R′, R″, R 5 , R 6 and m are as defined above.

In some aspects of the compound of Formula (IId), R 2 is C 8 alkyl. In some aspects of the compound of Formula (IId), R 3 is C 5 C 9 alkyl. In some aspects of the compound of Formula (IId), m is 5, 7, or 9. In some aspects of the compound of Formula (IId), each R 5 is H. In some aspects of the compound of Formula (IId), each R 6 is H.

In another aspect, the present application provides a lipid composition (e.g., a lipid nanoparticle (LNP)) comprising: (1) a compound having the Formula (I); (2) optionally a helper lipid (e.g. a phospholipid); (3) optionally a structural lipid (e.g. a sterol); and (4) optionally a lipid conjugate (e.g. a PEG-lipid). In exemplary embodiments, the lipid composition (e.g., LNP) further comprises a polynucleotide encoding a LPL polypeptide, e.g., a polynucleotide encapsulated therein.

As used herein, the term “alkyl” or “alkyl group” means a linear or branched, saturated hydrocarbon including one or more carbon atoms (e.g., one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven, twelve, thirteen, fourteen, fifteen, sixteen, seventeen, eighteen, nineteen, twenty, or more carbon atoms).

The notation “C 114 alkyl” means a linear or branched, saturated hydrocarbon including 1-14 carbon atoms. An alkyl group can be optionally substituted.

As used herein, the term “alkenyl” or “alkenyl group” means a linear or branched hydrocarbon including two or more carbon atoms (e.g., two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven, twelve, thirteen, fourteen, fifteen, sixteen, seventeen, eighteen, nineteen, twenty, or more carbon atoms) and at least one double bond.

The notation “C 214 alkenyl” means a linear or branched hydrocarbon including 2-14 carbon atoms and at least one double bond. An alkenyl group can include one, two, three, four, or more double bonds. For example, C 18 alkenyl can include one or more double bonds. A C 18 alkenyl group including two double bonds can be a linoleyl group. An alkenyl group can be optionally substituted.

As used herein, the term “carbocycle” or “carbocyclic group” means a mono- or multi-cyclic system including one or more rings of carbon atoms. Rings can be three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven, twelve, thirteen, fourteen, or fifteen membered rings.

The notation “C 36 carbocycle” means a carbocycle including a single ring having 3-6 carbon atoms. Carbocycles can include one or more double bonds and can be aromatic (e.g., aryl groups). Examples of carbocycles include cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, naphthyl, and 1,2-dihydronaphthyl groups. Carbocycles can be optionally substituted.

As used herein, the term “heterocycle” or “heterocyclic group” means a mono- or multi-cyclic system including one or more rings, where at least one ring includes at least one heteroatom. Heteroatoms can be, for example, nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur atoms. Rings can be three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven, or twelve membered rings. Heterocycles can include one or more double bonds and can be aromatic (e.g., heteroaryl groups). Examples of heterocycles include imidazolyl, imidazolidinyl, oxazolyl, oxazolidinyl, thiazolyl, thiazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolidinyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolidinyl, isothiazolyl, morpholinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrrolidinyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuryl, thiophenyl, pyridinyl, piperidinyl, quinolyl, and isoquinolyl groups. Heterocycles can be optionally substituted.

As used herein, a “biodegradable group” is a group that can facilitate faster metabolism of a lipid in a subject. A biodegradable group can be, but is not limited to, —C(O)O, OC(O), C(O)N(R′), N(R′)C(O), C(O), C(S), C(S)S, SC(S), CH(OH), —P(O)(OR′)O, S(O) 2 , an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group.

As used herein, an “aryl group” is a carbocyclic group including one or more aromatic rings. Examples of aryl groups include phenyl and naphthyl groups.

As used herein, a “heteroaryl group” is a heterocyclic group including one or more aromatic rings. Examples of heteroaryl groups include pyrrolyl, furyl, thiophenyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, and thiazolyl. Both aryl and heteroaryl groups can be optionally substituted. For example, M and M′ can be selected from the non-limiting group consisting of optionally substituted phenyl, oxazole, and thiazole. In the formulas herein, M and M′ can be independently selected from the list of biodegradable groups above.

Alkyl, alkenyl, and cyclyl (e.g., carbocyclyl and heterocyclyl) groups can be optionally substituted unless otherwise specified. Optional substituents can be selected from the group consisting of, but are not limited to, a halogen atom (e.g., a chloride, bromide, fluoride, or iodide group), a carboxylic acid (e.g., C(O)OH), an alcohol (e.g., a hydroxyl, OH), an ester (e.g., C(O)OR or OC(O)R), an aldehyde (e.g., C(O)H), a carbonyl (e.g., C(O)R, alternatively represented by C═O), an acyl halide (e.g., C(O)X, in which X is a halide selected from bromide, fluoride, chloride, and iodide), a carbonate (e.g., OC(O)OR), an alkoxy (e.g., OR), an acetal (e.g., C(OR) 2 R″″, in which each OR are alkoxy groups that can be the same or different and R″″ is an alkyl or alkenyl group), a phosphate (e.g., P(O) 4 3 ), a thiol (e.g., SH), a sulfoxide (e.g., S(O)R), a sulfinic acid (e.g., —S(O)OH), a sulfonic acid (e.g., S(O) 2 OH), a thial (e.g., C(S)H), a sulfate (e.g., S(O) 4 2 ), a sulfonyl (e.g., S(O) 2 ), an amide (e.g., C(O)NR 2 , or N(R)C(O)R), an azido (e.g., N 3 ), a nitro (e.g., NO 2 ), a cyano (e.g., CN), an isocyano (e.g., NC), an acyloxy (e.g., OC(O)R), an amino (e.g., NR 2 , NRH, or NH 2 ), a carbamoyl (e.g., OC(O)NR 2 , OC(O)NRH, or —OC(O)NH 2 ), a sulfonamide (e.g., S(O) 2 NR 2 , S(O) 2 NRH, S(O) 2 NH 2 , N(R)S(O) 2 R, —N(H)S(O) 2 R, N(R)S(O) 2 H, or N(H)S(O) 2 H), an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, and a cyclyl (e.g., carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl) group.

In any of the preceding, R is an alkyl or alkenyl group, as defined herein. In some embodiments, the substituent groups themselves can be further substituted with, for example, one, two, three, four, five, or six substituents as defined herein. For example, a C 16 alkyl group can be further substituted with one, two, three, four, five, or six substituents as described herein.

The compounds of any one of formulae (I), (IA), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), and (IIe) include one or more of the following features when applicable.

In some embodiments, R 4 is selected from the group consisting of a C 36 carbocycle, (CH 2 ) n Q, (CH 2 ) n CHQR, CHQR, and CQ(R) 2 , where Q is selected from a C 36 carbocycle, 5- to 14-membered aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle having one or more heteroatoms selected from N, O, S, and P, OR, O(CH 2 ) n N(R) 2 , C(O)OR, OC(O)R, CX 3 , —CX 2 H, CXH 2 , CN, N(R) 2 , C(O)N(R) 2 , N(R)C(O)R, N(R)S(O) 2 R, N(R)C(O)N(R) 2 , —N(R)C(S)N(R) 2 , and C(R)N(R) 2 C(O)OR, and each n is independently selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5.

In another embodiment, R 4 is selected from the group consisting of a C 36 carbocycle, (CH 2 ) n Q, (CH 2 ) n CHQR, CHQR, and CQ(R) 2 , where Q is selected from a C 36 carbocycle, a 5- to 14-membered heteroaryl having one or more heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, OR, O(CH 2 ) n N(R) 2 , C(O)OR, OC(O)R, CX 3 , CX 2 H, CXH 2 , CN, —C(O)N(R) 2 , N(R)C(O)R, N(R)S(O) 2 R, N(R)C(O)N(R) 2 , N(R)C(S)N(R) 2 , —C(R)N(R) 2 C(O)OR, and a 5- to 14-membered heterocycloalkyl having one or more heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S which is substituted with one or more substituents selected from oxo (═O), OH, amino, and C 13 alkyl, and each n is independently selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5.

In another embodiment, R 4 is selected from the group consisting of a C 36 carbocycle, (CH 2 ) n Q, (CH 2 ) n CHQR, CHQR, and CQ(R) 2 , where Q is selected from a C 36 carbocycle, a 5- to 14-membered heterocycle having one or more heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, OR, O(CH 2 ) n N(R) 2 , C(O)OR, OC(O)R, CX 3 , CX 2 H, CXH 2 , CN, —C(O)N(R) 2 , N(R)C(O)R, N(R)S(O) 2 R, N(R)C(O)N(R) 2 , N(R)C(S)N(R) 2 , —C(R)N(R) 2 C(O)OR, and each n is independently selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; and when Q is a 5- to 14-membered heterocycle and (i) R 4 is (CH 2 ) n Q in which n is 1 or 2, or (ii) R 4 is (CH 2 ) n CHQR in which n is 1, or (iii) R 4 is CHQR, and CQ(R) 2 , then Q is either a 5- to 14-membered heteroaryl or 8- to 14-membered heterocycloalkyl.

In another embodiment, R 4 is selected from the group consisting of a C 36 carbocycle, (CH 2 ) n Q, (CH 2 ) n CHQR, CHQR, and CQ(R) 2 , where Q is selected from a C 36 carbocycle, a 5- to 14-membered heteroaryl having one or more heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, OR, O(CH 2 ) n N(R) 2 , C(O)OR, OC(O)R, CX 3 , CX 2 H, CXH 2 , CN, —C(O)N(R) 2 , N(R)C(O)R, N(R)S(O) 2 R, N(R)C(O)N(R) 2 , N(R)C(S)N(R) 2 , —C(R)N(R) 2 C(O)OR, and each n is independently selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5.

In another embodiment, R 4 is unsubstituted C 14 alkyl, e.g., unsubstituted methyl.

In certain embodiments, the disclosure provides a compound having the Formula (I), wherein R 4 is (CH 2 ) n Q or (CH 2 ) n CHQR, where Q is N(R) 2 , and n is selected from 3, 4, and 5.

In certain embodiments, the disclosure provides a compound having the Formula (I), wherein R 4 is selected from the group consisting of (CH 2 ) n Q, (CH 2 ) n CHQR, CHQR, and CQ(R) 2 , where Q is N(R) 2 , and n is selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5.

In certain embodiments, the disclosure provides a compound having the Formula (I), wherein R 2 and R 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of C 214 alkyl, C 214 alkenyl, R*YR″, YR″, and R*OR″, or R 2 and R 3 , together with the atom to which they are attached, form a heterocycle or carbocycle, and R 4 is (CH 2 ) n Q or (CH 2 ) n CHQR, where Q is N(R) 2 , and n is selected from 3, 4, and 5.

In certain embodiments, R 2 and R 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of C 214 alkyl, C 214 alkenyl, R*YR″, YR″, and R*OR″, or R 2 and R 3 , together with the atom to which they are attached, form a heterocycle or carbocycle.

In some embodiments, R 1 is selected from the group consisting of C 520 alkyl and C 520 alkenyl.

In other embodiments, R 1 is selected from the group consisting of R*YR″, YR″, and R″M′R′.

In certain embodiments, R 1 is selected from R*YR″ and YR″. In some embodiments, Y is a cyclopropyl group. In some embodiments, R* is C 8 alkyl or C 8 alkenyl. In certain embodiments, R″ is C 312 alkyl. For example, R″ can be C 3 alkyl. For example, R″ can be C 48 alkyl (e.g., C 4 , C 5 , C 6 , C 7 , or C 8 alkyl).

In some embodiments, R 1 is C 520 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is C 6 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is C 8 alkyl. In other embodiments, R 1 is C 9 alkyl. In certain embodiments, R 1 is C 14 alkyl. In other embodiments, R 1 is C 18 alkyl.

In some embodiments, R 1 is C 520 alkenyl. In certain embodiments, R 1 is C 18 alkenyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is linoleyl.

In certain embodiments, R 1 is branched (e.g., decan-2-yl, undecan-3-yl, dodecan-4-yl, tridecan-5-yl, tetradecan-6-yl, 2-methylundecan-3-yl, 2-methyldecan-2-yl, 3-methylundecan-3-yl, 4-methyldodecan-4-yl, or heptadeca-9-yl). In certain embodiments, R 1 is

In certain embodiments, R 1 is unsubstituted C 520 alkyl or C 520 alkenyl. In certain embodiments, R′ is substituted C 520 alkyl or C 520 alkenyl (e.g., substituted with a C 36 carbocycle such as 1-cyclopropylnonyl).

In other embodiments, R 1 is R″M′R′.

In some embodiments, R′ is selected from R*YR″ and YR″. In some embodiments, Y is C 38 cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, Y is C 61 o aryl. In some embodiments, Y is a cyclopropyl group. In some embodiments, Y is a cyclohexyl group.

In certain embodiments, R* is C 1 alkyl.

In some embodiments, R″ is selected from the group consisting of C 3-12 alkyl and C 312 alkenyl. In some embodiments, R″ adjacent to Y is C 1 alkyl. In some embodiments, R″ adjacent to Y is C 49 alkyl (e.g., C 4 , C 5 , C 6 , C 7 or C 8 or C 9 alkyl).

In some embodiments, R′ is selected from C 4 alkyl and C 4 alkenyl. In certain embodiments, R′ is selected from C 5 alkyl and C 5 alkenyl. In some embodiments, R′ is selected from C 6 alkyl and C 6 alkenyl. In some embodiments, R′ is selected from C 7 alkyl and C 7 alkenyl. In some embodiments, R′ is selected from C 9 alkyl and C 9 alkenyl.

In other embodiments, R′ is selected from C 11 alkyl and C 11 alkenyl. In other embodiments, R′ is selected from C 12 alkyl, C 12 alkenyl, C 13 alkyl, C 13 alkenyl, C 14 alkyl, C 14 alkenyl, C 15 alkyl, C 15 alkenyl, C 16 alkyl, C 16 alkenyl, C 17 alkyl, C 17 alkenyl, C 18 alkyl, and C 18 alkenyl. In certain embodiments, R′ is branched (e.g., decan-2-yl, undecan-3-yl, dodecan-4-yl, tridecan-5-yl, tetradecan-6-yl, 2-methylundecan-3-yl, 2-methyldecan-2-yl, 3-methylundecan-3-yl, 4-methyldodecan-4-yl or heptadeca-9-yl). In certain embodiments, R′ is

In certain embodiments, R′ is unsubstituted C 11 s alkyl. In certain embodiments, R′ is substituted C 118 alkyl (e.g., C 115 alkyl substituted with a C 36 carbocycle such as 1-cyclopropylnonyl).

In some embodiments, R″ is selected from the group consisting of C 314 alkyl and C 314 alkenyl. In some embodiments, R″ is C 3 alkyl, C 4 alkyl, C 5 alkyl, C 6 alkyl, C 7 alkyl, or C 8 alkyl. In some embodiments, R″ is C 9 alkyl, C 10 alkyl, C 11 alkyl, C 12 alkyl, C 13 alkyl, or C 14 alkyl.

In some embodiments, M′ is C(O)O. In some embodiments, M′ is OC(O).

In other embodiments, M′ is an aryl group or heteroaryl group. For example, M′ can be selected from the group consisting of phenyl, oxazole, and thiazole.

In some embodiments, M is C(O)O In some embodiments, M is OC(O). In some embodiments, M is C(O)N(R′). In some embodiments, M is P(O)(OR′)O.

In other embodiments, M is an aryl group or heteroaryl group. For example, M can be selected from the group consisting of phenyl, oxazole, and thiazole.

In some embodiments, M is the same as M′. In other embodiments, M is different from M′.

In some embodiments, each R 5 is H. In certain such embodiments, each R 6 is also H.

In some embodiments, R 7 is H. In other embodiments, R 7 is C 13 alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, or i-propyl).

In some embodiments, R 2 and R 3 are independently C 514 alkyl or C 514 alkenyl.

In some embodiments, R 2 and R 3 are the same. In some embodiments, R 2 and R 3 are C 8 alkyl. In certain embodiments, R 2 and R 3 are C 2 alkyl. In other embodiments, R 2 and R 3 are C 3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 2 and R 3 are C 4 alkyl. In certain embodiments, R 2 and R 3 are C 5 alkyl. In other embodiments, R 2 and R 3 are C 6 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 2 and R 3 are C 7 alkyl.

In other embodiments, R 2 and R 3 are different. In certain embodiments, R 2 is C 8 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 3 is C 17 (e.g., C 1 , C 2 , C 3 , C 4 , C 5 , C 6 , or C 7 alkyl) or C 9 alkyl.

In some embodiments, R 7 and R 3 are H.

In certain embodiments, R 2 is H.

In some embodiments, m is 5, 7, or 9.

In some embodiments, R 4 is selected from (CH 2 ) n Q and (CH 2 ) n CHQR.

In some embodiments, Q is selected from the group consisting of OR, OH, —O(CH 2 ) n N(R) 2 , OC(O)R, CX 3 , CN, N(R)C(O)R, N(H)C(O)R, N(R)S(O) 2 R, N(H)S(O) 2 R, N(R)C(O)N(R) 2 , N(H)C(O)N(R) 2 , N(H)C(O)N(H)(R), N(R)C(S)N(R) 2 , N(H)C(S)N(R) 2 , N(H)C(S)N(H)(R), C(R)N(R) 2 C(O)OR, a carbocycle, and a heterocycle.

In certain embodiments, Q is OH.

In certain embodiments, Q is a substituted or unsubstituted 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, e.g., Q is an imidazole, a pyrimidine, a purine, 2-amino-1,9-dihydro-6H-purin-6-one-9-yl (or guanin-9-yl), adenin-9-yl, cytosin-1-yl, or uracil-1-yl. In certain embodiments, Q is a substituted 5- to 14-membered heterocycloalkyl, e.g., substituted with one or more substituents selected from oxo (═O), OH, amino, and C 1-3 alkyl. For example, Q is 4-methylpiperazinyl, 4-(4-methoxybenzyl)piperazinyl, or isoindolin-2-yl-1,3-dione.

In certain embodiments, Q is an unsubstituted or substituted C 610 aryl (such as phenyl) or C 36 cycloalkyl.

In some embodiments, n is 1. In other embodiments, n is 2. In further embodiments, n is 3. In certain other embodiments, n is 4. For example, R 4 can be —(CH 2 ) 2 OH. For example, R 4 can be (CH 2 ) 3 OH. For example, R 4 can be (CH 2 ) 4 OH. For example, R 4 can be benzyl. For example, R 4 can be 4-methoxybenzyl.

In some embodiments, R 4 is a C 36 carbocycle. In some embodiments, R 4 is a C 36 cycloalkyl. For example, R 4 can be cyclohexyl optionally substituted with e.g., OH, halo, C 16 alkyl, etc. For example, R 4 can be 2-hydroxycyclohexyl.

In some embodiments, R is H.

In some embodiments, R is unsubstituted C 13 alkyl or unsubstituted C 23 alkenyl. For example, R 4 can be CH 2 CH(OH)CH 3 or CH 2 CH(OH)CH 2 CH 3 .

In some embodiments, R is substituted C 13 alkyl, e.g., CH 2 OH. For example, R 4 can be CH 2 CH(OH)CH 2 OH.

In some embodiments, R 2 and R 3 , together with the atom to which they are attached, form a heterocycle or carbocycle. In some embodiments, R 2 and R 3 , together with the atom to which they are attached, form a 5- to 14-membered aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle having one or more heteroatoms selected from N, O, S, and P. In some embodiments, R 2 and R 3 , together with the atom to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted C 320 carbocycle (e.g., C 318 carbocycle, C 315 carbocycle, C 312 carbocycle, or C 310 carbocycle), either aromatic or non-aromatic. In some embodiments, R 2 and R 3 , together with the atom to which they are attached, form a C 36 carbocycle. In other embodiments, R 2 and R 3 , together with the atom to which they are attached, form a C 6 carbocycle, such as a cyclohexyl or phenyl group. In certain embodiments, the heterocycle or C 36 carbocycle is substituted with one or more alkyl groups (e.g., at the same ring atom or at adjacent or non-adjacent ring atoms). For example, R 2 and R 3 , together with the atom to which they are attached, can form a cyclohexyl or phenyl group bearing one or more C 5 alkyl substitutions. In certain embodiments, the heterocycle or C 36 carbocycle formed by R 2 and R 3 , is substituted with a carbocycle groups. For example, R 2 and R 3 , together with the atom to which they are attached, can form a cyclohexyl or phenyl group that is substituted with cyclohexyl. In some embodiments, R 2 and R 3 , together with the atom to which they are attached, form a C 715 carbocycle, such as a cycloheptyl, cyclopentadecanyl, or naphthyl group.

In some embodiments, R 4 is selected from (CH 2 ) n Q and (CH 2 ) n CHQR. In some embodiments, Q is selected from the group consisting of OR, OH, O(CH 2 ) n N(R) 2 , —OC(O)R, CX 3 , CN, N(R)C(O)R, N(H)C(O)R, N(R)S(O) 2 R, N(H)S(O) 2 R, —N(R)C(O)N(R) 2 , N(H)C(O)N(R) 2 , N(H)C(O)N(H)(R), N(R)C(S)N(R) 2 , N(H)C(S)N(R) 2 , N(H)C(S)N(H)(R), and a heterocycle. In other embodiments, Q is selected from the group consisting of an imidazole, a pyrimidine, and a purine.

In some embodiments, R 2 and R 3 , together with the atom to which they are attached, form a heterocycle or carbocycle. In some embodiments, R 2 and R 3 , together with the atom to which they are attached, form a C 36 carbocycle, such as a phenyl group. In certain embodiments, the heterocycle or C 36 carbocycle is substituted with one or more alkyl groups (e.g., at the same ring atom or at adjacent or non-adjacent ring atoms). For example, R 2 and R 3 , together with the atom to which they are attached, can form a phenyl group bearing one or more C 5 alkyl substitutions.

In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions of the present disclosure, the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of:

and salts or stereoisomers thereof.

In other embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of Compound 1-Compound 232, or salt or stereoisomers thereof.

In some embodiments ionizable lipids including a central piperazine moiety are provided. The lipids described herein may be advantageously used in lipid nanoparticle compositions for the delivery of therapeutic and/or prophylactic agents to mammalian cells or organs. For example, the lipids described herein have little or no immunogenicity. For example, the lipid compounds disclosed herein have a lower immunogenicity as compared to a reference lipid (e.g., MC3, KC2, or DLinDMA). For example, a formulation comprising a lipid disclosed herein and a therapeutic or prophylactic agent has an increased therapeutic index as compared to a corresponding formulation which comprises a reference lipid (e.g., MC3, KC2, or DLinDMA) and the same therapeutic or prophylactic agent.

In some embodiments, the delivery agent comprises a lipid compound having the Formula (III)

then

i) at least one of X 1 , X 2 , and X 3 is not —CH 2 —; and/or ii) at least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 is —R″MR′.

In some embodiments, the compound is of any of formulae (IIIa1)-(IIIa6):

The compounds of Formula (III) or any of (IIIa1)-(IIIa6) include one or more of the following features when applicable.

In some embodiments, ring A is

In some embodiments, ring A is

In some embodiments, ring A is

In some embodiments, ring A is

In some embodiments, ring A is

In some embodiments, ring A is

wherein ring, in which the N atom is connected with X 2 .

In some embodiments, Z is CH 2 .

In some embodiments, Z is absent.

In some embodiments, at least one of A 1 and A 2 is N.

In some embodiments, each of A 1 and A 2 is N.

In some embodiments, each of A 1 and A 2 is CH.

In some embodiments, A 1 is N and A 2 is CH.

In some embodiments, A 1 is CH and A 2 is N.

In some embodiments, at least one of X 1 , X 2 , and X 3 is not —CH 2 —. For example, in certain embodiments, X 1 is not —CH 2 —. In some embodiments, at least one of X 1 , X 2 , and X 3 is —C(O)—.

In some embodiments, X 2 is —C(O)—, —C(O)O, OC(O), —C(O)—CH 2 —, —CH 2 —C(O)—, —C(O)O—CH 2 , OC(O)—CH 2 , CH 2 —C(O)O, or CH 2 —OC(O).

In some embodiments, X 3 is —C(O)—, —C(O)O—, —OC(O)—, —C(O)—CH 2 —, —CH 2 —C(O)—, C(O)O—CH 2 , OC(O)—CH 2 , CH 2 —C(O)O, or CH 2 —OC(O). In other embodiments, X 3 is —CH 2 —.

In some embodiments, X 3 is a bond or —(CH 2 ) 2 —.

In some embodiments, R 1 and R 2 are the same. In certain embodiments, R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 are the same. In some embodiments, R 4 and R 5 are the same. In certain embodiments, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 are the same.

In some embodiments, at least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 is —R″MR′. In some embodiments, at most one of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 is —R″MR′. For example, at least one of R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 may be —R″MR′, and/or at least one of R 4 and R 5 is —R″MR′. In certain embodiments, at least one M is —C(O)O—. In some embodiments, each M is —C(O)O—. In some embodiments, at least one M is —OC(O)—. In some embodiments, each M is —OC(O)—. In some embodiments, at least one M is —OC(O)O—. In some embodiments, each M is —OC(O)O—. In some embodiments, at least one R″ is C 3 alkyl. In certain embodiments, each R″ is C 3 alkyl. In some embodiments, at least one R″ is C 5 alkyl. In certain embodiments, each R″ is C 5 alkyl. In some embodiments, at least one R″ is C 6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, each R″ is C 6 alkyl. In some embodiments, at least one R″ is C 7 alkyl. In certain embodiments, each R″ is C 7 alkyl. In some embodiments, at least one R′ is C 5 alkyl. In certain embodiments, each R′ is C 5 alkyl. In other embodiments, at least one R′ is C 1 alkyl. In certain embodiments, each R′ is C 1 alkyl. In some embodiments, at least one R′ is C 2 alkyl. In certain embodiments, each R′ is C 2 alkyl.

In some embodiments, at least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 is C 12 alkyl. In certain embodiments, each of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 are C 12 alkyl.

In certain embodiments, the compound is selected from the group consisting of:

In some embodiments, the delivery agent comprises Compound 236.

In some embodiments, the delivery agent comprises a compound having the Formula (IV)

or salts or stereoisomer thereof, wherein

A 1 and A 2 are each independently selected from CH or N and at least one of A 1 and A 2 is N;

Z is CH 2 or absent wherein when Z is CH 2 , the dashed lines (1) and (2) each represent a single bond; and when Z is absent, the dashed lines (1) and (2) are both absent;

R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 are independently selected from the group consisting of C 620 alkyl and C 6-20 alkenyl;

wherein when ring A is

then

i) R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 are the same, wherein R 1 is not C 12 alkyl, C 18 alkyl, or C 18 alkenyl; ii) only one of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 is selected from C 6-20 alkenyl; iii) at least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 have a different number of carbon atoms than at least one other of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 ; iv) R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 are selected from C 6-20 alkenyl, and R 4 and R 5 are selected from C 6-20 alkyl; or v) R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 are selected from C 6-20 alkyl, and R 4 and R 5 are selected from C 6-20 alkenyl.

In some embodiments, the compound is of Formula (IVa):

The compounds of Formula (IV) or (IVa) include one or more of the following features when applicable.

In some embodiments, Z is CH 2 .

In some embodiments, Z is absent.

In some embodiments, at least one of A 1 and A 2 is N.

In some embodiments, each of A 1 and A 2 is N.

In some embodiments, each of A 1 and A 2 is CH.

In some embodiments, A 1 is N and A 2 is CH.

In some embodiments, A 1 is CH and A 2 is N.

In some embodiments, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 are the same, and are not C 12 alkyl, C 18 alkyl, or C 18 alkenyl. In some embodiments, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 are the same and are C 9 alkyl or C 14 alkyl.

In some embodiments, only one of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 is selected from C 6-20 alkenyl. In certain such embodiments, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 have the same number of carbon atoms. In some embodiments, R 4 is selected from C 5-20 alkenyl. For example, R 4 may be C 12 alkenyl or C 18 alkenyl.

In some embodiments, at least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 have a different number of carbon atoms than at least one other of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 .

In certain embodiments, R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 are selected from C 6-20 alkenyl, and R 4 and R 5 are selected from C 6-20 alkyl. In other embodiments, R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 are selected from C 6-20 alkyl, and R 4 and R 5 are selected from C 6-20 alkenyl. In some embodiments, R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 have the same number of carbon atoms, and/or R 4 and R 5 have the same number of carbon atoms. For example, R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 , or R 4 and R 5 , may have 6, 8, 9, 12, 14, or 18 carbon atoms. In some embodiments, R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 , or R 4 and R 5 , are Cis alkenyl (e.g., linoleyl). In some embodiments, R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 , or R 4 and R 5 , are alkyl groups including 6, 8, 9, 12, or 14 carbon atoms.

In some embodiments, R 1 has a different number of carbon atoms than R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 . In other embodiments, R 3 has a different number of carbon atoms than R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , and R 5 . In further embodiments, R 4 has a different number of carbon atoms than R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 5 .

In some embodiments, the compound is selected from the group consisting of:

In other embodiments, the delivery agent comprises a compound having the Formula (V)

or salts or stereoisomers thereof, in which

A 3 is CH or N;

A 4 is CH 2 or NH; and at least one of A 3 and A 4 is N or NH;

is CH 2 or absent wherein when Z is CH 2 , the dashed lines (1) and (2) each represent a single bond; and when Z is absent, the dashed lines (1) and (2) are both absent;

R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of C 5-20 alkyl, C 5-20 alkenyl, —R″MR′, —R*YR″, —YR″, and —R*OR″;

each M is independently selected from C(O)O, OC(O), C(O)N(R′), N(R′)C(O), —C(O), C(S), C(S)S, SC(S), CH(OH), P(O)(OR′)O, S(O) 2 , an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group;

X 1 and X 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of CH 2 , (CH 2 ) 2 , —CHR, CHY, C(O), C(O)O, OC(O), —C(O)—CH 2 —, —CH 2 —C(O)—, C(O)OCH 2 , OC(O)CH 2 , —CH 2 —C(O)O, CH 2 OC(O), CH(OH), C(S), and CH(SH);

each Y is independently a C 3-6 carbocycle;

each R* is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-12 alkyl and C 2-12 alkenyl;

each R is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-3 alkyl and a C 3-6 carbocycle;

each R′ is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-12 alkyl, C 2-12 alkenyl, and H; and

each R″ is independently selected from the group consisting of C 3-12 alkyl and C 3-12 alkenyl.

In some embodiments, the compound is of Formula (Va):

The compounds of Formula (V) or (Va) include one or more of the following features when applicable.

In some embodiments, Z is CH 2 .

In some embodiments, Z is absent.

In some embodiments, at least one of A 3 and A 4 is N or NH.

In some embodiments, A 3 is N and A 4 is NH.

In some embodiments, A 3 is N and A 4 is CH 2 .

In some embodiments, A 3 is CH and A 4 is NH.

In some embodiments, at least one of X 1 and X 2 is not —CH 2 —. For example, in certain embodiments, X 1 is not —CH 2 —. In some embodiments, at least one of X 1 and X 2 is —C(O)—.

In some embodiments, X 2 is —C(O)—, C(O)O, OC(O), —C(O)—CH 2 —, —CH 2 —C(O)—, —C(O)O—CH 2 , OC(O)—CH 2 , CH 2 —C(O)O, or CH 2 —OC(O).

In some embodiments, R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of C 5-20 alkyl and C 5-20 alkenyl. In some embodiments, R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 are the same. In certain embodiments, R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 are C 6 , C 9 , C 12 , or C 14 alkyl. In other embodiments, R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 are C 18 alkenyl. For example, R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 may be linoleyl.

In some embodiments, the compound is selected from the group consisting of:

In other embodiments, the delivery agent comprises a compound having the Formula (VI):

or salts or stereoisomers thereof, in which

A 6 and A 7 are each independently selected from CH or N, wherein at least one of A 6 and A 7 is N;

Z is CH 2 or absent wherein when Z is CH 2 , the dashed lines (1) and (2) each represent a single bond; and when Z is absent, the dashed lines (1) and (2) are both absent;

X 4 and X 5 are independently selected from the group consisting of —CH 2 —, CH 2 ) 2 —, CHR, CHY, C(O), C(O)O, OC(O), —C(O)—CH 2 —, —CH 2 —C(O)—, C(O)OCH 2 , OC(O)—CH 2 , —CH 2 —C(O)O, CH 2 —OC(O), CH(OH), C(S), and CH(SH);

R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 each are independently selected from the group consisting of C 5-20 alkyl, C 5-20 alkenyl, —R″MR′, —R*YR″, —YR″, and —R*OR″;

each M is independently selected from the group consisting of C(O)O, OC(O), —C(O)N(R′), N(R′)C(O), C(O), C(S), C(S)S, SC(S), C H (OH), P(O)(OR′)O, S(O) 2 an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group;

each Y is independently a C 3-6 carbocycle;

each R* is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-12 alkyl and C 2-12 alkenyl;

each R is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-3 alkyl and a C 3-6 carbocycle;

each R′ is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-12 alkyl, C 2-12 alkenyl, and H; and

each R″ is independently selected from the group consisting of C 3-12 alkyl and C 3-12 alkenyl.

In some embodiments, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 each are independently selected from the group consisting of C 6-20 alkyl and C 6-20 alkenyl.

In some embodiments, R 1 and R 2 are the same. In certain embodiments, R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 are the same. In some embodiments, R 4 and R 5 are the same. In certain embodiments, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 are the same.

In some embodiments, at least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 is C 9-12 alkyl. In certain embodiments, each of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 independently is C 9 , C 12 or C 14 alkyl. In certain embodiments, each of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 is C 9 alkyl.

In some embodiments, A 6 is N and A 7 is N. In some embodiments, A 6 is CH and A 7 is N.

In some embodiments, X 4 is-CH 2 — and X 5 is —C(O)—. In some embodiments, X 4 and X 5 are —C(O)—.

In some embodiments, when A 6 is N and A 7 is N, at least one of X 4 and X 5 is not —CH 2 —, e.g., at least one of X 4 and X 5 is —C(O)—. In some embodiments, when A 6 is N and A 7 is N, at least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 is —R″MR′.

In some embodiments, at least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 is not —R″MR′. In some embodiments, the compound is

In other embodiments, the delivery agent comprises a compound having the formula:

Amine moieties of the lipid compounds disclosed herein can be protonated under certain conditions. For example, the central amine moiety of a lipid according to Formula (I) is typically protonated (i.e., positively charged) at a pH below the pKa of the amino moiety and is substantially not charged at a pH above the pKa. Such lipids can be referred to ionizable amino lipids.

In one specific embodiment, the ionizable amino lipid is Compound 18.

In some embodiments, the amount the ionizable amino lipid, e.g., compound of Formula (I) ranges from about 1 mol % to 99 mol % in the lipid composition.

In one embodiment, the amount of the ionizable amino lipid, e.g., compound of Formula (I) is at least about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, or 99 mol % in the lipid composition.

In one embodiment, the amount of the ionizable amino lipid, e.g., the compound of Formula (I) ranges from about 30 mol % to about 70 mol %, from about 35 mol % to about 65 mol %, from about 40 mol % to about 60 mol %, and from about 45 mol % to about 55 mol % in the lipid composition.

In one specific embodiment, the amount of the ionizable amino lipid, e.g., compound of Formula (I) is about 50 mol % in the lipid composition.

In addition to the ionizable amino lipid disclosed herein, e.g., compound of Formula (I), the lipid composition of the pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein can comprise additional components such as phospholipids, structural lipids, PEG-lipids, and any combination thereof.

b. Additional Components in the Lipid Composition

(i) Phospholipids

The lipid composition of the pharmaceutical composition disclosed herein can comprise one or more phospholipids, for example, one or more saturated or (poly)unsaturated phospholipids or a combination thereof. In general, phospholipids comprise a phospholipid moiety and one or more fatty acid moieties.

A phospholipid moiety can be selected, for example, from the non-limiting group consisting of phosphatidyl choline, phosphatidyl ethanolamine, phosphatidyl glycerol, phosphatidyl serine, phosphatidic acid, 2-lysophosphatidyl choline, and a sphingomyelin.

A fatty acid moiety can be selected, for example, from the non-limiting group consisting of lauric acid, myristic acid, myristoleic acid, palmitic acid, palmitoleic acid, stearic acid, oleic acid, linoleic acid, alpha-linolenic acid, erucic acid, phytanoic acid, arachidic acid, arachidonic acid, eicosapentaenoic acid, behenic acid, docosapentaenoic acid, and docosahexaenoic acid.

Particular phospholipids can facilitate fusion to a membrane. For example, a cationic phospholipid can interact with one or more negatively charged phospholipids of a membrane (e.g., a cellular or intracellular membrane). Fusion of a phospholipid to a membrane can allow one or more elements (e.g., a therapeutic agent) of a lipid-containing composition (e.g., LNPs) to pass through the membrane permitting, e.g., delivery of the one or more elements to a target tissue.

Non-natural phospholipid species including natural species with modifications and substitutions including branching, oxidation, cyclization, and alkynes are also contemplated. For example, a phospholipid can be functionalized with or cross-linked to one or more alkynes (e.g., an alkenyl group in which one or more double bonds is replaced with a triple bond). Under appropriate reaction conditions, an alkyne group can undergo a copper-catalyzed cycloaddition upon exposure to an azide. Such reactions can be useful in functionalizing a lipid bilayer of a nanoparticle composition to facilitate membrane permeation or cellular recognition or in conjugating a nanoparticle composition to a useful component such as a targeting or imaging moiety (e.g., a dye).

Phospholipids include, but are not limited to, glycerophospholipids such as phosphatidylcholines, phosphatidylethanolamines, phosphatidylserines, phosphatidylinositols, phosphatidy glycerols, and phosphatidic acids. Phospholipids also include phosphosphingolipid, such as sphingomyelin.

Examples of phospholipids include, but are not limited to, the following:

In certain embodiments, a phospholipid useful or potentially useful in the present invention is an analog or variant of DSPC. In certain embodiments, a phospholipid useful or potentially useful in the present invention is a compound of Formula (IX):

or a salt thereof, wherein:

each R 1 is independently optionally substituted alkyl; or optionally two R 1 are joined together with the intervening atoms to form optionally substituted monocyclic carbocyclyl or optionally substituted monocyclic heterocyclyl; or optionally three R 1 are joined together with the intervening atoms to form optionally substituted bicyclic carbocyclyl or optionally substitute bicyclic heterocyclyl;

n is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10;

m is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10;

A is of the formula:

each instance of L 2 is independently a bond or optionally substituted C 1-6 alkylene, wherein one methylene unit of the optionally substituted C 1-6 alkylene is optionally replaced with O, N(R N ), S, C(O), C(O)N(R N ), NR N C(O), C(O)O, OC(O), OC(O)O, —OC(O)N(R N ), NR N C(O)O, or NR N C(O)N(R N );

each instance of R 2 is independently optionally substituted C 1-30 alkyl, optionally substituted C 1-30 alkenyl, or optionally substituted C 1-30 alkynyl; optionally wherein one or more methylene units of R 2 are independently replaced with optionally substituted carbocyclylene, optionally substituted heterocyclylene, optionally substituted arylene, optionally substituted heteroarylene, N(R N ), O, S, C(O), C(O)N(R N ), NR N C(O), —NR N C(O)N(R N ), C(O)O, OC(O), OC(O)O, OC(O)N(R N ), NR N C(O)O, C(O)S, SC(O), —C(═NR N ), C(═NR N )N(R N ), NR N C(═NR N ), NR N C(═NR N )N(R N ), C(S), C(S)N(R N ), —NR N C(S), NR N C(S)N(R N ), S(O), OS(O), S(O)O, OS(O)O, OS(O) 2 , S(O) 2 O, OS(O) 2 O, —N(R N )S(O), S(O)N(R N ), N(R N )S(O)N(R N ), OS(O)N(R N ), N(R N )S(O)O, S(O) 2 , —N(R N )S(O) 2 , S(O) 2 N(R N ), N(R N )S(O) 2 N(R N ), OS(O) 2 N(R N ), or N(R N )S(O) 2 O;

each instance of R N is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, or a nitrogen protecting group;

Ring B is optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl; and

p is 1 or 2;

provided that the compound is not of the formula:

wherein each instance of R 2 is independently unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted alkenyl, or unsubstituted alkynyl.

Phospholipid Head Modifications

In certain embodiments, a phospholipid useful or potentially useful in the present invention comprises a modified phospholipid head (e.g., a modified choline group). In certain embodiments, a phospholipid with a modified head is DSPC, or analog thereof, with a modified quaternary amine. For example, in embodiments of Formula (IX), at least one of R 1 is not methyl. In certain embodiments, at least one of R 1 is not hydrogen or methyl. In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (IX) is of one of the following formulae:

or a salt thereof, wherein:

each t is independently 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10;

each u is independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10; and

each v is independently 1, 2, or 3.

In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (IX) is of one of the following formulae:

or a salt thereof.

In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula (IX) is one of the following:

or a salt thereof.

In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula (IX) is of Formula (IX-a):

or a salt thereof.

In certain embodiments, phospholipids useful or potentially useful in the present invention comprise a modified core. In certain embodiments, a phospholipid with a modified core described herein is DSPC, or analog thereof, with a modified core structure. For example, in certain embodiments of Formula (IX-a), group A is not of the following formula:

In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (IX-a) is of one of the following formulae:

or a salt thereof.

In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula (IX) is one of the following:

or salts thereof.

In certain embodiments, a phospholipid useful or potentially useful in the present invention comprises a cyclic moiety in place of the glyceride moiety. In certain embodiments, a phospholipid useful in the present invention is DSPC, or analog thereof, with a cyclic moiety in place of the glyceride moiety. In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (IX) is of Formula (IX-b):

(IX-b),

or a salt thereof.

In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (IX-b) is of Formula (IX-b-1):

or a salt thereof, wherein:

w is 0, 1, 2, or 3.

In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (IX-b) is of Formula (IX-b-2):

or a salt thereof.

In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (IX-b) is of Formula (IX-b-3):

or a salt thereof.

In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (IX-b) is of Formula (IX-b-4):

or a salt thereof.

In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (IX-b) is one of the following:

or salts thereof.

Phospholipid Tail Modifications

In certain embodiments, a phospholipid useful or potentially useful in the present invention comprises a modified tail. In certain embodiments, a phospholipid useful or potentially useful in the present invention is DSPC, or analog thereof, with a modified tail. As described herein, a “modified tail” may be a tail with shorter or longer aliphatic chains, aliphatic chains with branching introduced, aliphatic chains with substituents introduced, aliphatic chains wherein one or more methylenes are replaced by cyclic or heteroatom groups, or any combination thereof. For example, in certain embodiments, the compound of (IX) is of Formula (IX-a), or a salt thereof, wherein at least one instance of R 2 is each instance of R 2 is optionally substituted C 1-30 alkyl, wherein one or more methylene units of R 2 are independently replaced with optionally substituted carbocyclylene, optionally substituted heterocyclylene, optionally substituted arylene, optionally substituted heteroarylene, N(R N ), O, S, C(O), C(O)N(R N ), NR N C(O), —NR N C(O)N(R N ), C(O)O, OC(O), OC(O)O, OC(O)N(R N ), NR N C(O)O, C(O)S, SC(O), —C(═NR N ), C(═NR N )N(R N ), NR N C(═NR N ), NR N C(═NR N )N(R N ), C(S), C(S)N(R N ), —NR N C(S), NR N C(S)N(R N ), S(O), OS(O), S(O)O, OS(O)O, OS(O) 2 , S(O) 2 O, OS(O) 2 O, —N(R N )S(O), S(O)N(R N ), N(R N )S(O)N(R N ), OS(O)N(R N ), N(R N )S(O)O, S(O) 2 , —N(R N )S(O) 2 , S(O) 2 N(R N ), N(R N )S(O) 2 N(R N ), OS(O) 2 N(R N ), or N(R N )S(O) 2 O.

In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (IX) is of Formula (IX-c):

or a salt thereof, wherein:

each x is independently an integer between 0-30, inclusive; and

each instance is G is independently selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted carbocyclylene, optionally substituted heterocyclylene, optionally substituted arylene, optionally substituted heteroarylene, N(R N ), O, S, C(O), C(O)N(R N ), NR N C(O), NR N C(O)N(R N ), C(O)O, OC(O), OC(O)O, OC(O)N(R N ), NR N C(O)O, C(O)S, SC(O), C(═NR N ), C(═NR N )N(R N ), NR N C(═NR N ), NR N C(═NR N )N(R N ), C(S), C(S)N(R N ), NR N C(S), NR N C(S)N(R N ), S(O), OS(O), S(O)O, OS(O)O, OS(O) 2 , S(O) 2 O, OS(O) 2 O, —N(R N )S(O), S(O)N(R N ), N(R N )S(O)N(R N ), OS(O)N(R N ), N(R N )S(O)O, S(O) 2 , —N(R N )S(O) 2 , S(O) 2 N(R N ), N(R N )S(O) 2 N(R N ), OS(O) 2 N(R N ), or N(R N )S(O) 2 O. Each possibility represents a separate embodiment of the present invention.

In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (IX-c) is of Formula (IX-c-1):

or salt thereof, wherein:

each instance of v is independently 1, 2, or 3.

In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (IX-c) is of Formula (IX-c-2):

or a salt thereof.

In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (IX-c) is of the following formula:

or a salt thereof.

In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (IX-c) is the following:

or a salt thereof.

In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (IX-c) is of Formula (IX-c-3):

or a salt thereof.

In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (IX-c) is of the following formulae:

or a salt thereof.

In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (IX-c) is the following:

or a salt thereof.

In certain embodiments, a phospholipid useful or potentially useful in the present invention comprises a modified phosphocholine moiety, wherein the alkyl chain linking the quaternary amine to the phosphoryl group is not ethylene (e.g., n is not 2). Therefore, in certain embodiments, a phospholipid useful or potentially useful in the present invention is a compound of Formula (IX), wherein n is 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10. For example, in certain embodiments, a compound of Formula (IX) is of one of the following formulae:

or a salt thereof.

In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula (IX) is one of the following:

or salts thereof.

Alternative Lipids

In certain embodiments, an alternative lipid is used in place of a phospholipid of the invention. Non-limiting examples of such alternative lipids include the following:

(ii) Structural Lipids

The lipid composition of a pharmaceutical composition disclosed herein can comprise one or more structural lipids. As used herein, the term “structural lipid” refers to sterols and also to lipids containing sterol moieties.

Incorporation of structural lipids in the lipid nanoparticle may help mitigate aggregation of other lipids in the particle. Structural lipids can be selected from the group including but not limited to, cholesterol, fecosterol, sitosterol, ergosterol, campesterol, stigmasterol, brassicasterol, tomatidine, tomatine, ursolic acid, alpha-tocopherol, hopanoids, phytosterols, steroids, and mixtures thereof. In some embodiments, the structural lipid is a sterol. As defined herein, “sterols” are a subgroup of steroids consisting of steroid alcohols. In certain embodiments, the structural lipid is a steroid. In certain embodiments, the structural lipid is cholesterol. In certain embodiments, the structural lipid is an analog of cholesterol. In certain embodiments, the structural lipid is alpha-tocopherol. Examples of structural lipids include, but are not limited to, the following:

In one embodiment, the amount of the structural lipid (e.g., an sterol such as cholesterol) in the lipid composition of a pharmaceutical composition disclosed herein ranges from about 20 mol % to about 60 mol %, from about 25 mol % to about 55 mol %, from about 30 mol % to about 50 mol %, or from about 35 mol % to about 45 mol %.

In one embodiment, the amount of the structural lipid (e.g., an sterol such as cholesterol) in the lipid composition disclosed herein ranges from about 25 mol % to about 30 mol %, from about 30 mol % to about 35 mol %, or from about 35 mol % to about 40 mol %.

In one embodiment, the amount of the structural lipid (e.g., a sterol such as cholesterol) in the lipid composition disclosed herein is about 24 mol %, about 29 mol %, about 34 mol %, or about 39 mol %.

In some embodiments, the amount of the structural lipid (e.g., an sterol such as cholesterol) in the lipid composition disclosed herein is at least about 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, or 60 mol %.

(iii) Polyethylene Glycol (PEG)-Lipids

The lipid composition of a pharmaceutical composition disclosed herein can comprise one or more a polyethylene glycol (PEG) lipid.

As used herein, the term “PEG-lipid” refers to polyethylene glycol (PEG)-modified lipids. Non-limiting examples of PEG-lipids include PEG-modified phosphatidylethanolamine and phosphatidic acid, PEG-ceramide conjugates (e.g., PEG-CerC14 or PEG-CerC20), PEG-modified dialkylamines and PEG-modified 1,2-diacyloxypropan-3-amines. Such lipids are also referred to as PEGylated lipids. For example, a PEG lipid can be PEG-c-DOMG, PEG-DMG, PEG-DLPE, PEG-DMPE, PEG-DPPC, or a PEG-DSPE lipid.

In some embodiments, the PEG-lipid includes, but not limited to 1,2-dimyristoyl-sn-glycerol methoxypolyethylene glycol (PEG-DMG), 1,2-distearoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine-N-[amino(polyethylene glycol)] (PEG-DSPE), PEG-disteryl glycerol (PEG-DSG), PEG-dipalmetoleyl, PEG-dioleyl, PEG-distearyl, PEG-diacylglycamide (PEG-DAG), PEG-dipalmitoyl phosphatidylethanolamine (PEG-DPPE), or PEG-1,2-dimyristyloxlpropyl-3-amine (PEG-c-DMA).

In one embodiment, the PEG-lipid is selected from the group consisting of a PEG-modified phosphatidylethanolamine, a PEG-modified phosphatidic acid, a PEG-modified ceramide, a PEG-modified dialkylamine, a PEG-modified diacylglycerol, a PEG-modified dialkylglycerol, and mixtures thereof.

In some embodiments, the lipid moiety of the PEG-lipids includes those having lengths of from about C 14 to about C 22 , preferably from about C 14 to about C 16 . In some embodiments, a PEG moiety, for example an mPEG-NH 2 , has a size of about 1000, 2000, 5000, 10,000, 15,000 or 20,000 daltons. In one embodiment, the PEG-lipid is PEG 2k -DMG.

In one embodiment, the lipid nanoparticles described herein can comprise a PEG lipid which is a non-diffusible PEG. Non-limiting examples of non-diffusible PEGs include PEG-DSG and PEG-DSPE.

PEG-lipids are known in the art, such as those described in U.S. Pat. No. 8,158,601 and International Publ. No. WO 2015/130584 A2, which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.

In general, some of the other lipid components (e.g., PEG lipids) of various formulae, described herein may be synthesized as described International Patent Application No. PCT/US2016/000129, filed Dec. 10, 2016, entitled “Compositions and Methods for Delivery of Therapeutic Agents,” which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.

The lipid component of a lipid nanoparticle composition may include one or more molecules comprising polyethylene glycol, such as PEG or PEG-modified lipids. Such species may be alternately referred to as PEGylated lipids. A PEG lipid is a lipid modified with polyethylene glycol. A PEG lipid may be selected from the non-limiting group including PEG-modified phosphatidylethanolamines, PEG-modified phosphatidic acids, PEG-modified ceramides, PEG-modified dialkylamines, PEG-modified diacylglycerols, PEG-modified dialkylglycerols, and mixtures thereof. For example, a PEG lipid may be PEG-c-DOMG, PEG-DMG, PEG-DLPE, PEG-DMPE, PEG-DPPC, or a PEG-DSPE lipid.

In some embodiments the PEG-modified lipids are a modified form of PEG DMG. PEG-DMG has the following structure:

In one embodiment, PEG lipids useful in the present invention can be PEGylated lipids described in International Publication No. WO2012099755, the contents of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety. Any of these exemplary PEG lipids described herein may be modified to comprise a hydroxyl group on the PEG chain. In certain embodiments, the PEG lipid is a PEG-OH lipid. As generally defined herein, a “PEG-OH lipid” (also referred to herein as “hydroxy-PEGylated lipid”) is a PEGylated lipid having one or more hydroxyl (—OH) groups on the lipid. In certain embodiments, the PEG-OH lipid includes one or more hydroxyl groups on the PEG chain. In certain embodiments, a PEG-OH or hydroxy-PEGylated lipid comprises an —OH group at the terminus of the PEG chain. Each possibility represents a separate embodiment of the present invention.

In certain embodiments, a PEG lipid useful in the present invention is a compound of Formula (VII). Provided herein are compounds of Formula (VII):

In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (VII) is a PEG-OH lipid (i.e., R 3 is —OR O , and R O is hydrogen). In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (VII) is of Formula (VII-OH):

or a salt thereof.

In certain embodiments, D is a moiety obtained by click chemistry (e.g., triazole). In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (VII) is of Formula (VII-a-1) or (VII-a-2):

or a salt thereof.

In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (VII) is of one of the following formulae:

or a salt thereof, wherein

s is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10.

In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (VII) is of one of the following formulae:

or a salt thereof.

In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula (VII) is of one of the following formulae:

or a salt thereof.

In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula (VII) is of one of the following formulae:

or a salt thereof.

In certain embodiments, D is a moiety cleavable under physiological conditions (e.g., ester, amide, carbonate, carbamate, urea). In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula (VII) is of Formula (VII-b-1) or (VII-b-2):

or a salt thereof.

In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula (VII) is of Formula (VII-b-1-OH) or (VII-b-2-OH):

or a salt thereof.

In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (VII) is of one of the following formulae:

or a salt thereof.

In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula (VII) is of one of the following formulae:

or a salt thereof.

In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula (VII) is of one of the following formulae:

or a salt thereof.

In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula (VII) is of one of the following formulae:

or salts thereof.

In certain embodiments, a PEG lipid useful in the present invention is a PEGylated fatty acid. In certain embodiments, a PEG lipid useful in the present invention is a compound of Formula (VIII). Provided herein are compounds of Formula (VIII):

or a salts thereof, wherein:

R 3 is —OR O ;

R O is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl or an oxygen protecting group;

r is an integer between 1 and 100, inclusive;

R 5 is optionally substituted C 10-40 alkyl, optionally substituted C 10-40 alkenyl, or optionally substituted C 10-40 alkynyl; and optionally one or more methylene groups of R 5 are replaced with optionally substituted carbocyclylene, optionally substituted heterocyclylene, optionally substituted arylene, optionally substituted heteroarylene, —N(R N ), O, S, C(O), C(O)N(R N ), NR N C(O), NR N C(O)N(R N ), C(O)O, OC(O), OC(O)O, —OC(O)N(R N ), NR N C(O)O, C(O)S, SC(O), C(═NR N ), C(═NR N )N(R N ), NR N C(═NR N ), —NR N C(═NR N )N(R N ), C(S), C(S)N(R N ), NR N C(S), NR N C(S)N(R N ), S(O) OS(O), S(O)O, OS(O)O, OS(O) 2 , S(O) 2 O, OS(O) 2 O, N(R N )S(O), S(O)N(R N ), N(R N )S(O)N(R N ), —OS(O)N(R N ), N(R N )S(O)O, S(O) 2 , N(R N )S(O) 2 , S(O) 2 N(R N ), N(R N )S(O) 2 N(R N ), —OS(O) 2 N(R N ), or N(R N )S(O) 2 O; and

each instance of R N is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, or a nitrogen protecting group.

In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (VIII) is of Formula (VIII-OH):

or a salt thereof. In some embodiments, r is 45.

In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula (VIII) is of one of the following formulae:

or a salt thereof. In some embodiments, r is 45.

In yet other embodiments the compound of Formula (VIII) is:

or a salt thereof.

In one embodiment, the compound of Formula (VIII) is

In one embodiment, the amount of PEG-lipid in the lipid composition of a pharmaceutical composition disclosed herein ranges from about 0.1 mol % to about 5 mol %, from about 0.5 mol % to about 5 mol %, from about 1 mol % to about 5 mol %, from about 1.5 mol % to about 5 mol %, from about 2 mol % to about 5 mol % mol %, from about 0.1 mol % to about 4 mol %, from about 0.5 mol % to about 4 mol %, from about 1 mol % to about 4 mol %, from about 1.5 mol % to about 4 mol %, from about 2 mol % to about 4 mol %, from about 0.1 mol % to about 3 mol %, from about 0.5 mol % to about 3 mol %, from about 1 mol % to about 3 mol %, from about 1.5 mol % to about 3 mol %, from about 2 mol % to about 3 mol %, from about 0.1 mol % to about 2 mol %, from about 0.5 mol % to about 2 mol %, from about 1 mol % to about 2 mol %, from about 1.5 mol % to about 2 mol %, from about 0.1 mol % to about 1.5 mol %, from about 0.5 mol % to about 1.5 mol %, or from about 1 mol % to about 1.5 mol %.

In one embodiment, the amount of PEG-lipid in the lipid composition disclosed herein is about 2 mol %. In one embodiment, the amount of PEG-lipid in the lipid composition disclosed herein is about 1.5 mol %.

In one embodiment, the amount of PEG-lipid in the lipid composition disclosed herein is at least about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, or 5 mol %.

In some aspects, the lipid composition of the pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein does not comprise a PEG-lipid.

(iv) Other Ionizable Amino Lipids

The lipid composition of the pharmaceutical composition disclosed herein can comprise one or more ionizable amino lipids in addition to a lipid according to Formula (I), (III), (IV), (V), or (VI).

Ionizable lipids can be selected from the non-limiting group consisting of

3-(didodecylamino)-N1,N1,4-tridodecyl-1-piperazineethanamine (KL10), N1-[2-(didodecylamino)ethyl]-N1,N4,N4-tridodecyl-1,4-piperazinediethanamine (KL22), 14,25-ditridecyl-15,18,21,24-tetraaza-octatriacontane (KL25), 1,2-dilinoleyloxy-N,N-dimethylaminopropane (DLin-DMA), 2,2-dilinoleyl-4-dimethylaminomethyl-[1,3]-dioxolane (DLin-K-DMA), heptatriaconta-6,9,28,31-tetraen-19-yl 4-(dimethylamino)butanoate (DLin-MC3-DMA), 2,2-dilinoleyl-4-(2-dimethylaminoethyl)-[1,3]-dioxolane (DLin-KC2-DMA), 1,2-dioleyloxy-N,N-dimethylaminopropane (DODMA), (13Z,165Z)—N,N-dimethyl-3-nonydocosa-13-16-dien-1-amine (L608), 2-({8-[(3p)-cholest-5-en-3-yloxy]octyl}oxy)-N,N-dimethyl-3-[(9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-di en-1-yloxy]propan-1-amine (Octyl-CLinDMA), (2R)-2-({8-[(3p)-cholest-5-en-3-yloxy]octyl}oxy)-N,N-dimethyl-3-[(9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1-yloxy]propan-1-amine (Octyl-CLinDMA (2R)), and (2S)-2-({8-[(3p)-cholest-5-en-3-yloxy]octyl}oxy)-N,N-dimethyl-3-[(9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1-yloxy]propan-1-amine (Octyl-CLinDMA (2S)). In addition to these, an ionizable amino lipid can also be a lipid including a cyclic amine group.

Ionizable lipids can also be the compounds disclosed in International Publication No. WO 2017/075531 A1, hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. For example, the ionizable amino lipids include, but not limited to:

and any combination thereof.

Ionizable lipids can also be the compounds disclosed in International Publication No. WO 2015/199952 A1, hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. For example, the ionizable amino lipids include, but not limited to:

and any combination thereof.

(v) Other Lipid Composition Components

The lipid composition of a pharmaceutical composition disclosed herein can include one or more components in addition to those described above. For example, the lipid composition can include one or more permeability enhancer molecules, carbohydrates, polymers, surface altering agents (e.g., surfactants), or other components. For example, a permeability enhancer molecule can be a molecule described by U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2005/0222064. Carbohydrates can include simple sugars (e.g., glucose) and polysaccharides (e.g., glycogen and derivatives and analogs thereof).

A polymer can be included in and/or used to encapsulate or partially encapsulate a pharmaceutical composition disclosed herein (e.g., a pharmaceutical composition in lipid nanoparticle form). A polymer can be biodegradable and/or biocompatible. A polymer can be selected from, but is not limited to, polyamines, polyethers, polyamides, polyesters, polycarbamates, polyureas, polycarbonates, polystyrenes, polyimides, polysulfones, polyurethanes, polyacetylenes, polyethylenes, polyethyleneimines, polyisocyanates, polyacrylates, polymethacrylates, polyacrylonitriles, and polyarylates.

The ratio between the lipid composition and the polynucleotide range can be from about 10:1 to about 60:1 (wt/wt).

In some embodiments, the ratio between the lipid composition and the polynucleotide can be about 10:1, 11:1, 12:1, 13:1, 14:1, 15:1, 16:1, 17:1, 18:1, 19:1, 20:1, 21:1, 22:1, 23:1, 24:1, 25:1, 26:1, 27:1, 28:1, 29:1, 30:1, 31:1, 32:1, 33:1, 34:1, 35:1, 36:1, 37:1, 38:1, 39:1, 40:1, 41:1, 42:1, 43:1, 44:1, 45:1, 46:1, 47:1, 48:1, 49:1, 50:1, 51:1, 52:1, 53:1, 54:1, 55:1, 56:1, 57:1, 58:1, 59:1 or 60:1 (wt/wt). In some embodiments, the wt/wt ratio of the lipid composition to the polynucleotide encoding a therapeutic agent is about 20:1 or about 15:1.

In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition disclosed herein can contain more than one polypeptides. For example, a pharmaceutical composition disclosed herein can contain two or more polynucleotides (e.g., RNA, e.g., mRNA).

In one embodiment, the lipid nanoparticles described herein can comprise polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA) in a lipid:polynucleotide weight ratio of 5:1, 10:1, 15:1, 20:1, 25:1, 30:1, 35:1, 40:1, 45:1, 50:1, 55:1, 60:1 or 70:1, or a range or any of these ratios such as, but not limited to, 5:1 to about 10:1, from about 5:1 to about 15:1, from about 5:1 to about 20:1, from about 5:1 to about 25:1, from about 5:1 to about 30:1, from about 5:1 to about 35:1, from about 5:1 to about 40:1, from about 5:1 to about 45:1, from about 5:1 to about 50:1, from about 5:1 to about 55:1, from about 5:1 to about 60:1, from about 5:1 to about 70:1, from about 10:1 to about 15:1, from about 10:1 to about 20:1, from about 10:1 to about 25:1, from about 10:1 to about 30:1, from about 10:1 to about 35:1, from about 10:1 to about 40:1, from about 10:1 to about 45:1, from about 10:1 to about 50:1, from about 10:1 to about 55:1, from about 10:1 to about 60:1, from about 10:1 to about 70:1, from about 15:1 to about 20:1, from about 15:1 to about 25:1, from about 15:1 to about 30:1, from about 15:1 to about 35:1, from about 15:1 to about 40:1, from about 15:1 to about 45:1, from about 15:1 to about 50:1, from about 15:1 to about 55:1, from about 15:1 to about 60:1 or from about 15:1 to about 70:1.

In one embodiment, the lipid nanoparticles described herein can comprise the polynucleotide in a concentration from approximately 0.1 mg/ml to 2 mg/ml such as, but not limited to, 0.1 mg/ml, 0.2 mg/ml, 0.3 mg/ml, 0.4 mg/ml, 0.5 mg/ml, 0.6 mg/ml, 0.7 mg/ml, 0.8 mg/ml, 0.9 mg/ml, 1.0 mg/ml, 1.1 mg/ml, 1.2 mg/ml, 1.3 mg/ml, 1.4 mg/ml, 1.5 mg/ml, 1.6 mg/ml, 1.7 mg/ml, 1.8 mg/ml, 1.9 mg/ml, 2.0 mg/ml or greater than 2.0 mg/ml.

In another aspect, the present application provides a lipid composition (e.g., a lipid nanoparticle (LNP)) comprising: (1) a compound having the Formula (I); (2) optionally a helper lipid (e.g. a phospholipid); (3) optionally a structural lipid (e.g. a sterol); and (4) optionally a lipid conjugate (e.g. a PEG-lipid). In exemplary embodiments, the lipid composition (e.g., LNP) further comprises a polynucleotide encoding a LPL polypeptide, e.g., a polynucleotide encapsulated therein.

Pharmacokinetics/Pharmacodynamics

Pharmacokinetics of LPL polypeptides are described in further detail in Example 23. The results demonstrate that introduction of the 5-methoxy uridine (mo5U)-modified hLPL mRNAs formulated in Compound 18 in Zucker fa/fa rats leads to expression of the encoded protein (e.g., LPL) within about 1 hour, with a steady level of protein expression such that maximum plasma concentration for the protein can be reached, for example, within about 2-6 hours, or about 4 hours. The half life of the encoded LPL protein can be, for example, about 10-18 hours, or about 12 hours. Pharmacokinetics of the constructs of the present disclosure can be measured using an ELISA or any method known in the art (Shepard et al., Int J Obesity, 24(2):187-94 (2000); Desager et al., Atherosclerosis, 124:S65-73 (1996)). For example, the pharmacokinetics (pK) of different constructs may be measured by assaying plasma samples with an ELISA. Accordingly, in one embodiment, the post-heparin plasma concentration of hLPL one hour after administration is greater than 3.0 μg/mL. In other embodiments, the post-heparin plasma concentration of hLPL is greater that 0.2, 0.4, 0.6, 0.8, 1.0, 1.2, 1.4, 1.6, 1.8, 2.0, 2.2, 2.4, 2.6, 2.8, or 3.0 μg/mL. In some embodiments, the post-heparin plasma concentration of hLPL is maintained for at least 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, 4.0, 4.5, or 5.0 hours.

Accordingly, in one aspect of the present disclosure provides a method for providing an LPL polypeptide to a subject, comprising administering to the subject intravenously a first dose of an mRNA (mRNA) encapsulated in an LNP, wherein the mRNA encodes the LPL polypeptide; and administering to the subject intravenously a second dose of the mRNA encapsulated in an LNP about 7 days following administration of the first dose. In some embodiments, the second dose is administered 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, or 12 days following administration of the first dose. In other embodiments, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more doses of the LPL LNP formulation are administered.

Pharmacodynamics (pD) may also be measured by any method known in the art. In some embodiments, pD is measured as the percent change in plasma triglycerides over baseline level following administration of the LPL LNP formulation. In some embodiments, administration of the LPL LNP formulation causes a reduction in triglyceride levels greater than 100% of baseline. In other embodiments, the reduction of triglycerides is at least 90%, 85%, 80%, 75%, 70%, 65%, 60%, 55%, or 50% of baseline.

As used herein, the term “alkyl” or “alkyl group” means a linear or branched, saturated hydrocarbon including one or more carbon atoms (e.g., one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven, twelve, thirteen, fourteen, fifteen, sixteen, seventeen, eighteen, nineteen, twenty, or more carbon atoms), which is optionally substituted. The notation “C 1-14 alkyl” means an optionally substituted linear or branched, saturated hydrocarbon including 1-14 carbon atoms. Unless otherwise specified, an alkyl group described herein refers to both unsubstituted and substituted alkyl groups.

As used herein, the term “alkenyl” or “alkenyl group” means a linear or branched hydrocarbon including two or more carbon atoms (e.g., two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven, twelve, thirteen, fourteen, fifteen, sixteen, seventeen, eighteen, nineteen, twenty, or more carbon atoms) and at least one double bond, which is optionally substituted. The notation “C 2-14 alkenyl” means an optionally substituted linear or branched hydrocarbon including 2-14 carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon double bond. An alkenyl group may include one, two, three, four, or more carbon-carbon double bonds. For example, C 18 alkenyl may include one or more double bonds. A C 18 alkenyl group including two double bonds may be a linoleyl group. Unless otherwise specified, an alkenyl group described herein refers to both unsubstituted and substituted alkenyl groups.

As used herein, the term “alkynyl” or “alkynyl group” means a linear or branched hydrocarbon including two or more carbon atoms (e.g., two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven, twelve, thirteen, fourteen, fifteen, sixteen, seventeen, eighteen, nineteen, twenty, or more carbon atoms) and at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, which is optionally substituted. The notation “C 2-14 alkynyl” means an optionally substituted linear or branched hydrocarbon including 2-14 carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon triple bond. An alkynyl group may include one, two, three, four, or more carbon-carbon triple bonds. For example, Cig alkynyl may include one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds. Unless otherwise specified, an alkynyl group described herein refers to both unsubstituted and substituted alkynyl groups.

As used herein, the term “carbocycle” or “carbocyclic group” means an optionally substituted mono- or multi-cyclic system including one or more rings of carbon atoms. Rings may be three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven, twelve, thirteen, fourteen, fifteen, sixteen, seventeen, eighteen, nineteen, or twenty membered rings. The notation “C 3-6 carbocycle” means a carbocycle including a single ring having 3-6 carbon atoms. Carbocycles may include one or more carbon-carbon double or triple bonds and may be non-aromatic or aromatic (e.g., cycloalkyl or aryl groups). Examples of carbocycles include cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, naphthyl, and 1,2-dihydronaphthyl groups. The term “cycloalkyl” as used herein means a non-aromatic carbocycle and may or may not include any double or triple bond. Unless otherwise specified, carbocycles described herein refers to both unsubstituted and substituted carbocycle groups, i.e., optionally substituted carbocycles.

As used herein, the term “heterocycle” or “heterocyclic group” means an optionally substituted mono- or multi-cyclic system including one or more rings, where at least one ring includes at least one heteroatom. Heteroatoms may be, for example, nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur atoms. Rings may be three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven, twelve, thirteen, or fourteen membered rings. Heterocycles may include one or more double or triple bonds and may be non-aromatic or aromatic (e.g., heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl groups). Examples of heterocycles include imidazolyl, imidazolidinyl, oxazolyl, oxazolidinyl, thiazolyl, thiazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolidinyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolidinyl, isothiazolyl, morpholinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrrolidinyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuryl, thiophenyl, pyridinyl, piperidinyl, quinolyl, and isoquinolyl groups. The term “heterocycloalkyl” as used herein means a non-aromatic heterocycle and may or may not include any double or triple bond. Unless otherwise specified, heterocycles described herein refers to both unsubstituted and substituted heterocycle groups, i.e., optionally substituted heterocycles.

As used herein, a “biodegradable group” is a group that may facilitate faster metabolism of a lipid in a mammalian entity. A biodegradable group may be selected from the group consisting of, but is not limited to, —C(O)O—, —OC(O)—, —C(O)N(R′)—, —N(R′)C(O)—, —C(O)—,

—C(S)—, —C(S)S—, —SC(S)—, —CH(OH)—, —P(O)(OR′)O—, —S(O) 2 —, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group. As used herein, an “aryl group” is an optionally substituted carbocyclic group including one or more aromatic rings. Examples of aryl groups include phenyl and naphthyl groups. As used herein, a “heteroaryl group” is an optionally substituted heterocyclic group including one or more aromatic rings. Examples of heteroaryl groups include pyrrolyl, furyl, thiophenyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, and thiazolyl. Both aryl and heteroaryl groups may be optionally substituted. For example, M and M′ can be selected from the non-limiting group consisting of optionally substituted phenyl, oxazole, and thiazole. In the formulas herein, M and M′ can be independently selected from the list of biodegradable groups above. Unless otherwise specified, aryl or heteroaryl groups described herein refers to both unsubstituted and substituted groups, i.e., optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl groups.

Alkyl, alkenyl, and cyclyl (e.g., carbocyclyl and heterocyclyl) groups may be optionally substituted unless otherwise specified. Optional substituents may be selected from the group consisting of, but are not limited to, a halogen atom (e.g., a chloride, bromide, fluoride, or iodide group), a carboxylic acid (e.g., —C(O)OH), an alcohol (e.g., a hydroxyl, —OH), an ester (e.g., —C(O)OR or —OC(O)R), an aldehyde (e.g., —C(O)H), a carbonyl (e.g., —C(O)R, alternatively represented by C═O), an acyl halide (e.g., —C(O)X, in which X is a halide selected from bromide, fluoride, chloride, and iodide), a carbonate (e.g., —OC(O)OR), an alkoxy (e.g., —OR), an acetal (e.g., —C(OR) 2 R″″, in which each OR are alkoxy groups that can be the same or different and R″″ is an alkyl or alkenyl group), a phosphate (e.g., P(O) 4 3 —), a thiol (e.g., —SH), a sulfoxide (e.g., —S(O)R), a sulfinic acid (e.g., —S(O)OH), a sulfonic acid (e.g., —S(O) 2 OH), a thial (e.g., —C(S)H), a sulfate (e.g., S(O) 4 2 —), a sulfonyl (e.g., —S(O) 2 —), an amide (e.g., —C(O)NR 2 , or —N(R)C(O)R), an azido (e.g., —N 3 ), a nitro (e.g., —NO 2 ), a cyano (e.g., —CN), an isocyano (e.g., —NC), an acyloxy (e.g., —OC(O)R), an amino (e.g., —NR 2 , —NRH, or —NH 2 ), a carbamoyl (e.g., —OC(O)NR 2 , —OC(O)NRH, or —OC(O)NH 2 ), a sulfonamide

(e.g., —S(O) 2 NR 2 , —S(O) 2 NRH, —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —N(R)S(O) 2 R, —N(H)S(O) 2 R, —N(R)S(O) 2 H, or —N(H)S(O) 2 H), an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, and a cyclyl (e.g., carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl) group. In any of the preceding, R is an alkyl or alkenyl group, as defined herein. In some embodiments, the substituent groups themselves may be further substituted with, for example, one, two, three, four, five, or six substituents as defined herein. For example, a C 1-6 alkyl group may be further substituted with one, two, three, four, five, or six substituents as described herein.

About, Approximately: As used herein, the terms “approximately” and “about,” as applied to one or more values of interest, refer to a value that is similar to a stated reference value. In certain embodiments, the term “approximately” or “about” refers to a range of values that fall within 25%, 20%, 19%, 18%, 17%, 16%, 15%, 14%, 13%, 12%, 11%, 10%, 9%, 8%, 7%, 6%, 5%, 4%, 3%, 2%, 1%, or less in either direction (greater than or less than) of the stated reference value unless otherwise stated or otherwise evident from the context (except where such number would exceed 100% of a possible value). For example, when used in the context of an amount of a given compound in a lipid component of a nanoparticle composition, “about” may mean +/−10% of the recited value. For instance, a nanoparticle composition including a lipid component having about 40% of a given compound may include 30-50% of the compound.

As used herein, the term “compound,” is meant to include all isomers and isotopes of the structure depicted. “Isotopes” refers to atoms having the same atomic number but different mass numbers resulting from a different number of neutrons in the nuclei. For example, isotopes of hydrogen include tritium and deuterium. Further, a compound, salt, or complex of the present disclosure can be prepared in combination with solvent or water molecules to form solvates and hydrates by routine methods.

As used herein, the term “contacting” means establishing a physical connection between two or more entities. For example, contacting a mammalian cell with a nanoparticle composition means that the mammalian cell and a nanoparticle are made to share a physical connection. Methods of contacting cells with external entities both in vivo and ex vivo are well known in the biological arts. For example, contacting a nanoparticle composition and a mammalian cell disposed within a mammal may be performed by varied routes of administration (e.g., intravenous, intramuscular, intradermal, and subcutaneous) and may involve varied amounts of nanoparticle compositions. Moreover, more than one mammalian cell may be contacted by a nanoparticle composition.

As used herein, the term “delivering” means providing an entity to a destination. For example, delivering a therapeutic and/or prophylactic to a subject may involve administering a nanoparticle composition including the therapeutic and/or prophylactic to the subject (e.g., by an intravenous, intramuscular, intradermal, or subcutaneous route). Administration of a nanoparticle composition to a mammal or mammalian cell may involve contacting one or more cells with the nanoparticle composition.

As used herein, the term “enhanced delivery” means delivery of more (e.g., at least 1.5 fold more, at least 2-fold more, at least 3-fold more, at least 4-fold more, at least 5-fold more, at least 6-fold more, at least 7-fold more, at least 8-fold more, at least 9-fold more, at least 10-fold more) of a therapeutic and/or prophylactic by a nanoparticle to a target tissue of interest (e.g., mammalian liver) compared to the level of delivery of a therapeutic and/or prophylactic by a control nanoparticle to a target tissue of interest (e.g., MC3, KC2, or DLinDMA). The level of delivery of a nanoparticle to a particular tissue may be measured by comparing the amount of protein produced in a tissue to the weight of said tissue, comparing the amount of therapeutic and/or prophylactic in a tissue to the weight of said tissue, comparing the amount of protein produced in a tissue to the amount of total protein in said tissue, or comparing the amount of therapeutic and/or prophylactic in a tissue to the amount of total therapeutic and/or prophylactic in said tissue. It will be understood that the enhanced delivery of a nanoparticle to a target tissue need not be determined in a subject being treated, it may be determined in a surrogate such as an animal model (e.g., a rat model). In certain embodiments, a nanoparticle composition including a compound according to Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId) or (IIe) has substantively the same level of delivery enhancement regardless of administration routes. For example, certain compounds disclosed herein exhibit similar delivery enhancement when they are used for delivering a therapeutic and/or prophylactic either intravenously or intramuscularly. In other embodiments, certain compounds disclosed herein (e.g., a compound of Formula (IA) or (II), such as Compound 18, 25, 30, 60, 108-112, or 122) exhibit a higher level of delivery enhancement when they are used for delivering a therapeutic and/or prophylactic intramuscularly than intravenously.

As used herein, the term “specific delivery,” “specifically deliver,” or “specifically delivering” means delivery of more (e.g., at least 1.5 fold more, at least 2-fold more, at least 3-fold more, at least 4-fold more, at least 5-fold more, at least 6-fold more, at least 7-fold more, at least 8-fold more, at least 9-fold more, at least 10-fold more) of a therapeutic and/or prophylactic by a nanoparticle to a target tissue of interest (e.g., mammalian liver) compared to an off-target tissue (e.g., mammalian spleen). The level of delivery of a nanoparticle to a particular tissue may be measured by comparing the amount of protein produced in a tissue to the weight of said tissue, comparing the amount of therapeutic and/or prophylactic in a tissue to the weight of said tissue, comparing the amount of protein produced in a tissue to the amount of total protein in said tissue, or comparing the amount of therapeutic and/or prophylactic in a tissue to the amount of total therapeutic and/or prophylactic in said tissue. For example, for renovascular targeting, a therapeutic and/or prophylactic is specifically provided to a mammalian kidney as compared to the liver and spleen if 1.5, 2-fold, 3-fold, 5-fold, 10-fold, 15 fold, or 20 fold more therapeutic and/or prophylactic per 1 g of tissue is delivered to a kidney compared to that delivered to the liver or spleen following systemic administration of the therapeutic and/or prophylactic. It will be understood that the ability of a nanoparticle to specifically deliver to a target tissue need not be determined in a subject being treated, it may be determined in a surrogate such as an animal model (e.g., a rat model).

As used herein, “encapsulation efficiency” refers to the amount of a therapeutic and/or prophylactic that becomes part of a nanoparticle composition, relative to the initial total amount of therapeutic and/or prophylactic used in the preparation of a nanoparticle composition. For example, if 97 mg of therapeutic and/or prophylactic are encapsulated in a nanoparticle composition out of a total 100 mg of therapeutic and/or prophylactic initially provided to the composition, the encapsulation efficiency may be given as 97%. As used herein, “encapsulation” may refer to complete, substantial, or partial enclosure, confinement, surrounding, or encasement.

As used herein, “expression” of a nucleic acid sequence refers to translation of an mRNA into a polypeptide or protein and/or post-translational modification of a polypeptide or protein.

As used herein, the term “in vitro” refers to events that occur in an artificial environment, e.g., in a test tube or reaction vessel, in cell culture, in a Petri dish, etc., rather than within an organism (e.g., animal, plant, or microbe).

As used herein, the term “in vivo” refers to events that occur within an organism (e.g., animal, plant, or microbe or cell or tissue thereof).

As used herein, the term “ex vivo” refers to events that occur outside of an organism (e.g., animal, plant, or microbe or cell or tissue thereof). Ex vivo events may take place in an environment minimally altered from a natural (e.g., in vivo) environment.

As used herein, the term “isomer” means any geometric isomer, tautomer, zwitterion, stereoisomer, enantiomer, or diastereomer of a compound. Compounds may include one or more chiral centers and/or double bonds and may thus exist as stereoisomers, such as double-bond isomers (i.e., geometric E/Z isomers) or diastereomers (e.g., enantiomers (i.e., (+) or (−)) or cis/trans isomers). The present disclosure encompasses any and all isomers of the compounds described herein, including stereomerically pure forms (e.g., geometrically pure, enantiomerically pure, or diastereomerically pure) and enantiomeric and stereoisomeric mixtures, e.g., racemates. Enantiomeric and stereomeric mixtures of compounds and means of resolving them into their component enantiomers or stereoisomers are well-known.

As used herein, a “lipid component” is that component of a nanoparticle composition that includes one or more lipids. For example, the lipid component may include one or more cationic/ionizable, PEGylated, structural, or other lipids, such as phospholipids.

As used herein, a “linker” is a moiety connecting two moieties, for example, the connection between two nucleosides of a cap species. A linker may include one or more groups including but not limited to phosphate groups (e.g., phosphates, boranophosphates, thiophosphates, selenophosphates, and phosphonates), alkyl groups, amidates, or glycerols. For example, two nucleosides of a cap analog may be linked at their 5′ positions by a triphosphate group or by a chain including two phosphate moieties and a boranophosphate moiety.

As used herein, “methods of administration” may include intravenous, intramuscular, intradermal, subcutaneous, or other methods of delivering a composition to a subject. A method of administration may be selected to target delivery (e.g., to specifically deliver) to a specific region or system of a body.

As used herein, “modified” means non-natural. For example, an RNA may be a modified RNA. That is, an RNA may include one or more nucleobases, nucleosides, nucleotides, or linkers that are non-naturally occurring. A “modified” species may also be referred to herein as an “altered” species. Species may be modified or altered chemically, structurally, or functionally. For example, a modified nucleobase species may include one or more substitutions that are not naturally occurring.

As used herein, the “N:P ratio” is the molar ratio of ionizable (in the physiological pH range) nitrogen atoms in a lipid to phosphate groups in an RNA, e.g., in a nanoparticle composition including a lipid component and an RNA.

As used herein, a “nanoparticle composition” is a composition comprising one or more lipids. Nanoparticle compositions are typically sized on the order of micrometers or smaller and may include a lipid bilayer. Nanoparticle compositions encompass lipid nanoparticles (LNPs), liposomes (e.g., lipid vesicles), and lipoplexes. For example, a nanoparticle composition may be a liposome having a lipid bilayer with a diameter of 500 nm or less.

As used herein, “naturally occurring” means existing in nature without artificial aid.

As used herein, “patient” refers to a subject who may seek or be in need of treatment, requires treatment, is receiving treatment, will receive treatment, or a subject who is under care by a trained professional for a particular disease or condition.

As used herein, a “PEG lipid” or “PEGylated lipid” refers to a lipid comprising a polyethylene glycol component.

The phrase “pharmaceutically acceptable” is used herein to refer to those compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.

The phrase “pharmaceutically acceptable excipient,” as used herein, refers to any ingredient other than the compounds described herein (for example, a vehicle capable of suspending, complexing, or dissolving the active compound) and having the properties of being substantially nontoxic and non-inflammatory in a patient. Excipients may include, for example: anti-adherents, antioxidants, binders, coatings, compression aids, disintegrants, dyes (colors), emollients, emulsifiers, fillers (diluents), film formers or coatings, flavors, fragrances, glidants (flow enhancers), lubricants, preservatives, printing inks, sorbents, suspending or dispersing agents, sweeteners, and waters of hydration. Exemplary excipients include, but are not limited to: butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate (dibasic), calcium stearate, croscarmellose, crosslinked polyvinyl pyrrolidone, citric acid, crospovidone, cysteine, ethylcellulose, gelatin, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, lactose, magnesium stearate, maltitol, mannitol, methionine, methylcellulose, methyl paraben, microcrystalline cellulose, polyethylene glycol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, povidone, pregelatinized starch, propyl paraben, retinyl palmitate, shellac, silicon dioxide, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sodium citrate, sodium starch glycolate, sorbitol, starch (corn), stearic acid, sucrose, talc, titanium dioxide, vitamin A, vitamin E (alpha-tocopherol), vitamin C, xylitol, and other species disclosed herein.

In the present specification, the structural formula of the compound represents a certain isomer for convenience in some cases, but the present disclosure includes all isomers, such as geometrical isomers, optical isomers based on an asymmetrical carbon, stereoisomers, tautomers, and the like, it being understood that not all isomers may have the same level of activity. In addition, a crystal polymorphism may be present for the compounds represented by the formula. It is noted that any crystal form, crystal form mixture, or anhydride or hydrate thereof is included in the scope of the present disclosure.

The term “crystal polymorphs”, “polymorphs” or “crystal forms” means crystal structures in which a compound (or a salt or solvate thereof) can crystallize in different crystal packing arrangements, all of which have the same elemental composition. Different crystal forms usually have different X-ray diffraction patterns, infrared spectral, melting points, density hardness, crystal shape, optical and electrical properties, stability and solubility. Recrystallization solvent, rate of crystallization, storage temperature, and other factors may cause one crystal form to dominate. Crystal polymorphs of the compounds can be prepared by crystallization under different conditions.

Compositions may also include salts of one or more compounds. Salts may be pharmaceutically acceptable salts. As used herein, “pharmaceutically acceptable salts” refers to derivatives of the disclosed compounds wherein the parent compound is altered by converting an existing acid or base moiety to its salt form (e.g., by reacting a free base group with a suitable organic acid). Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, mineral or organic acid salts of basic residues such as amines; alkali or organic salts of acidic residues such as carboxylic acids; and the like. Representative acid addition salts include acetate, adipate, alginate, ascorbate, aspartate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, fumarate, glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, hemisulfate, heptonate, hexanoate, hydrobromide, hydrochloride, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate, lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, malate, maleate, malonate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate, phosphate, picrate, pivalate, propionate, stearate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, thiocyanate, toluenesulfonate, undecanoate, valerate salts, and the like. Representative alkali or alkaline earth metal salts include sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and the like, as well as nontoxic ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and amine cations, including, but not limited to ammonium, tetramethylammonium, tetraethylammonium, methylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, triethylamine, ethylamine, and the like. The pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the present disclosure include the conventional non-toxic salts of the parent compound formed, for example, from non-toxic inorganic or organic acids. The pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the present disclosure can be synthesized from the parent compound which contains a basic or acidic moiety by conventional chemical methods. Generally, such salts can be prepared by reacting the free acid or base forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base or acid in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two; generally, nonaqueous media like ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol, or acetonitrile are preferred. Lists of suitable salts are found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 17 th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa., 1985, p. 1418, Pharmaceutical Salts: Properties, Selection, and Use, P. H. Stahl and C. G. Wermuth (eds.), Wiley-VCH, 2008, and Berge et al., Journal of Pharmaceutical Science, 66, 1-19 (1977), each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

As used herein, a “phospholipid” is a lipid that includes a phosphate moiety and one or more carbon chains, such as unsaturated fatty acid chains. A phospholipid may include one or more multiple (e.g., double or triple) bonds (e.g., one or more unsaturations). Particular phospholipids may facilitate fusion to a membrane. For example, a cationic phospholipid may interact with one or more negatively charged phospholipids of a membrane (e.g., a cellular or intracellular membrane). Fusion of a phospholipid to a membrane may allow one or more elements of a lipid-containing composition to pass through the membrane permitting, e.g., delivery of the one or more elements to a cell.

As used herein, the “polydispersity index” is a ratio that describes the homogeneity of the particle size distribution of a system. A small value, e.g., less than 0.3, indicates a narrow particle size distribution.

As used herein, the term “polypeptide” or “polypeptide of interest” refers to a polymer of amino acid residues typically joined by peptide bonds that can be produced naturally (e.g., isolated or purified) or synthetically.

As used herein, an “RNA” refers to a ribonucleic acid that may be naturally or non-naturally occurring. For example, an RNA may include modified and/or non-naturally occurring components such as one or more nucleobases, nucleosides, nucleotides, or linkers. An RNA may include a cap structure, a chain terminating nucleoside, a stem loop, a polyA sequence, and/or a polyadenylation signal. An RNA may have a nucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide of interest. For example, an RNA may be a messenger RNA (mRNA). Translation of an mRNA encoding a particular polypeptide, for example, in vivo translation of an mRNA inside a mammalian cell, may produce the encoded polypeptide. RNAs may be selected from the non-liming group consisting of small interfering RNA (siRNA), asymmetrical interfering RNA (aiRNA), microRNA (miRNA), Dicer-substrate RNA (dsRNA), small hairpin RNA (shRNA), mRNA, and mixtures thereof.

As used herein, a “single unit dose” is a dose of any therapeutic administered in one dose/at one time/single route/single point of contact, i.e., single administration event.

As used herein, a “split dose” is the division of single unit dose or total daily dose into two or more doses.

As used herein, a “total daily dose” is an amount given or prescribed in 24 hour period. It may be administered as a single unit dose.

As used herein, “size” or “mean size” in the context of nanoparticle compositions refers to the mean diameter of a nanoparticle composition.

As used herein, the term “subject” or “patient” refers to any organism to which a composition in accordance with the disclosure may be administered, e.g., for experimental, diagnostic, prophylactic, and/or therapeutic purposes. Typical subjects include animals (e.g., mammals such as mice, rats, rabbits, non-human primates, and humans) and/or plants.

As used herein, “targeted cells” refers to any one or more cells of interest. The cells may be found in vitro, in vivo, in situ, or in the tissue or organ of an organism. The organism may be an animal, preferably a mammal, more preferably a human and most preferably a patient.

As used herein “target tissue” refers to any one or more tissue types of interest in which the delivery of a therapeutic and/or prophylactic would result in a desired biological and/or pharmacological effect. Examples of target tissues of interest include specific tissues, organs, and systems or groups thereof. In particular applications, a target tissue may be a kidney, a lung, a spleen, vascular endothelium in vessels (e.g., intra-coronary or intra-femoral), or tumor tissue (e.g., via intratumoral injection). An “off-target tissue” refers to any one or more tissue types in which the expression of the encoded protein does not result in a desired biological and/or pharmacological effect. In particular applications, off-target tissues may include the liver and the spleen.

The term “therapeutic agent” or “prophylactic agent” refers to any agent that, when administered to a subject, has a therapeutic, diagnostic, and/or prophylactic effect and/or elicits a desired biological and/or pharmacological effect. Therapeutic agents are also referred to as “actives” or “active agents.” Such agents include, but are not limited to, cytotoxins, radioactive ions, chemotherapeutic agents, small molecule drugs, proteins, and nucleic acids.

As used herein, the term “therapeutically effective amount” means an amount of an agent to be delivered (e.g., nucleic acid, drug, composition, therapeutic agent, diagnostic agent, prophylactic agent, etc.) that is sufficient, when administered to a subject suffering from or susceptible to an infection, disease, disorder, and/or condition, to treat, improve symptoms of, diagnose, prevent, and/or delay the onset of the infection, disease, disorder, and/or condition.

As used herein, “transfection” refers to the introduction of a species (e.g., an RNA) into a cell. Transfection may occur, for example, in vitro, ex vivo, or in vivo.

As used herein, the term “treating” refers to partially or completely alleviating, ameliorating, improving, relieving, delaying onset of, inhibiting progression of, reducing severity of, and/or reducing incidence of one or more symptoms or features of a particular infection, disease, disorder, and/or condition. For example, “treating” cancer may refer to inhibiting survival, growth, and/or spread of a tumor. Treatment may be administered to a subject who does not exhibit signs of a disease, disorder, and/or condition and/or to a subject who exhibits only early signs of a disease, disorder, and/or condition for the purpose of decreasing the risk of developing pathology associated with the disease, disorder, and/or condition.

As used herein, the “zeta potential” is the electrokinetic potential of a lipid, e.g., in a particle composition.

In one specific embodiment, the compound of Formula (I) is Compound 18.

In some embodiments, the amount the compound of Formula (I) ranges from about 1 mol % to 99 mol % in the lipid composition.

In one embodiment, the amount of compound of Formula (I) is at least about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,8,9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, or 99 mol % in the lipid composition.

In one embodiment, the amount of the compound of Formula (I) ranges from about 30 mol % to about 70 mol %, from about 35 mol % to about 65 mol %, from about 40 mol % to about 60 mol %, and from about 45 mol % to about 55 mol % in the lipid composition.

In one specific embodiment, the amount of the compound of Formula (I) is about 50 mol % in the lipid composition.

In addition to the compound of Formula (I), the lipid composition of the pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein can comprise additional components such as phospholipids, structural lipids, quaternary amine compounds, PEG-lipids, and any combination thereof.

In some embodiments, the largest dimension of a nanoparticle composition is 1 m or shorter (e.g., 1 μm, 900 nm, 800 nm, 700 nm, 600 nm, 500 nm, 400 nm, 300 nm, 200 nm, 175 nm, 150 nm, 125 nm, 100 nm, 75 nm, 50 nm, or shorter), e.g., when measured by dynamic light scattering (DLS), transmission electron microscopy, scanning electron microscopy, or another method. Nanoparticle compositions include, for example, lipid nanoparticles (LNPs), liposomes, lipid vesicles, and lipoplexes. In some embodiments, nanoparticle compositions are vesicles including one or more lipid bilayers. In certain embodiments, a nanoparticle composition includes two or more concentric bilayers separated by aqueous compartments. Lipid bilayers may be functionalized and/or crosslinked to one another. Lipid bilayers may include one or more ligands, proteins, or channels.

When a molecule comprising polyethylene glycol (i.e. PEG) is used, it may be used as a stabilizer. In some embodiments, the molecule comprising polyethylene glycol may be polyethylene glycol conjugated to a lipid and thus may be provided as PEG-c-DOMG or PEG-DMG, for example. Certain of the LNPs provided herein comprise no or low levels of PEGylated lipids, including no or low levels of alkyl-PEGylated lipids, and may be referred to herein as being free of PEG or PEGylated lipid. Thus, some LNPs comprise less than 0.5 mol % PEGylated lipid. In some instances, PEG may be an alkyl-PEG such as methoxy-PEG. Still other LNPs comprise non-alkyl-PEG such as hydroxy-PEG, and/or non-alkyl-PEGylated lipids such as hydroxy-PEGylated lipids. The PEGylated lipid may be a Cmpd420, a Cmpd396, a Cmpd394, Cmpd397, Cmpd395, Cmpd417, Cmpd418, or Cmpd419.

Certain of the LNPs provided herein comprise an ionizable lipid, such as an ionizable amino or ionizable cationic lipid, a phospholipid, a structural lipid, and optionally a stabilizer (e.g., a molecule comprising polyethylene glycol) which may or may not be provided conjugated to another lipid.

In one embodiment, formulations comprising the polynucleotides and lipid nanoparticles described herein can comprise 0.15 mg/ml to 2 mg/ml of the polynucleotide described herein (e.g., mRNA). In some embodiments, the formulation can further comprise 10 mM of citrate buffer and the formulation can additionally comprise up to 10% w/w of sucrose (e.g., at least 1% w/w, at least 2% w/w/, at least 3% w/w, at least 4% w/w, at least 5% w/w, at least 6% w/w, at least 7% w/w, at least 8% w/w, at least 9% w/w or 10% w/w).

Nanoparticle Compositions

In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein are formulated as lipid nanoparticles (LNP). Accordingly, the present disclosure also provides nanoparticle compositions comprising (i) a lipid composition comprising a compound of Formula (I) as described herein, and (ii) a polynucleotide encoding a LPL polypeptide. In such nanoparticle composition, the lipid composition disclosed herein can encapsulate the polynucleotide encoding a LPL polypeptide.

Nanoparticle compositions are typically sized on the order of micrometers or smaller and can include a lipid bilayer. Nanoparticle compositions encompass lipid nanoparticles (LNPs), liposomes (e.g., lipid vesicles), and lipoplexes. For example, a nanoparticle composition can be a liposome having a lipid bilayer with a diameter of 500 nm or less.

Nanoparticle compositions include, for example, lipid nanoparticles (LNPs), liposomes, and lipoplexes. In some embodiments, nanoparticle compositions are vesicles including one or more lipid bilayers. In certain embodiments, a nanoparticle composition includes two or more concentric bilayers separated by aqueous compartments. Lipid bilayers can be functionalized and/or crosslinked to one another. Lipid bilayers can include one or more ligands, proteins, or channels.

Nanoparticle compositions of the present disclosure comprise at least one compound according to Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId) or (IIe). For example, the nanoparticle composition can include one or more of Compounds 1-232. Nanoparticle compositions can also include a variety of other components. For example, the nanoparticle composition can include one or more other lipids in addition to a lipid according to Formula (I) or (II), for example (i) at least one phospholipid, (ii) at least one structural lipid, (iii) at least one PEG-lipid, or (iv) any combination thereof. Inclusion of structural lipid can be optional, for example when lipids according to formula III are used in the lipid nanoparticle compositions of the invention.

In some embodiments, the nanoparticle composition comprises a compound of formula (I), (e.g., Compounds 18, 25, 26 or 48). In some embodiments, the nanoparticle composition comprises a compound of formula (I) (e.g., Compounds 18, 25, 26 or 48) and a phospholipid (e.g., DSPC).

In some embodiments, the nanoparticle composition comprises a compound of formula (III) (e.g., Compound 236). In some embodiments, the nanoparticle composition comprises a compound of formula (III) (e.g., Compound 236) and a phospholipid (e.g., DOPE or DSPC).

In some embodiments, the nanoparticle composition comprises a lipid composition consisting or consisting essentially of compound of formula (I) (e.g., Compounds 18, 25, 26 or 48). In some embodiments, the nanoparticle composition comprises a lipid composition consisting or consisting essentially of a compound of formula (I) (e.g., Compounds 18, 25, 26 or 48) and a phospholipid (e.g., DSPC).

In some embodiments, the nanoparticle composition comprises a lipid composition consisting or consisting essentially of compound of formula (III) (e.g., Compound 236). In some embodiments, the nanoparticle composition comprises a lipid composition consisting or consisting essentially of a compound of formula (III) (e.g., Compound 236) and a phospholipid (e.g., DOPE or DSPC).

In one embodiment, a lipid nanoparticle comprises an ionizable lipid, a structural lipid, a phospholipid, and mRNA. In some embodiments, the LNP comprises an ionizable lipid, a PEG-modified lipid, a sterol and a structural lipid. In some embodiments, the LNP has a molar ratio of about 20-60% ionizable lipid:about 5-25% structural lipid:about 25-55% sterol; and about 0.5-15% PEG-modified lipid. In some embodiments, the LNP comprises a molar ratio of about 50% ionizable lipid, about 1.5% PEG-modified lipid, about 38.5% cholesterol and about 10% structural lipid. In some embodiments, the LNP comprises a molar ratio of about 55% ionizable lipid, about 2.5% PEG lipid, about 32.5% cholesterol and about 10% structural lipid. In some embodiments, the ionizable lipid is an ionizable lipid and the structural lipid is a neutral lipid, and the sterol is a cholesterol. In some embodiments, the LNP has a molar ratio of 50:38.5:10:1.5 of ionizable lipid:cholesterol:DSPC:PEG lipid. In some embodiments, the ionizable lipid is Compound 18 or Compound 236, and the PEG lipid is Compound 428.

In some embodiments, the LNP has a molar ratio of 50:38.5:10:1.5 of Compound 18:Phospholipid:Cholesterol:Compound 428. In some embodiments, the LNP has a molar ratio of 50:38.5:10:1.5 of Compound 18:DSPC:Cholesterol:Compound 428.

In some embodiments, the LNP has a molar ratio of 50:38.5:10:1.5 of Compound 236:Phospholipid:Cholesterol:Compound 428. In some embodiments, the LNP has a molar ratio of 50:38.5:10:1.5 of Compound 236:DSPC:Cholesterol:Compound 428.

In some embodiments, the LNP has a polydispersity value of less than 0.4. In some embodiments, the LNP has a net neutral charge at a neutral pH. In some embodiments, the LNP has a mean diameter of 50-150 nm. In some embodiments, the LNP has a mean diameter of 80-100 nm.

As generally defined herein, the term “lipid” refers to a small molecule that has hydrophobic or amphiphilic properties. Lipids may be naturally occurring or synthetic. Examples of classes of lipids include, but are not limited to, fats, waxes, sterol-containing metabolites, vitamins, fatty acids, glycerolipids, glycerophospholipids, sphingolipids, saccharolipids, and polyketides, and prenol lipids. In some instances, the amphiphilic properties of some lipids leads them to form liposomes, vesicles, or membranes in aqueous media.

In some embodiments, a lipid nanoparticle (LNP) may comprise an ionizable lipid. As used herein, the term “ionizable lipid” has its ordinary meaning in the art and may refer to a lipid comprising one or more charged moieties. In some embodiments, an ionizable lipid may be positively charged or negatively charged. An ionizable lipid may be positively charged, in which case it can be referred to as “cationic lipid”. In certain embodiments, an ionizable lipid molecule may comprise an amine group, and can be referred to as an ionizable amino lipid. As used herein, a “charged moiety” is a chemical moiety that carries a formal electronic charge, e.g., monovalent (+1, or −1), divalent (+2, or −2), trivalent (+3, or −3), etc. The charged moiety may be anionic (i.e., negatively charged) or cationic (i.e., positively charged). Examples of positively-charged moieties include amine groups (e.g., primary, secondary, and/or tertiary amines), ammonium groups, pyridinium group, guanidine groups, and imidizolium groups. In a particular embodiment, the charged moieties comprise amine groups. Examples of negatively-charged groups or precursors thereof, include carboxylate groups, sulfonate groups, sulfate groups, phosphonate groups, phosphate groups, hydroxyl groups, and the like. The charge of the charged moiety may vary, in some cases, with the environmental conditions, for example, changes in pH may alter the charge of the moiety, and/or cause the moiety to become charged or uncharged. In general, the charge density of the molecule may be selected as desired.

It should be understood that the terms “charged” or “charged moiety” does not refer to a “partial negative charge” or “partial positive charge” on a molecule. The terms “partial negative charge” and “partial positive charge” are given its ordinary meaning in the art. A “partial negative charge” may result when a functional group comprises a bond that becomes polarized such that electron density is pulled toward one atom of the bond, creating a partial negative charge on the atom. Those of ordinary skill in the art will, in general, recognize bonds that can become polarized in this way.

In some embodiments, the ionizable lipid is an ionizable amino lipid, sometimes referred to in the art as an “ionizable cationic lipid”. In one embodiment, the ionizable amino lipid may have a positively charged hydrophilic head and a hydrophobic tail that are connected via a linker structure.

In addition to these, an ionizable lipid may also be a lipid including a cyclic amine group.

In one embodiment, the ionizable lipid may be selected from, but not limited to, a ionizable lipid described in International Publication Nos. WO2013086354 and WO2013116126; the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.

In yet another embodiment, the ionizable lipid may be selected from, but not limited to, formula CLI-CLXXXXII of U.S. Pat. No. 7,404,969; each of which is herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.

In one embodiment, the lipid may be a cleavable lipid such as those described in International Publication No. WO2012170889, herein incorporated by reference in its entirety. In one embodiment, the lipid may be synthesized by methods known in the art and/or as described in International Publication Nos. WO2013086354; the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.

Nanoparticle compositions can be characterized by a variety of methods. For example, microscopy (e.g., transmission electron microscopy or scanning electron microscopy) can be used to examine the morphology and size distribution of a nanoparticle composition. Dynamic light scattering or potentiometry (e.g., potentiometric titrations) can be used to measure zeta potentials. Dynamic light scattering can also be utilized to determine particle sizes. Instruments such as the Zetasizer Nano ZS (Malvern Instruments Ltd, Malvern, Worcestershire, UK) can also be used to measure multiple characteristics of a nanoparticle composition, such as particle size, polydispersity index, and zeta potential.

The size of the nanoparticles can help counter biological reactions such as, but not limited to, inflammation, or can increase the biological effect of the polynucleotide.

As used herein, “size” or “mean size” in the context of nanoparticle compositions refers to the mean diameter of a nanoparticle composition.

In one embodiment, the polynucleotide encoding a LPL polypeptide are formulated in lipid nanoparticles having a diameter from about 10 to about 100 nm such as, but not limited to, about 10 to about 20 nm, about 10 to about 30 nm, about 10 to about 40 nm, about 10 to about 50 nm, about 10 to about 60 nm, about 10 to about 70 nm, about 10 to about 80 nm, about 10 to about 90 nm, about 20 to about 30 nm, about 20 to about 40 nm, about 20 to about 50 nm, about 20 to about 60 nm, about 20 to about 70 nm, about 20 to about 80 nm, about 20 to about 90 nm, about 20 to about 100 nm, about 30 to about 40 nm, about 30 to about 50 nm, about 30 to about 60 nm, about 30 to about 70 nm, about 30 to about 80 nm, about 30 to about 90 nm, about 30 to about 100 nm, about 40 to about 50 nm, about 40 to about 60 nm, about 40 to about 70 nm, about 40 to about 80 nm, about 40 to about 90 nm, about 40 to about 100 nm, about 50 to about 60 nm, about 50 to about 70 nm, about 50 to about 80 nm, about 50 to about 90 nm, about 50 to about 100 nm, about 60 to about 70 nm, about 60 to about 80 nm, about 60 to about 90 nm, about 60 to about 100 nm, about 70 to about 80 nm, about 70 to about 90 nm, about 70 to about 100 nm, about 80 to about 90 nm, about 80 to about 100 nm and/or about 90 to about 100 nm.

In one embodiment, the nanoparticles have a diameter from about 10 to 500 nm. In one embodiment, the nanoparticle has a diameter greater than 100 nm, greater than 150 nm, greater than 200 nm, greater than 250 nm, greater than 300 nm, greater than 350 nm, greater than 400 nm, greater than 450 nm, greater than 500 nm, greater than 550 nm, greater than 600 nm, greater than 650 nm, greater than 700 nm, greater than 750 nm, greater than 800 nm, greater than 850 nm, greater than 900 nm, greater than 950 nm or greater than 1000 nm.

In some embodiments, the largest dimension of a nanoparticle composition is 1 μm or shorter (e.g., 1 μm, 900 nm, 800 nm, 700 nm, 600 nm, 500 nm, 400 nm, 300 nm, 200 nm, 175 nm, 150 nm, 125 nm, 100 nm, 75 nm, 50 nm, or shorter).

A nanoparticle composition can be relatively homogenous. A polydispersity index can be used to indicate the homogeneity of a nanoparticle composition, e.g., the particle size distribution of the nanoparticle composition. A small (e.g., less than 0.3) polydispersity index generally indicates a narrow particle size distribution. A nanoparticle composition can have a polydispersity index from about 0 to about 0.25, such as 0.01, 0.02, 0.03, 0.04, 0.05, 0.06, 0.07, 0.08, 0.09, 0.10, 0.11, 0.12, 0.13, 0.14, 0.15, 0.16, 0.17, 0.18, 0.19, 0.20, 0.21, 0.22, 0.23, 0.24, or 0.25. In some embodiments, the polydispersity index of a nanoparticle composition disclosed herein can be from about 0.10 to about 0.20.

The zeta potential of a nanoparticle composition can be used to indicate the electrokinetic potential of the composition. For example, the zeta potential can describe the surface charge of a nanoparticle composition. Nanoparticle compositions with relatively low charges, positive or negative, are generally desirable, as more highly charged species can interact undesirably with cells, tissues, and other elements in the body. In some embodiments, the zeta potential of a nanoparticle composition disclosed herein can be from about −10 mV to about +20 mV, from about −10 mV to about +15 mV, from about 10 mV to about +10 mV, from about −10 mV to about +5 mV, from about −10 mV to about 0 mV, from about −10 mV to about −5 mV, from about −5 mV to about +20 mV, from about −5 mV to about +15 mV, from about −5 mV to about +10 mV, from about −5 mV to about +5 mV, from about −5 mV to about 0 mV, from about 0 mV to about +20 mV, from about 0 mV to about +15 mV, from about 0 mV to about +10 mV, from about 0 mV to about +5 mV, from about +5 mV to about +20 mV, from about +5 mV to about +15 mV, or from about +5 mV to about +10 mV.

In some embodiments, the zeta potential of the lipid nanoparticles can be from about 0 mV to about 100 mV, from about 0 mV to about 90 mV, from about 0 mV to about 80 mV, from about 0 mV to about 70 mV, from about 0 mV to about 60 mV, from about 0 mV to about 50 mV, from about 0 mV to about 40 mV, from about 0 mV to about 30 mV, from about 0 mV to about 20 mV, from about 0 mV to about 10 mV, from about 10 mV to about 100 mV, from about 10 mV to about 90 mV, from about 10 mV to about 80 mV, from about 10 mV to about 70 mV, from about 10 mV to about 60 mV, from about 10 mV to about 50 mV, from about 10 mV to about 40 mV, from about 10 mV to about 30 mV, from about 10 mV to about 20 mV, from about 20 mV to about 100 mV, from about 20 mV to about 90 mV, from about 20 mV to about 80 mV, from about 20 mV to about 70 mV, from about 20 mV to about 60 mV, from about 20 mV to about 50 mV, from about 20 mV to about 40 mV, from about 20 mV to about 30 mV, from about 30 mV to about 100 mV, from about 30 mV to about 90 mV, from about 30 mV to about 80 mV, from about 30 mV to about 70 mV, from about 30 mV to about 60 mV, from about 30 mV to about 50 mV, from about 30 mV to about 40 mV, from about 40 mV to about 100 mV, from about 40 mV to about 90 mV, from about 40 mV to about 80 mV, from about 40 mV to about 70 mV, from about 40 mV to about 60 mV, and from about 40 mV to about 50 mV. In some embodiments, the zeta potential of the lipid nanoparticles can be from about 10 mV to about 50 mV, from about 15 mV to about 45 mV, from about 20 mV to about 40 mV, and from about 25 mV to about 35 mV. In some embodiments, the zeta potential of the lipid nanoparticles can be about 10 mV, about 20 mV, about 30 mV, about 40 mV, about 50 mV, about 60 mV, about 70 mV, about 80 mV, about 90 mV, and about 100 mV.

The term “encapsulation efficiency” of a polynucleotide describes the amount of the polynucleotide that is encapsulated by or otherwise associated with a nanoparticle composition after preparation, relative to the initial amount provided. As used herein, “encapsulation” can refer to complete, substantial, or partial enclosure, confinement, surrounding, or encasement.

Encapsulation efficiency is desirably high (e.g., close to 100%). The encapsulation efficiency can be measured, for example, by comparing the amount of the polynucleotide in a solution containing the nanoparticle composition before and after breaking up the nanoparticle composition with one or more organic solvents or detergents.

Fluorescence can be used to measure the amount of free polynucleotide in a solution. For the nanoparticle compositions described herein, the encapsulation efficiency of a polynucleotide can be at least 50%, for example 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100%. In some embodiments, the encapsulation efficiency can be at least 80%. In certain embodiments, the encapsulation efficiency can be at least 90%.

The amount of a polynucleotide present in a pharmaceutical composition disclosed herein can depend on multiple factors such as the size of the polynucleotide, desired target and/or application, or other properties of the nanoparticle composition as well as on the properties of the polynucleotide.

For example, the amount of an mRNA useful in a nanoparticle composition can depend on the size (expressed as length, or molecular mass), sequence, and other characteristics of the mRNA. The relative amounts of a polynucleotide in a nanoparticle composition can also vary.

The relative amounts of the lipid composition and the polynucleotide present in a lipid nanoparticle composition of the present disclosure can be optimized according to considerations of efficacy and tolerability. For compositions including an mRNA as a polynucleotide, the N:P ratio can serve as a useful metric.

As the N:P ratio of a nanoparticle composition controls both expression and tolerability, nanoparticle compositions with low N:P ratios and strong expression are desirable. N:P ratios vary according to the ratio of lipids to RNA in a nanoparticle composition.

In general, a lower N:P ratio is preferred. The one or more RNA, lipids, and amounts thereof can be selected to provide an N:P ratio from about 2:1 to about 30:1, such as 2:1, 3:1, 4:1, 5:1, 6:1, 7:1, 8:1, 9:1, 10:1, 12:1, 14:1, 16:1, 18:1, 20:1, 22:1, 24:1, 26:1, 28:1, or 30:1. In certain embodiments, the N:P ratio can be from about 2:1 to about 8:1. In other embodiments, the N:P ratio is from about 5:1 to about 8:1. In certain embodiments, the N:P ratio is between 5:1 and 6:1. In one specific aspect, the N:P ratio is about is about 5.67:1.

In addition to providing nanoparticle compositions, the present disclosure also provides methods of producing lipid nanoparticles comprising encapsulating a polynucleotide. Such method comprises using any of the pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein and producing lipid nanoparticles in accordance with methods of production of lipid nanoparticles known in the art. See, e.g., Wang et al. (2015) “Delivery of oligonucleotides with lipid nanoparticles” Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev. 87:68-80; Silva et al. (2015) “Delivery Systems for Biopharmaceuticals. Part I: Nanoparticles and Microparticles” Curr. Pharm. Technol. 16: 940-954; Naseri et al. (2015) “Solid Lipid Nanoparticles and Nanostructured Lipid Carriers: Structure, Preparation and Application” Adv. Pharm. Bull. 5:305-13; Silva et al. (2015) “Lipid nanoparticles for the delivery of biopharmaceuticals” Curr. Pharm. Biotechnol. 16:291-302, and references cited therein.

Other Delivery Agents

a. Liposomes, Lipoplexes, and Lipid Nanoparticles

In some embodiments, the compositions or formulations of the present disclosure comprise a delivery agent, e.g., a liposome, a lioplexes, a lipid nanoparticle, or any combination thereof. The polynucleotides described herein (e.g., a polynucleotide comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding a LPL polypeptide) can be formulated using one or more liposomes, lipoplexes, or lipid nanoparticles. Liposomes, lipoplexes, or lipid nanoparticles can be used to improve the efficacy of the polynucleotides directed protein production as these formulations can increase cell transfection by the polynucleotide; and/or increase the translation of encoded protein. The liposomes, lipoplexes, or lipid nanoparticles can also be used to increase the stability of the polynucleotides.

Liposomes are artificially-prepared vesicles that can primarily be composed of a lipid bilayer and can be used as a delivery vehicle for the administration of pharmaceutical formulations. Liposomes can be of different sizes. A multilamellar vesicle (MLV) can be hundreds of nanometers in diameter, and can contain a series of concentric bilayers separated by narrow aqueous compartments. A small unicellular vesicle (SLTV) can be smaller than 50 nm in diameter, and a large unilamellar vesicle (LUV) can be between 50 and 500 nm in diameter. Liposome design can include, but is not limited to, opsonins or ligands to improve the attachment of liposomes to unhealthy tissue or to activate events such as, but not limited to, endocytosis. Liposomes can contain a low or a high pH value in order to improve the delivery of the pharmaceutical formulations.

The formation of liposomes can depend on the pharmaceutical formulation entrapped and the liposomal ingredients, the nature of the medium in which the lipid vesicles are dispersed, the effective concentration of the entrapped substance and its potential toxicity, any additional processes involved during the application and/or delivery of the vesicles, the optimal size, polydispersity and the shelf-life of the vesicles for the intended application, and the batch-to-batch reproducibility and scale up production of safe and efficient liposomal products, etc.

As a non-limiting example, liposomes such as synthetic membrane vesicles can be prepared by the methods, apparatus and devices described in U.S. Pub. Nos. US20130177638, US20130177637, US20130177636, US20130177635, US20130177634, US20130177633, US20130183375, US20130183373, and US20130183372. In some embodiments, the polynucleotides described herein can be encapsulated by the liposome and/or it can be contained in an aqueous core that can then be encapsulated by the liposome as described in, e.g., Intl. Pub. Nos. WO2012031046, WO2012031043, WO2012030901, WO2012006378, and WO2013086526; and U.S. Pub. Nos. US20130189351, US20130195969 and US20130202684. Each of the references in herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.

In some embodiments, the polynucleotides described herein can be formulated in a cationic oil-in-water emulsion where the emulsion particle comprises an oil core and a cationic lipid that can interact with the polynucleotide anchoring the molecule to the emulsion particle. In some embodiments, the polynucleotides described herein can be formulated in a water-in-oil emulsion comprising a continuous hydrophobic phase in which the hydrophilic phase is dispersed. Exemplary emulsions can be made by the methods described in Intl. Pub. Nos. WO2012006380 and WO201087791, each of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.

In some embodiments, the polynucleotides described herein can be formulated in a lipid-polycation complex. The formation of the lipid-polycation complex can be accomplished by methods as described in, e.g., U.S. Pub. No. US20120178702. As a non-limiting example, the polycation can include a cationic peptide or a polypeptide such as, but not limited to, polylysine, polyornithine and/or polyarginine and the cationic peptides described in Intl. Pub. No. WO2012013326 or U.S. Pub. No. US20130142818. Each of the references is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.

In some embodiments, the polynucleotides described herein can be formulated in a lipid nanoparticle (LNP) such as those described in Intl. Pub. Nos. WO2013123523, WO2012170930, WO2011127255 and WO2008103276; and U.S. Pub. No. US20130171646, each of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.

Lipid nanoparticle formulations typically comprise one or more lipids. In some embodiments, the lipid is a cationic or an ionizable lipid. In some embodiments, lipid nanoparticle formulations further comprise other components, including a phospholipid, a structural lipid, a quaternary amine compound, and a molecule capable of reducing particle aggregation, for example a PEG or PEG-modified lipid.

Cationic and ionizable lipids can include those as described in, e.g., Intl. Pub. Nos. WO2015199952, WO 2015130584, WO 2015011633, and WO2012040184 WO2013126803, WO2011153120, WO2011149733, WO2011090965, WO2011043913, WO2011022460, WO2012061259, WO2012054365, WO2012044638, WO2010080724, WO201021865, WO2008103276, and WO2013086373; U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,893,302, 7,404,969, 8,283,333, and 8,466,122; and U.S. Pub. Nos. US201 0224447, US20120295832, US20150315112, US20100036115, US20120202871, US20130064894, US20130129785, US20130150625, US20130178541, US20130123338 and US20130225836, each of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety. In some embodiments, the amount of the cationic and ionizable lipids in the lipid composition ranges from about 0.01 mol % to about 99 mol %.

Exemplary ionizable lipids include, but not limited to, any one of Compounds 1-232 disclosed herein, DLin-MC3-DMA (MC3), DLin-DMA, DLenDMA, DLin-D-DMA, DLin-K-DMA, DLin-M-C2-DMA, DLin-K-DMA, DLin-KC2-DMA, DLin-KC3-DMA, DLin-KC4-DMA, DLin-C2K-DMA, DLin-MP-DMA, DODMA, 98N12-5, C12-200, DLin-C-DAP, DLin-DAC, DLinDAP, DLinAP, DLin-EG-DMA, DLin-2-DMAP, KL10, KL22, KL25, Octyl-CLinDMA, Octyl-CLinDMA (2R), Octyl-CLinDMA (2S), and any combination thereof. Other exemplary ionizable lipids include, (13Z,16Z)—N,N-dimethyl-3-nonyldocosa-13,16-dien-1-amine (L608), (20Z,23Z)—N,N-dimethylnonacosa-20,23-dien-10-amine, (17Z,20Z)—N,N-dimemylhexacosa-17,20-dien-9-amine, (16Z,19Z)—N5N-dimethylpentacosa-16,19-dien-8-amine, (13Z,16Z)—N,N-dimethyldocosa-13,16-dien-5-amine, (12Z,15Z)—N,N-dimethylhenicosa-12,15-dien-4-amine, (14Z,17Z)—N,N-dimethyltricosa-14,17-dien-6-amine, (15Z,18Z)—N,N-dimethyltetracosa-15,18-dien-7-amine, (18Z,21Z)—N,N-dimethylheptacosa-18,21-dien-10-amine, (15Z,18Z)—N,N-dimethyltetracosa-15,18-dien-5-amine, (14Z,17Z)—N,N-dimethyltricosa-14,17-dien-4-amine, (19Z,22Z)—N,N-dimeihyloctacosa-19,22-dien-9-amine, (18Z,21Z)—N,N-dimethylheptacosa-18,21-dien-8-amine, (17Z,20Z)—N,N-dimethylhexacosa-17,20-dien-7-amine, (16Z,19Z)—N,N-dimethylpentacosa-16,19-dien-6-amine, (22Z,25Z)—N,N-dimethylhentriaconta-22,25-dien-10-amine, (21Z,24Z)—N,N-dimethyltriaconta-21,24-dien-9-amine, (18Z)—N,N-dimetylheptacos-18-en-10-amine, (17Z)—N,N-dimethylhexacos-17-en-9-amine, (19Z,22Z)—N,N-dimethyloctacosa-19,22-dien-7-amine, N,N-dimethylheptacosan-10-amine, (20Z,23Z)—N-ethyl-N-methylnonacosa-20,23-dien-10-amine, 1-[(11Z,14Z)-1-nonylicosa-11,14-dien-1-yl]pyrrolidine, (20Z)—N,N-dimethylheptacos-20-en-10-amine, (15Z)—N,N-dimethyl eptacos-15-en-10-amine, (14Z)—N,N-dimethylnonacos-14-en-10-amine, (17Z)—N,N-dimethylnonacos-17-en-10-amine, (24Z)—N,N-dimethyltritriacont-24-en-10-amine, (20Z)—N,N-dimethylnonacos-20-en-10-amine, (22Z)—N,N-dimethylhentriacont-22-en-10-amine, (16Z)—N,N-dimethylpentacos-16-en-8-amine, (12Z,15Z)—N,N-dimethyl-2-nonylhenicosa-12,15-dien-1-amine, N,N-dimethyl-1-[(1S,2R)-2-octylcyclopropyl]eptadecan-8-amine, 1-[(1S,2R)-2-hexylcyclopropyl]-N,N-dimethylnonadecan-10-amine, N,N-dimethyl-1-[(1S,2R)-2-octylcyclopropyl]nonadecan-10-amine, N,N-dimethyl-21-[(1S,2R)-2-octylcyclopropyl]henicosan-10-amine, N,N-dimethyl-1-[(1S,2S)-2-{[(1R,2R)-2-pentylcyclopropyl]methyl}cyclopropyl]nonadecan-10-amine, N,N-dimethyl-1-[(1S,2R)-2-octylcyclopropyl]hexadecan-8-amine, N,N-dimethyl-[(1R,2S)-2-undecylcyclopropyl]tetradecan-5-amine, N,N-dimethyl-3-{7-[(1S,2R)-2-octylcyclopropyl]heptyl}dodecan-1-amine, 1-[(1R,2S)-2-heptylcyclopropyl]-N,N-dimethyloctadecan-9-amine, 1-[(1S,2R)-2-decylcyclopropyl]-N,N-dimethylpentadecan-6-amine, N,N-dimethyl-1-[(1S,2R)-2-octylcyclopropyl]pentadecan-8-amine, R—N,N-dimethyl-1-[(9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1-yloxy]-3-(octyloxy)propan-2-amine, S—N,N-dimethyl-1-[(9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1-yloxy]-3-(octyloxy)propan-2-amine, 1-{2-[(9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1-yloxy]-1-[(octyloxy)methyl]ethyl}pyrrolidine, (2S)—N,N-dimethyl-1-[(9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1-yloxy]-3-[(5Z)-oct-5-en-1-yloxy]propan-2-amine, 1-{2-[(9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1-yloxy]-1-[(octyloxy)methyl]ethyl} azetidine, (2S)-1-(hexyloxy)-N,N-dimethyl-3-[(9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1-yloxy]propan-2-amine, (2S)-1-(heptyloxy)-N,N-dimethyl-3-[(9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1-yloxy]propan-2-amine, N,N-dimethyl-1-(nonyloxy)-3-[(9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1-yloxy]propan-2-amine, N,N-dimethyl-1-[(9Z)-octadec-9-en-1-yloxy]-3-(octyloxy)propan-2-amine; (2S)—N,N-dimethyl-1-[(6Z,9Z,12Z)-octadeca-6,9,12-trien-1-yloxy]-3-(octyloxy)propan-2-amine, (2S)-1-[(11Z,14Z)-icosa-11,14-dien-1-yloxy]-N,N-dimethyl-3-(pentyloxy)propan-2-amine, (2S)-1-(hexyloxy)-3-[(11Z,14Z)-icosa-11,14-dien-1-yloxy]-N,N-dimethylpropan-2-amine, 1-[(11Z,14Z)-icosa-11,14-dien-1-yloxy]-N,N-dimethyl-3-(octyloxy)propan-2-amine, 1-[(13Z,16Z)-docosa-13,16-dien-1-yloxy]-N,N-dimethyl-3-(octyloxy)propan-2-amine, (2S)-1-[(13Z,16Z)-docosa-13,16-dien-1-yloxy]-3-(hexyloxy)-N,N-dimethylpropan-2-amine, (2S)-1-[(13Z)-docos-13-en-1-yloxy]-3-(hexyloxy)-N,N-dimethylpropan-2-amine, 1-[(13Z)-docos-13-en-1-yloxy]-N,N-dimethyl-3-(octyloxy)propan-2-amine, 1-[(9Z)-hexadec-9-en-1-yloxy]-N,N-dimethyl-3-(octyloxy)propan-2-amine, (2R)—N,N-dimethyl-H(1-metoyloctyl)oxy]-3-[(9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1-yloxy]propan-2-amine, (2R)-1-[(3,7-dimethyloctyl)oxy]-N,N-dimethyl-3-[(9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1-yloxy]propan-2-amine, N,N-dimethyl-1-(octyloxy)-3-({8-[(1S,2S)-2-{[(1R,2R)-2-pentylcyclopropyl]methyl} cyclopropyl]octyl}oxy)propan-2-amine, N,N-dimethyl-1-{[8-(2-oclylcyclopropyl)octyl]oxy}-3-(octyloxy)propan-2-amine, and (11E,20Z,23Z)—N,N-dimethylnonacosa-11,20,2-trien-10-amine, and any combination thereof.

Phospholipids include, but are not limited to, glycerophospholipids such as phosphatidylcholines, phosphatidylethanolamines, phosphatidylserines, phosphatidylinositols, phosphatidy glycerols, and phosphatidic acids. Phospholipids also include phosphosphingolipid, such as sphingomyelin. In some embodiments, the phospholipids are DLPC, DMPC, DOPC, DPPC, DSPC, DUPC, 18:0 Diether PC, DLnPC, DAPC, DHAPC, DOPE, 4ME 16:0 PE, DSPE, DLPE, DLnPE, DAPE, DHAPE, DOPG, and any combination thereof. In some embodiments, the phospholipids are MPPC, MSPC, PMPC, PSPC, SMPC, SPPC, DHAPE, DOPG, and any combination thereof. In some embodiments, the amount of phospholipids (e.g., DSPC) in the lipid composition ranges from about 1 mol % to about 20 mol %.

The structural lipids include sterols and lipids containing sterol moieties. In some embodiments, the structural lipids include cholesterol, fecosterol, sitosterol, ergosterol, campesterol, stigmasterol, brassicasterol, tomatidine, tomatine, ursolic acid, alpha-tocopherol, and mixtures thereof. In some embodiments, the structural lipid is cholesterol. In some embodiments, the amount of the structural lipids (e.g., cholesterol) in the lipid composition ranges from about 20 mol % to about 60 mol %.

The PEG-modified lipids include PEG-modified phosphatidylethanolamine and phosphatidic acid, PEG-ceramide conjugates (e.g., PEG-CerC14 or PEG-CerC20), PEG-modified dialkylamines and PEG-modified 1,2-diacyloxypropan-3-amines. Such lipids are also referred to as PEGylated lipids. For example, a PEG lipid can be PEG-c-DOMG, PEG-DMG, PEG-DLPE, PEG DMPE, PEG-DPPC, or a PEG-DSPE lipid. In some embodiments, the PEG-lipid are 1,2-dimyristoyl-sn-glycerol methoxypolyethylene glycol (PEG-DMG), 1,2-distearoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine-N-[amino(polyethylene glycol)] (PEG-DSPE), PEG-disteryl glycerol (PEG-DSG), PEG-dipalmetoleyl, PE